> **Parent Spec:** [llms.txt](/llms.txt) > **Verification:** [Master Authority Ledger](/llms-authority-ledger.txt) > **Deep Storage:** [Historical Archive](/llms-archive.txt) > **Relationship:** Supplemental Authority Data (E-E-A-T) # Che Argentina Travel > Expert Local Travel Guides & Itineraries For All 23 Provinces > Contact: bergner.audrey@gmail.com ### Pages #### Che Argentina Travel Guide: Local Expertise & Itineraries For All 23 Provinces URL: https://cheargentinatravel.com/ #### Meet Audrey Bergner: Founder, Local & Argentina Travel Specialist El Bolsón is one of my favourite places in Argentina. We've made friendships with locals that will last a lifetime and we revisit as often as we can. About Me I'm Audrey Bergner and I'm the Founder and Head Travel Writer at Che Argentina Travel. I'm a Canadian-born Argentine-Peruvian travel writer. Argentina has been part of my story since childhood. I grew up here, spending my early years in the Sierras de Córdoba climbing trees, picking blackberries, and swimming in creeks. As a young adult, I backpacked across the length of the country multiple times travelling by long-distance buses, veering off the beaten path, and learning how Argentina truly works for independent travellers. This experience taught me to navigate the complex economic reality of Argentina—from mastering the 'Blue Dollar' exchange rates to understanding local inflation strategies. My advice isn't just about where to go; it's about how to make your budget work in a country with a uniquely challenging financial landscape. Now, I explore Argentina differently, travelling with my husband, Samuel, and our daughter, Aurelia. Our trips often revolve around estancia stays in the countryside, hiking in national parks, exploring small towns and seeking out great food and good wine. Navigating the dust and complex logistics of restoring our three-generation family property in the Sierras de Córdoba. (The "Alfajores & Medialunas" shirt is a non-negotiable uniform for Argentine site visits.) When I'm not travelling, I am working on renovating a property in Argentina with a hotel that has been in the family for three generations. This restoration is more than a passion project; it is a deep dive into the Argentine hospitality industry. By managing a historic property, I navigate the same local bureaucracy, logistics, and supply chains that I write about, ensuring my travel advice is grounded in the true grit and reality of daily life here. Our family currently splits time between the Sierras of Cordoba in Argentina and the Rocky Mountains in Canada, where mountain life feels surprisingly familiar to Patagonia. Welcome. My approach to travel is shaped by my Argentine-Peruvian heritage and a deep desire to connect you with the authentic soul of the country—far beyond the standard tourist trail. (Embracing tradition in San Antonio de Areco.) Why Che Argentina Travel? I created Che Argentina Travel to help you, fellow traveller, plan your dream trip to Argentina! I am passionate about travel in Argentina and want to help you discover every corner of this wonderfully diverse country. Whether it's your first time here or you're back for more, I hope to help you uncover new destinations and experiences. The goal is to help you experience Argentina beyond the surface with honest guidance built from years of personal exploration. This site is here to help you plan realistic itineraries, understand logistics before you arrive, discover places beyond the obvious highlights, travel confidently and responsibly, and fall in love with Argentina the way I have. Che Argentina Travel covers all regions in Argentina: Buenos Aires, Córdoba, Litoral, Cuyo, Northwest, and Patagonia. I am currently undertaking Project 23: a mission to document every single province in Argentina and explore every national park. That means new destinations are constantly being added to this website. Project 23 is far more than a checklist; it’s a personal mission to explore every corner of this country I call home. My goal is to take you beyond the typical places and shine a light on the hidden magic found in all 23 provinces, creating a resource that celebrates the entirety of Argentina. Every guide on Che Argentina Travel is built from real experience. I visit destinations personally before writing about them. I test accommodations, transport routes, restaurants, tours, and hikes whenever possible. I verify information with official providers when firsthand testing isn’t possible. I update content as conditions change. And I clearly distinguish between personal experience and researched information. As for the name, 'che' is an Argentine expression that makes its way into almost every conversation. It could be used to grab someone's attention, to emphasize something, or even as a filler. From the emerging wine regions of Patagonia to global destinations, our work spans across the entire Samuel & Audrey Media Network. This shot captures a moment of blissful wine tourism research in Trevelin, Chubut. Where else can you find us? Before I started writing about Argentina, I spent over a decade backpacking the globe and visited 75+ countries. That adventure is chronicled on That Backpacker. If you enjoy travel and spend any time on YouTube, it's likely you've watched one of the thousands of videos Samuel and I have filmed over the years. We run two channels: Samuel and Audrey (English) and Samuel y Audrey (Spanish), where we publish practical travel guides and share travel advice after more than a decade on the road. As for Samuel, you can find him writing about our travels on Nomadic Samuel and disrupting the investing world with his unique ideas at Picture Perfect Portfolios. Participating in local traditions is a core part of my research. Whether it’s trying my hand at fly fishing at Estancia Tecka or navigating remote Patagonian trails, I personally test the experiences I recommend to ensure your logistics are seamless. Local Argentina Features Over time we've received distinguished local press and media coverage for our travels across Argentina and hotel project in Cordoba: Vía País: Los youtubers Samuel y Audrey llegaron a Córdoba para renovar una casa de la familia de ella ADNSUR: Dos YouTubers canadienses visitaron Comodoro: qué impresión se llevaron Diario Necochea: Volvió a Necochea tras 55 años y recordó su infancia: ¿qué cambios vio en la ciudad? Cholila Online: Los Youtubers canadienses ahora visitaron Rada Tilly: quedaron maravillados con su playa y “las mansiones” Memo: El análisis de los precios del vino de un argentino instalado en Canadá Diario UNO: Pocos viajeros por Semana Santa con destinos nacionales ADNSUR: Después de recorrer Comodoro, los YouTubers canadienses visitaron Rada Tilly El Comodorense: Dos reconocidos Youtubers canadienses visitaron Comodoro: qué opinan de la comida, clima, precios y museos Ecos Diarios: Volvió a Necochea después de 55 años y lo abordaron los recuerdos de una vida de migración y lucha On the road: Taking a moment to soak in the surroundings along Patagonia's famous 'Ruta de los Siete Lagos.' This drive is essential for any Argentine itinerary. Global Travel Footprint Our travel campaigns have been recognized as a 2x World Travel Awards Winner and we've also been featured in National Geographic, Rode, Peru.com and JR Pass. Over 15+ years we've generated over 250 million views and 800,000 subscribers across all platforms. We've attended prestigious travel events such as the White House Travel Blogger Summit, the Social Travel Summit and Traverse Events as thought leaders and panelists. Additionally, we've strategically partnered with major bands such as Lenovo, Google, TripAdvisor, Expedia and Viator and had the pleasure of working on multiple campaigns with Visit Britain, the German National Tourism Board and Tourism Nova Scotia. ### Posts #### What's the Best Tango Show in Buenos Aires? Looking for the best tango show in Buenos Aires? We've got you covered with this list of tango performances ranging from small venues to grand stage productions! Whenever family or friends visit Buenos Aires for the first time, I like to suggest going to a tango show as a welcome activity to the city. Tango is synonymous with Buenos Aires, after all, the dance was born around the 1880s in the port-side neighbourhoods along the Río de la Plata. Therefore, going to a show is a must-do activity! But what's the best tango show in Buenos Aires, Argentina? That depends entirely on what you're looking for because the options are endless! I have been to several different tango shows in Buenos Aires over the years, and each experience has been quite different. Do you want to attend a show in a small, intimate venue or enjoy a grand stage production in a big theatre? Do you prefer a cabaret-style show or a performance that combines traditional tango with folklore? Do you just want to watch tango, or are you looking for a dinner and show combo? What about an early tango show or one that also includes a tango lesson? These are all options! I know choosing can be a little overwhelming, so I've narrowed down the top tango experiences in Buenos Aires for you. Each one offers something unique, and you're bound to have a good time! Now let's help you find the right one for your city itinerary. My Top 3 Picks: Best Tango Show in Buenos Aires #1 Top Pick ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ La Ventana Tango Show ✅ Tango and folklore ✅ Historic venue ✅ Popular show #2 Pick Rojo Tango Show ✅ 1920s cabaret style ✅ Luxurious venue ✅ Small, intimate show #3 Pick El Aljibe Tango Show ✅ Early show ✅ Family-friendly ✅ Central location The Best Tango Shows in Buenos Aires View this post on Instagram A post shared by La ventana Tango (@laventanatango.ba) 1. La Ventana Tango Show Best tango and folklore show ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 4 hours | ✅ Book it! La Ventana Barrio de Tango is one of the more popular tango shows in Buenos Aires. The tango venue is set in a former conventillo, also known as a tenement, so it's a historic establishment that has been renovated to have an old-time feel with vaulted brick ceilings and stained glass windows. Meanwhile, the stage has been set up to look like an old street in Buenos Aires from the turn of the 19th century. This is one of my favourite tango shows in Buenos Aires, probably because it's the first one I ever went to, so I have very fond memories of it. I took my British friend to this show, and we even signed up to do a tango lesson before the performance. Another cool thing about this particular tango show is that you'll get to see both tango and folklore on the stage, which I think is a nice introduction to Argentine gaucho culture, particularly if you're not planning to leave the city. When it comes to booking this experience, you can opt for just the show or the dinner and show. The dinner is a 3-course meal featuring an entree, main dish and dessert. "La Ventana Tango Show is a must-see for anyone looking to experience tango with a mix of folklore. The dancers were nothing short of phenomenal and the music performed live by an exceptional band enhanced the experience. The service was attentive and the atmosphere made it a memorable night out. We left with a deeper appreciation for the art form and a strong desire to return. Highly recommended!" -Paul 💃 Check Prices and Availability! View this post on Instagram A post shared by Cena Show de Tango (@elviejoalmacentango) 2. El Viejo Almacén Tango Show Best traditional tango show ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 1.5 hours | ✅ Book it! El Viejo Almacén is a tango show set in San Telmo, a bohemian neighbourhood that's worth exploring for its outdoor markets, street art and lively atmosphere. The show is set in a historic venue that dates back to 1769. Over the centuries, this building has housed a field warehouse, a British hospital, and a general customs office before becoming a 'Temple of Tango' in 1969. El Viejo Almacén is a popular tango show that runs 365 days a year. This makes it a good option for some last-minute plans in the city. This is a two-story venue where guests can sit on either the main floor or the balcony that overlooks the room. The tango show features an orchestral quintet and four dance couples gracing the stage. They offer a show-only option, dinner and show, or VIP dinner and show, which includes an open bar once the tango performance starts at the tanguería. "As a solo traveler, this was recommended by multiple locas as one of the best shows in town, smaller more personal with more history than the other shows. Amazed with the performance, truly recommend it. The transfer from the hotel right on the dot." -Luis 💃 Check Prices and Availability! View this post on Instagram A post shared by ALJIBE TANGO 🇦🇷 BA (@aljibetango.ba) 3. El Aljibe Tango Show Best early tango show ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 4 hours | ✅ Book it! One thing you need to know about tango shows in Buenos Aires is that they are generally a late-night affair. Dinner is eaten quite late in this country (most restaurants in Argentina don't even open for dinner until 8:00 pm!), so that means tango shows also tend to run quite late. This can make it a little tricky for foreigners who have just arrived in Buenos Aires and are feeling a bit jet-lagged or simply don't want to be out super late. However, this particular tango show's early start is an exception, and I think that makes it a nice option for visitors or even families who want to attend a show with children. At El Aljibe, dinner is served at 7:00 pm and the tango show begins at 8:15 pm. They also offer an option that includes a tango lesson starting at 6:00 pm if you book directly through them. The venue, El Aljibe, is located in Buenos Aires' historic Monserrat neighbourhood, so it's a very central location and easy to access. "Fabulous show and food! This is a must. This was the first thing we did in Buenos Aires and it did not disappoint. The show is so much fun and shows different forms of dance. So entertaining. The service was top notch and very accommodating. And this was our first steak in Argentina and was outstanding. You will love this." -Allyson 💃 Check Prices and Availability! View this post on Instagram A post shared by Tango Porteño (@tangoporteno_ok) 4. Tango Porteño Show Best tango show on stage ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 4 hours | ✅ Book it! Tango Porteño puts on a tango show in a theatre just across the street from the famous Teatro Colón and one block up from the Obelisk. If you've walked down Avenida 9 de Julio, you've likely seen the theatre as it's hard to miss, especially when it's all lit up at night! The venue is an art deco building that once housed the famous Cine Metro owned by Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer. While some of the smaller venues only host tango shows a few times a week, because this is a large and centrally located theatre, it has shows every night of the week. Tango Porteño covers various time frames starting with tango's origins along the Río de la Plata and following its evolution into a contemporary dance. The show will transport you to Argentina's golden age of tango, featuring 25 artists and a live orchestra. "The Tango Show was outstanding and the dinner was fantastic!! The band was also phenomenal. The entire group enjoyed the show." -Warren 💃 Check Prices and Availability! View this post on Instagram A post shared by Faena Buenos Aires (@faenabsas) 5. Rojo Tango Show Best cabaret-style tango show ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 3 hours | ✅ Book it! Rojo Tango Show is a cabaret-style tango performance that takes place at Hotel Faena, a luxury 5-star property in Buenos Aires' Puerto Madero neighbourhood. The venue has a strong 1920s vibe featuring red lighting, red velvet and gold trim. It is a small, dimly lit setting with a decidedly intimate feel where the dancers and live band feel within arms reach. Guests are served a contemporary Argentinean 3-course meal with an entree, main dish and dessert, as well as champagne and wine. Dinner is served at 8:30 pm, and the show begins at 10:00 pm. This cabaret tango show is best suited to travellers looking for a small venue with an intimate feel and it's a high-end experience with a price tag to match. "This was fabulous from start to finish. Enrique (driver) picked me up at my AirBNB right on time. He was the most gracious, classy escort to the beyond beautiful Hotel Faena. The hotel is stunning. The venue is small and intimate. I had a front table which was great. The dancers were within arms reach. The servers are so attentive and the food was outstanding. They all spoke English and every need was met. The show is wonderful. The dancers are amazing , singers and band were top notch. I would highly recommend and would go again if I were here longer. I’d give it 10 stars if I could. Worth every penny. Bring cash for tipping and the staff and driver are worth a big tip. Enrique was waiting for me to deliver me back. Got back around midnight." -Mary Elizabeth 💃 Check Prices and Availability! View this post on Instagram A post shared by Café de los Angelitos (@cafedelosangelitos) 6. Cafe de Los Angelitos Tango Show Best tango show set in a historic cafe ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 3 hours | ✅ Book it! Cafe de Los Angelitos is a historic cafe and a beautiful venue located just two blocks west of the National Argentine Congress. I know we're talking about tango at the moment, but it's a really nice place to go for breakfast or have an afternoon coffee with a pastry. Though Cafe de Los Angelitos is best known as a cafe, it's also a place where you can watch a tango performance. The venue dates back to 1890 and it's a place that was frequented by Carlos Gardel, one of Argentina's most famous figures in tango. In fact, Gardel signed his first contract at this very cafe! This place also has the distinction of being the first cafe to put on a tango show back in 1940. You have a few different options when it comes to seating during the tango show, including in the main dining room, the VIP balconies, or the intimate super VIP section on the second floor. You can customize the type of experience you'd like to have: tango show and drinks, tango show and dinner, tango show and dinner with your own private table, or the tango show and VIP dinner option. The nice thing about the tango performance at Cafe de Los Angelitos is that it's done on a smaller scale, so it feels a bit more intimate rather than a big stage production. "Fantastic from start to finish. Driver picked us up at the hotel on time and was waiting at the end of the show. Food was excellent and the show itself was outstanding. Would definitely recommend." -Lisa 💃 Check Prices and Availability! View this post on Instagram A post shared by Homero Manzi (@esquinahomeromanzi) 7. Esquina Homero Manzi Tango Show Best tango show with a neighbourhood feel ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 1.5-3 hours | ✅ Book it! Esquina Homero Manzi is another tango show that I have personally attended in Buenos Aires - I brought my in-laws here the very first time they visited Argentina. This tango venue is located in the Boedo neighbourhood, and it has more of a local feel. There's a famous tango titled 'Boedo' about this traditional working-class barrio, which was quite influential in the Buenos Aires tango scene. The tango show is named after Homero Nicolás Manzione Prestera, an Argentine lyricist of many famous tangos and milongas, some of which were recorded by the one and only Carlos Gardel. The show at Esquina Homero Manzi is all about reliving the 1940s. This was considered the golden age of tango with orchestras, singers, and composers shaping the musical styles that endure to this day. Guests have the option of choosing between show only, show and dinner, or show and VIP dinner. We opted for the dinner and show option and were quite pleased with the abundance of wine and the meal. "The club is very nostalgic, looks like something from a movie. Singing, musical numbers and dancing. We enjoyed wine and split a salad. Starts around 10 pm and lasts 80 minutes." -Lis 💃 Check Prices and Availability! View this post on Instagram A post shared by Info Turismo (@infoturismoargentina) 8. Teatro Astor Piazzolla Tango Show Best tango show with a contemporary flair ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 3.5 hours | ✅ Book it! This Buenos Aires tango show takes place in Teatro Astor Piazzolla, a belle epoque theatre located inside Galeria General Güemes. The tango show is named after Astor Piazzolla, an Argentine tango composer and bandoneon player who revolutionized the traditional Argentina tango and created a new style called nuevo tango incorporating jazz and classical music elements. The Astor Piazzolla tango show pays homage to Piazzolla and features many of his songs. Visitors can choose between the tango show only, tango show and dinner, or tango show and VIP dinner where the meal is served in the theatre balcony. The nice thing about the tango show at Teatro Astor Piazzolla is its super central location along Calle Florida. They offer transfers to the venue, but if you're staying in the area, you can also easily get there by walking and take in some of the sights while you're at it. "Fabulous evening and fantastic value. As soon as we arrived we were invited to tango class included in the price of our ticket. The teachers were great and we had a wonderful time. Dinner was lovely. We both ordered the chicken dish which looked like a creation from a fine Parisian restaurant. Very delicious and paired well with the white Malbec that was surprisingly good and flowing freely! The actual show was truly fantastic. We loved the combination of an authentic band eon orchestra, singers and of course amazing tango dancing that included tango from the 20's 40's and modern day. A five start experience!" -Stephen 💃 Check Prices and Availability! View this post on Instagram A post shared by El Querandi Dinner Tango Show (@elqueranditangoshow) 9. El Querandi Tango Show Best tango show with a historical element ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 4 hours | ✅ Book it! El Querandi is an award-winning tango show set in a restored mansion that dates back to the 1920s. What makes El Querandi one of the best tango shows in Buenos Aires is that it covers the history of tango throughout the performance. The show is divided into five eras: tango's origins, the role of immigrants and the working class neighbourhoods, the influence of Carlos Gardel, salons and milongas, and Piazzolla's modern take on tango. They offer a three-course a la carte menu that features traditional Argentine dishes. Plus, they can accommodate vegetarian, vegan and gluten-free meal requests with prior notice. The tango show at El Querandi also includes free drinks all night long. Each reservation gets its own table, meaning you have a bit more privacy as you're not sharing the space with fellow guests. "An incredible way to spend a night! Easy with the bus pick up, a delicious dinner, and the music, dancers, and ambiance were exactly what I was hoping for!" -Amy 💃 Check Prices and Availability! View this post on Instagram A post shared by Señor Tango Oficial (@senortango) 10. Señor Tango Show Best Broadway-style tango production ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 4 hours | ✅ Book it! Señor Tango is a large-scale tango production set in a theatre known as the 'Cathedral of Tango'. The venue is located in the neighbourhood of Barracas on the boundary between the city of Buenos Aires and Buenos Aires Province, but transportation is provided which makes getting there easy. The show at Señor Tango takes place on a round stage in the middle of the theatre. It's a full-on spectacle featuring aerial performers, horses, and singers as well as couples gracing the stage to dance tango. If you're looking for a flashy performance that seeks to outdo itself, then Señor Tango fits the bill! There's a reason this is considered the biggest show in town. Señor Tango is also a show that has drawn many celebrities and personalities, which only adds to its fame. "Great seats…overlooking the circular stage…and the tango was great! Especially the aerial stuff! And singers were great…and the horses! That was a real surprise! It was a huge production that worked like clockwork! It was a much grander extravaganza than the other tango show I went to. Definitely go to this one! It’s the best!" -Dawn 💃 Check Prices and Availability! Map of Best Tango Shows in Buenos Aires Tango Shows vs Milongas: What’s the Difference? If you’re visiting Buenos Aires and planning to experience tango, you’ll quickly come across two very different types of events: tango shows and milongas. Both are integral to the city’s cultural identity, but they offer distinct experiences depending on what you’re looking for. Here’s a breakdown to help you decide whether to choose one, the other, or ideally, both. What Is a Tango Show? A classic tango show is a choreographed stage performance designed to showcase the art of tango in a theatrical setting. Think of it as a night at the theatre, but with sensual dancing, dramatic lighting, elegant costumes, and often live orchestras or singers. These shows are typically held in venues that cater to visitors—such as historic theatres, cabarets, and elegant salons. They aim to impress through spectacle and precision. Choreographed routines: Professional dancers perform polished sequences that highlight the elegance, passion, and technical skill of tango. Live music: Most shows feature live musicians playing traditional tango pieces by icons like Astor Piazzolla and Carlos Gardel. Optional dinner: Many venues offer a three-course meal before the performance, often with Argentine classics like empanadas, steak, and Malbec wine. Tourist-friendly: Announcements, service, and even brief narrations are often available in English, making these shows very accessible to first-time visitors. Set schedule: Tango shows usually start in the evening, often between 8–10 p.m., and last 1.5–2.5 hours depending on whether dinner is included. Best for: Travellers who want a polished, theatrical introduction to tango without needing any prior dance knowledge. What Is a Milonga? A milonga is something entirely different: it’s a social tango dance event where locals and visitors gather to dance together in a more spontaneous and communal setting. This is where tango lives and breathes in everyday Buenos Aires. Instead of sitting back and watching, at a milonga, you’re part of the atmosphere. Social dancing: Rather than choreographed performances, couples of all levels (from beginners to lifelong tangueros!) fill the dance floor. Authentic environment: Milongas are often held in neighbourhood clubs, cultural centers, or even outdoor plazas, giving you a real glimpse into local life. Codes and traditions: Many milongas follow traditional “códigos” (dance floor etiquette), like the cabeceo, a subtle nod used to invite someone to dance. Live or recorded music: Some milongas feature live orchestras, while others use classic tango recordings. The music is played in tandas (sets of songs), with breaks in between. Later start times: Milongas typically begin very late and can continue into the early hours of the morning. Best for: Travellers who want to immerse themselves in local tango culture, observe social dancing up close, or even join Tips for booking a tango show in Buenos Aires Decide on the type of tango experience you want. As you've seen with the different tango shows we've highlighted, there's something for everyone. The tango experiences in Buenos Aires range from small, intimate shows to large stage productions. Plus, the performances can also vary from cabaret-style to classic shows that combine traditional tango with folklore and more contemporary dance elements. Consider the tango show and dinner packages. Most tango venues offer a dinner and show or drinks and show package. I've always opted to book the dinner and show since I find it convenient and the food is typically quite good (expect a 3-course meal with at least one of the main dish options being steak!) If you don't want the dinner package, you can always choose to have dinner at a nearby restaurant or parrilla and then make your way over for the show. Just give yourself enough time (I'd say at least 2 hours) since service can be a bit slower in Argentina. Prepare for a late night. As I mentioned earlier, most tango shows in Buenos Aires get going late with dancers hitting the stage around 10:00 pm, so you can expect to leave the venue close to midnight. The one exception is the early tango show at El Aljibe, which is geared at foreign visitors who aren't quite used to Argentina's late dining culture. This is a very convenient option, especially if you're dealing with jet lag! Confirm transportation to and from the venue. Depending on where in the city you're staying, most tango shows will offer transportation to and from the tango show. However, if you're staying outside the city centre, you'll likely need to make your own way there, so consider your location when booking a tango show. Book your tango show in advance. I would say a few days in advance is enough, especially if you want to attend one of the smaller shows where seating is limited. For the bigger stage productions, you can often get same-day tickets or at least tickets for the following day. I also like to book a bit in advance in order to confirm transportation details to and from the venue. This is an activity you can enjoy in Buenos Aires even in the rain. Sign up for a tango dance lesson. Some of the tango shows highlighted on this list also offer a short tango lesson prior to the show. However, this is often something that needs to be booked directly through the venue as it's not typically included in the dinner and show packages. I took a tango lesson the very first time I went to a tango show in Buenos Aires, and while I didn't walk away with any real dancing skills, it did allow me to appreciate the intricacies of the dance on stage. FAQs: Watching a Tango Show in Buenos Aires, Argentina Is it worth seeing a tango show in Buenos Aires? Seeing a tango show in Buenos Aires is a quintessential experience. Tango originated in the impoverished port areas along the Río de la Plata, so it's an important part of the city's cultural heritage. Where can I watch tango in Buenos Aires? There are numerous tango and dinner shows in Buenos Aires and the majority of them are located in the neighbourhood of San Telmo. Some of the more popular shows include La Ventana, El Querandi and El Viejo Almacén. Where can I see tango on the street in Buenos Aires? There are several neighbourhoods where you can see tango dancing on the street in Buenos Aires. This typically occurs on weekends and in more touristy areas like Boca, San Telmo and even Puerto Madero. What to wear to a tango show in Buenos Aires? While you are not required to dress up for a tango show, most people dress smart casual. Dress pants or dark jeans with a collared shirt for men, and a dress or blouse with dress pants or a skirt for women, is appropriate. How long do tango shows typically last? Most tango shows run for 1.5 to 2.5 hours, depending on whether you book the dinner option. If dinner is included, you can expect to arrive 1–1.5 hours before the show begins. Non-dinner guests usually arrive closer to showtime. Can I attend a tango show without dinner? Yes, nearly all tango venues offer show-only tickets at a lower price. This is a great option if you prefer to dine elsewhere or want to save money. However, note that show-only guests are typically seated further from the stage than dinner guests. Are tango shows suitable for children? Most tango shows welcome families, though late start times (8–10 p.m.) may be challenging for younger kids. Some performances include more sensual choreography, so if you’re travelling with children, consider choosing a family-friendly venue and opting for earlier dinner seating. What’s the difference between a tango show and a milonga? A tango show is a choreographed stage performance featuring professional dancers, live music, and sometimes singers, aimed at visitors. A milonga is a social dance event where locals and tourists come together to dance; it's more authentic and participatory, but less theatrical. Some travellers enjoy doing both for a full tango experience. #### Why This El Calafate Glacier Boat Tour is Worth the Splurge! Going on an El Calafate glacier boat tour was one of the highlights of our trip to Patagonia! This is our experience of the Gourmet Glaciers tour aboard Maria Turquesa. If you only make time for one excursion in El Calafate, I would make it the boat tour to the glaciers aboard Maria Turquesa with MarPatag. This was the highlight of my trip to El Calafate and I haven't stopped raving about it to anyone who will listen! So what was so amazing about this glaciers boat tour, you ask? Well, for starters the number of icebergs and glaciers we got to see and how close we got to them! Los Glaciares National Park forms part of the South Patagonian Ice Field which stretches across Argentina and Chile. It is the largest ice field in South America and it feeds numerous glaciers! When you visit Los Glaciares National Park from El Calafate you come face to face with the most famous glacier of them all, Perito Moreno. However, there are many other glaciers to see within the park - many of them far larger and grander - but most travellers don't know about these since they can only be reached by boat! There were so many highlights during our glaciers boat tour aboard Maria Turquesa: cruising the milky turquoise waters of Lago Argentino, feeling the icy sub-Antarctic breeze blowing in our faces, fishing chunks of iceberg for our beverages, seeing waterfalls formed by meltwater cascading down the mountains and so much more! I've visited some truly majestic places across Patagonia, but the experience of seeing these glaciers up close was the one that moved me to tears. I loved this tour and at the end of the day, my husband and I looked at each other and agreed that we'd be willing to get back on the same tour and do it all over again the next day. So without further ado, here's a recap of our experience on this El Calafate glaciers boat tour, so you know exactly what to expect. 🛥️ Maria Turquesa Full Day Sightseeing Glaciers Cruise - This is the El Calafate boat tour to the glaciers that we booked. This is a full-day tour (approximately 9 hours) and it includes a packed gourmet lunchbox. Transfer to Puerto Soledad First things first, we had to make our way to the port! This El Calafate glacier tour started with a 48-kilometre drive out to Punta Bandera / Puerto Soledad which is a private port on the southern shores of Lago Argentino just west of El Calafate. You can book this tour with transfers or without transfers. We opted for the transfer which included pickup and drop off at our lodgings in El Calafate. Pickups start at 07:15 am so you'll want to be up bright and early. Alternatively, if you're planning to rent a car in El Calafate or if you're staying outside the urban pickup areas in town, you can make your own way to the port. Los Glaciares National Park Entrance Fee Before boarding our vessel, Maria Turquesa, we had to pay the admission fee to Los Glaciares National Park since the whole cruise takes place in the park. There was a small booth where we all lined up to pay the fee. You can view current admission rates here since these vary for international visitors, national visitors and provincial visitors. I'll also mention that even though they accept debit and credit card payments, it's a good idea to have some Argentine pesos on you to pay this fee since the internet does tend to cut in and out in these remote places. Sometimes you have to attempt a payment multiple times and other times it just doesn't go through! Tip: If you're planning to visit Los Glaciares National Park on two consecutive days, you can save 50% off your second visit. We paid for this pass since we knew we wanted to come back to visit Perito Moreno Glacier and explore the balconies and boardwalks. El Calafate Glacier Boat Tour So, now I'm going to give you a play-by-play of our day on the Gourmet Glaciers tour so you know exactly what to expect, should you decide to do it! After paying our admission fee to Los Glaciares National Park, we boarded the vessel at 8:30 am and set sail by 9:00 am. As we were leaving port, we decided to get some hot beverages. We each ordered a vanilla cappuccino with a medialuna. Once we left port and were out cruising Lago Argentino, we were able to go out on the deck and it wasn't long before we spotted our first iceberg. In fact, the day was full of icebergs and glaciers! Seco Glacier The first glacier we visited on our glaciers boat cruise was Seco Glacier, which translates to 'dry glacier'. This is a hanging glacier and its name refers to the fact that it is currently receding. Unlike other glaciers in the park that flow directly into the lake, Seco Glacier ends on a rocky outcrop without reaching the water. This gives it a somewhat barren and stark appearance, contrasting sharply with the lush surroundings. Heim Glacier We continued towards Heim Glacier, which is a hanging glacier that had these incredible meltwater cascades running down the side of the mountain. Spegazzini Glacier Next on the itinerary was Spegazzini Glacier, named after Carlos Luis Spegazzini, the Italian-Argentine botanist who was the first to study the local flora. The main characteristic of this glacier is its height which reaches 135 meters along its front. This makes it the highest glacier in Los Glaciares National Park and one of the most important! Due to the glacier's steep and high front wall, you can often witness spectacular calving events, where massive chunks of ice break off and crash into the lake, sending waves rippling across the water. Puesto de las Vacas Halfway through the cruise, we disembarked at a place called Puesto de las Vacas, which literally translates to 'cow stall'. This is a remote part of Los Glaciares National Park, where a Finnish-Chilean couple lived and whose job it was to capture the wild cows that escaped from the nearby estancias and bring them back into town! For this part of the excursion, we were split into smaller Spanish and English-speaking groups and we went on a guided hike. It was nice to stretch our legs before getting back on the boat for more glaciers! Upsala Glacier That afternoon we also visited the Upsala Glacier and Bertacchi Glacier. Upsala Glacier is a valley glacier, currently in a state of recession, that sits on the eastern side of the Southern Patagonian Ice Field. It is named after Uppsala University in Sweden since they sponsored the first glaciological studies conducted in this area. Bertacchi Glacier Bertacchi Glacier is one of three lesser eastflowing tributaries of Upsala Glacier together with Cono Glacier and Murallón Glacier. However, Upsala Glacier has retreated to such a degree that it no longer constrains Bertacchi Glacier. The Gourmet Glaciers Lunchbox We then took a pause from all the glacier-spotting to have lunch. The name of this particular tour is Gourmet Glaciers, and you can choose between a gourmet tasting menu served on the private deck, or a fancy lunchbox, which is what we opted for. We were served a Patagonian lamb sandwich with caramelized onions and cheese, a side of roasted carrot and potato wedges and one non-alcoholic beverage per person. For a packed lunchbox, it was a really nice meal! Because this tour was a special occasion, we also decided to order a bottle of wine - Malbec, of course! - to toast to such a wonderful day. At one point during the boat tour, the guides fished a piece of iceberg from the lake, so guests had the option to sip whiskey with glacial ice. It was a pleasant surprise when the servers came around with chunks of the iceberg for anyone who wanted to add it to their drinks - we did! Then for dessert, we got a brownie and dulce de leche mousse with blueberries. We weren't even expecting dessert, so this was a pleasant surprise. Canal de los Témpanos All through lunch, we continued our El Calafate glacier boat tour towards Canal de los Témpanos, which translates to 'iceberg channel'. The channel is named so since this is where the ice that breaks off Perito Moreno Glacier ends up. Because we ended up revisiting Los Glaciares National Park the day after this glacier boat tour, we had the opportunity to see this place up close. There is a very short and easy hike to Mirador Canal de los Témpanos via a boardwalk, where you can stand on the shores of Lake Argentino and watch the icebergs bob in the water. Perito Moreno Glacier Then it was time for the main attraction: Perito Moreno Glacier! This particular glacier is the icon of Los Glaciares National Park. It’s the reason why people travel all the way to Patagonia...to see this one glacier! What is so special about the Perito Moreno Glacier? Well, for starters, it’s one of the few glaciers in the world that is still growing. It’s also pretty massive! The glacier’s front is 5 kilometres long, its height above the water is 60 meters, and its total depth is about 170 meters - so you're actually only seeing a small part of what it is. Sometimes you can build up an attraction in your head and then it's a bit underwhelming, but this was far from the case with Perito Moreno Glacier. If anything, I would say the experience was overwhelming! Seeing that wall of blue ice, feeling the glacial air blowing in my face, and watching as chunks of ice calved into the water was nothing short of spectacular. There are so many Perito Moreno Glacier boat tours and sometimes choosing one can feel a bit overwhelming, but I was very happy with our decision. All in all, it was an amazing day and an experience I hope to repeat again the next time I visit El Calafate, hopefully bringing my parents and in-laws along! How to book the Gourmet Glaciers Tour So, how do you book this El Calafate glaciers boat tour aboard Maria Turquesa? Good question! There are a few different ways. Viator: The Gourmet Glaciers boat tour is listed on Viator. This is the easiest and most straightforward way of booking this tour, especially for foreigners. It also means you can book your tour well in advance, which is a good idea if you're visiting during the high season (December-March) when the tour can sell out days in advance. The downside is that the tour does cost a bit more when you book through Viator. Tour operator: MarPatag Cruceros is the tour operator for the Gourmet Glaciers cruise aboard Maria Turquesa. Their rates are listed here in ARS. Booking things in Argentina isn't always very straightforward, so if you want to book directly with MarPatag Cruceros you'll either need to send a message through their contact form and wait for a response or get in touch via Whatsapp. It's a bit more work, but you can get the tour for a bit cheaper. In person: Booking in person is always a bit of a gamble in terms of availability if you're visiting El Calafate during the high season. This is because tours like this one can book up. If you only have a few days in town, you probably don't want to risk it! However, if you're staying in El Calafate for a while, you can try to book something as soon as you arrive for a later date. This involves a bit more legwork, but most of the tour agencies are located along Avenida del Libertador, so it's just a matter of going in, asking prices and comparing. Our experience on the Gourmet Glaciers Cruise It can be hard to put this experience into words, so I think it's best I show you. I think this video captures the magic of our El Calafate glacier boat tour and why we loved it so much. Enjoy! https://youtu.be/2nZmzsS-ONQ Video of our El Calafate Glacier Boat Tour aboard Maria Turquesa Read more: Fun Day Tours from El Calafate How to Spend 2 Epic Days in El Calafate Visiting Estancia Nibepo Aike from El Calafate El Calafate to El Chalten: How to Get There A Guide to El Chalten: Argentina's Trekking Capital How to Spend 3 Days in El Chalten Where to Glamp in Patagonia Which of These 3 Patagonia Tours is Right for You? #### Things to do in El Bolson: Patagonia's Hippie Mountain Town Today we're sharing some of the best things to do in El Bolson, a hippie mountain town located in Northern Patagonia, Argentina. El Bolson lies in a valley surrounded by jagged mountain ranges on either side, the local architecture features lots of log cabin-style buildings, and the town itself has a very easy-going and laid-back feel. The main draw to El Bolson is its pristine nature, of course! There are hiking trails that meander up the rocky mountains, swimming holes with turquoise waters, and cascading waterfalls tucked away in the woodland. It's every outdoor lover's paradise! This town is one of the most beautiful places in Patagonia and in this El Bolson travel guide, we're going to be sharing some of the highlights! How to get to El Bolson So, where is El Bolson? El Bolson is located in the Province of Río Negro in Northern Patagonia. The nearest airport is in the city of San Carlos de Bariloche, which is 2 hours or 138 kilometres north of El Bolson. If you're planning a Northern Patagonia road trip, then renting a car is the best way to get to El Bolson and thoroughly explore the area. Alternatively, there are buses that connect Bariloche with El Bolson, or Esquel with El Bolson if you're arriving from the south. Via Bariloche has multiple departures per day and offers a good service. Is El Bolson worth visiting? Absolutely! El Bolson is one of our favourite mountain towns in Patagonia and we think it's worth a spot on your Patagonia itinerary. If you want to experience Patagonia off-the-beaten-path, enjoy spending time in nature, being surrounded by mountains, visiting craft breweries, and indulging your sweet tooth in artisanal ice creams and chocolates, then you're going to enjoy what El Bolson has to offer. How long should you stay in El Bolson? Ideally, you'd want to spend at least 3 days in El Bolson in order to cover the main attractions and enjoy some of the local day hikes. With 5-7 days you could add on some of the day trips which include a national park, neighbouring lakeside towns, and even a ride aboard a very famous train. That being said, if you are pressed for time, there is a day tour to El Bolson from Bariloche, which also includes a visit to Lago Puelo National Park. That's something to consider if you're visiting Bariloche for a few days. You'll only be able to cover a handful of attractions in the town with one day, but it'll give you a taste of El Bolson. Things to do in El Bolson There are lots of things to do in El Bolson and as you'd expect from a mountain town, most of these activities are outdoors. That means epic mountain views all around! Bosque Tallado One of the more unique attractions to visit in El Bolsón is the Carved Forest, also known as Bosque Tallado. This sculpture forest is located on Cerro Piltriquitrón at 1,420 meters above sea level, and it came to be after a series of fires burnt down part of the mountainside. Marcelo López, a local artist, came up with the idea of inviting fellow artists to come and use the burnt and fallen lenga trees as their canvas. These sculpture-carving gatherings were organized in 1998, 1999, 2003, 2007, 2010, and 2014 adding new sculptures to the forest every few years. Aside from the artwork, the Sculpture Forest is a beautiful day hike that offers impressive views of the town of El Bolsón and the surrounding mountains! Feria Artesanal El Bolsón is well known for its Feria Artesanal or artisanal hippie fair that sets up in Plaza Pagano every Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday and Sunday. There are around 200 stalls selling ceramics, leather, tapestries, candles, honey, jams and even natural cosmetics. Plus, we can’t forget all the food trucks where you can sample empanadas, choripán, crêpes, hamburgers and more. Monte Viejo Artesanías This shop sells beautiful Argentine handicrafts, and it's the ideal place to pick up some classic Argentinian souvenirs. They have jewellery made by local artists, including the owner of the store himself. You can also find mates and bombillas, gaucho hats, knit vests, ceramics, ponchos and wool sweaters. The staff are also incredibly sweet and friendly, so it's a nice place to shop. Hiking in El Bolsón El Bolsón is a great hiking destination and there are numerous trails to choose from all ranging in length and level of difficulty. A few to consider include: Cerro Amigo - This is an easy hike that leads to 3 different lookout points offering town and mountain views. (2 kms, 30 mins) Cascada Escondida - The hidden waterfall is accessed via the Botanical Garden and it's a short and easy trail. (1,4 km, 25 mins) Cerro Piltriquitrón - This is the most iconic mountain in El Bolson and its name means ‘hanging from the clouds’. The hiking trails leads up to a mountain refuge where you can spend the night or at the very least enjoy a meal. Be warned, it is a steep hike! (9.3 kms, 5 h) Cabeza del Indio - This hike leads to a lookout of the valley where you can see the Río Azul and there’s also a rock that resembles a human head. (6.8 kms, 2 h 15 mins) El Cajón del Azul - This hiking trail starts at the Wharton Farm and leads you to a forested river canyon with crystalline waters that range from turquoise to emerald. It's a popular summer destination to enjoy a swim, and the trail can also be done as part of a horseback riding tour. (17.4 kms, 5 h 45 mins) You can find a complete list of hiking trails in El Bolsón on the All Trails website. Day trips from El Bolson There are so many fun day trips you can enjoy from El Bolsón - all of them featuring spectacular nature. Also fun fact, the day trips listed below are all in the Province of Chubut! El Bolsón is located in the Province of Río Negro, but it is so close to the border with Chubut, that it's super easy to cross over and explore. Lago Puelo One of my personal favourite trips from El Bolsón is to Lago Puelo, which is located only 30 minutes south of town. Lago Puelo is both a town and a national park. First you'll pass through town, and then you'll reach the park which is name after the lake. This park offers lots of hiking trails with incredible lookout points where you can admire the beauty of Lake Puelo. There are also boat tours that allow you to experience some of the park highlights and even hike to the Chilean border. During the summer season, food trucks park close to the beach so you can enjoy a picnic with a view. Cholila Another easy day trip from El Bolsón is the Cholila Ranch that was once home to Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid. These two outlaws earned themselves quite the reputation as bank and train robbers in the days of the American Wild West. After law enforcement got a little too hot on their trail, they decided to escape to Patagonia. Here they purchased land and bought cattle, however, they couldn't outrun their past. When the Pinkerton Detective Agency tracked them down, a local sheriff gave them the heads up so they could get out of dodge. Butch Cassidy's Ranch is located just under 1 hour south of El Bolsón. Getting there involves driving along National Route 40 and then turning west on Provincial Route 71. It's then on the right hand side just 10 kilometres outside the town of Cholila. El Hoyo Another day trip from El Bolsón to consider is El Hoyo. This is only a 40-minute drive south of El Bolsón along National Route 40. One of the main attractions in El Hoyo is Laberinto Patagonia, the largest labyrinth in South America! It sits on a 5-hectare estate and has 2,200 metres worth of paths. They also have a wonderful tea house on site with the most scrumptious cakes. If wineries are more your thing, you'll be glad to hear that El Hoyo has a growing wine scene. A few to visit include Patagonian Wines, Bodega y Viñedos Ayestarán, and Allard Mammarelli Wines. Epuyén Another relatively short and easy day trip from El Bolsón is to Epuyén, just a 40-minute drive south of El Bolsón. This town is best known for Lago Epuyen, a lake of glacial origins with crystalline blue waters that look out of this world. People come to a point on the lake known as Puerto Patriada to enjoy a lakeside picnic with a bit of hiking, or even some kayaking. Epuyén also has a buddhist stuppa, which with the surrounding mountain peaks, will make you feel like you've been transported to Nepal. Plus it has a brewery and restaurants, so you won't go thirsty or hungry. El Maitén El Maitén is a popular day trip from El Bolsón for those wanting to ride aboard the Old Patagonian Express. While the most famous train route is the one that runs from Esquel to Nahuel Pan, there is another segment that runs from El Maitén to Desvío Bruno Thomaé. This is a 26 kilometre train journey across the Patagonian steppe. It’s also worth arriving at the train station early in order to visit the Railway Museum and tour the Locomotive Repair Shop. You can reserve this excursion at Grado 42, a tour agency that's located right in the centre of town on Avenida San Martín. Where to stay in El Bolson El Bolson is no longer the quiet, sleepy, hippie mountain town it once was. In fact, it draws its fair share of travellers during the summer months when the town's population dramatically soares! That also means there's no shortage of accommodations, whether you're looking for log cabins or a guesthouse, a geodesic dome or a hobbit home, you can find it all here! La Aguada - high-end accommodations with mountain views, a swimming pool and a garden, all at the foot of Cerro Piltriquitron. Casas Chaura - artsy two-story cabins that can fit 2-5 people, located just 6 blocks from the centre of town. Hostel Cosmo - large family home turned cozy, rustic hostel with a nice garden right downtown! Camping La Cascada - cool campsite in the outskirts of town next to the botanic garden and waterfall, featuring hobbit homes, tiny cabins, as well as campsites. Where to eat in El Bolson A Gusto If you're travelling in Argentina and you're not vegetarian, you'll want to try the local cuisine, namely asado or parrillada. These names refer to an assortment of cuts of meat cooked on the grill over coals. A Gusto in El Bolson does grilled meats very, very well! Try their tablas de carne or meat platters to share. The tabla criolla features some classic cuts like rib eye steak, sirloin steak, pork sausage and blood sausage. Either make a reservation or show up as soon as they open at 7pm - no Argentine would dine at this gringo hour, so you're almost guaranteed to get a table! Address: Dorrego 539 Los Lúpulos This restaurants does amazing pizzas and the best part is that they let you mix and match, so you can choose two different styles on one pizza. The 'Los Lúpulos Pizza' with tomato sauce, mozzarella, sun-dried tomatoes, basil, Patagonian cheeses and olives was one of our favourites. Address: Avenida San Martín 2740 El Tablón This place specializes in pizzas and empanadas. We only tried the empanadas, but they were so good that we came back for more! A few fillings to try include pancetta y ciruela (bacon and plum), carne cortada a cuchilla (cubed meat with a juicy sauce), and roquefort (blue cheese). You can dine indoors or on the patio, but they also do take-out in case you're craving a quiet evening and just want to eat back at your place. Address: Avenida San Martín 2467 Awka Cervecería Next up, there's Awka Cervecería, a local craft brewery in El Bolson. What do you feel like drinking? Golden, Kolsh, American IPA, Honey, Oatmeal, Barleywine? They've got it all! Pair that with a juicy hamburger and a side of loaded potatoes with melted cheddar cheese, bacon and spring onions, and you've got yourself a great meal. Grab a seat in the outdoor patio, enjoy the music, and soak in the magic of a cool Patagonian evening. Address: Perito Moreno and Dorrego Patio Cervecero This is a popular gathering place in El Bolson to have a few craft beers. They have blonds, reds, stouts, IPAs, honey and even raspberry beers on tap. You can find a lot of classic Argentine dishes on the menu like milanesa al caballo, a breaded veal cutlet served with ham, cheese, and two fried eggs on top and a mountain of French fries on the side. Frankfurters with chucrut, and Goulash with Spätzle are a few of their popular dishes. Basically, hearty and filling food that pairs well with beer! They offer outdoor seating on a patio as well as indoor seating. Address: Avenida San Martin and Padre Feliciano Helados Jauja Patagonia is known for its artesanal ice creams, and in El Bolson, Helados Jauja is the place to go! With flavours like Andean chocolate with walnuts, dulce de leche with brownies, and calafate berries with sheep's milk, there's plenty of temptation! While Jauja has several locations across Patagonia, in El Bolson they also have an onsite cafe where you can enjoy more than just ice cream. Their menu features sandwiches, pizzas, pastas, cakes, smoothies and a variety of teas and coffees. Address: Avenida San Martín 2867 Café Paseo de las Flores Café Paseo de Las Flores looks like something straight out of the shire. It seriously would not look out of place if a hobbit wandered out the front door. The cafe set in a beautiful secret garden surrounded by all sorts of potted plants, cacti and blooms. They only open in the afternoons, but it's the ideal place for an afternoon coffee or tea with a nice slice of cake. In fact, they have a very fancy coffee menu featuring all sorts of concoctions. Want to add Fernet to your coffee? How about some Irish whisky? Or some rum for a more tropical feel? You can get as creative as you like! Address: Azcuénaga 430 #### Things to Do in El Chalten | A Guide to Argentina's Trekking Capital Today we're sharing the best things to do in El Chalten and because this is Argentina's trekking capital, that means lots of hiking! El Chaltén is a small town nestled in the north end of Los Glaciares National Park. Surrounded by epic mountain peaks, granite spires and turquoise rivers, this mountain town has become a favourite destination in Patagonia for outdoor enthusiasts - hikers, rock climbers, rafters, you name it! Most travellers to El Chalten are looking to catch a glimpse of two of the most iconic peaks: Mount Fitz Roy and Cerro Torre. However, there are loads of trails that lead to glacial lagoons, waterfalls and lookouts where you can see condors. El Chalten is a destination that is best combined with a visit to El Calafate, which is the gateway to the Perito Moreno Glacier on the south end of Los Glaciares National Park. In this travel guide, we're going to share all the best things to do in El Chalten, and that includes the top hikes, where to eat, where to stay, as well as some non-hiking activities should your legs need a rest in between. Note: If you only have time for a short visit, this 3-day El Chalten itinerary might be right for you. It covers the main hikes and town highlights. Getting to El Chaltén By Air To reach El Chaltén, you'll first need to fly into the nearest major airport, which is Comandante Armando Tola International Airport (FTE) in El Calafate. You can fly into El Calafate from Buenos Aires, Bariloche or Ushuaia. From El Calafate Airport, you'll need to travel by bus, car or taxi to El Chaltén. By Bus Several bus companies operate the route between El Calafate and El Chalten. The bus journey from El Calafate to El Chaltén takes between 2.5 to 3 hours, depending on whether your bus makes a midway stop at La Leona. You can browse ticket prices and departure times on BusBud. By Car If you prefer a more flexible schedule and want to explore the region at your own pace, you can rent a car at El Calafate Airport and drive up to El Chalten. The drive from El Calafate to El Chaltén is approximately 220 kilometres (137 miles) and takes around 2.5 hours, a bit longer if you're stopping for photos along the way and you probably will. One thing is for sure, the journey to El Chaltén is beautiful with epic landscapes ranging from Patagonian steppe to turquoise lakes and finally, Mount Fitzroy rising on the horizon. Things to Do in El Chalten, Argentina El Chalten is a dream destination for hikers travelling to South America, so of course the main activities revolve around hitting the trails and well as outdoor adventures like rock climbing, rafting, kayaking and horseback riding. First, we're going to cover all the main hikes in El Chaltén, and then we'll move on to some of the other non-trekking activities you can enjoy in and around town. Laguna de los Tres Difficulty: Hard Distance: 24 kilometres round trip Elevation gain: 1,068 metres Time: 8-10 hours The hike to Laguna de los Tres is one of the most spectacular treks in El Chaltén and for good reason! It leads up to this beautiful glacial lagoon with a glacier and three towering peaks in the background. The name Laguna de los Tres translates to 'Lagoon of the Three' and it refers to the three peaks you see behind the lagoon: Fitz Roy (3,405 metres), Poincenot (3,002 metres), and Saint-Exupéry (2,558 metres). The round trip to Laguna de los Tres is approximately 24 kilometres (14.9 miles). Yes, it is a hardcore day of trekking! The duration of the hike will vary depending on your pace and level of fitness, but it generally takes between 8 to 10 hours to complete. Laguna de los Tres is considered a challenging hike, not just because of the distance, but because the final kilometre is a steep ascent up a rocky slope that will make you question your choices. Trekking poles are a good idea for this trek. I was so tempted to throw in the towel and turn around on that final kilometre - I had already been walking for hours, I was tired, and that final climb didn't look like a whole lot of fun. But it was the encouragement from the people trekking down and telling us, "It'll be so worth it!" that kept us motivated. Well, once we finally made it over the ridge, it really was all worth it and the effort it took to get there was quickly forgotten. We were rewarded with the most pristine glacial lagoon shimmering a deep blue, a glacier winding down the side of the mountain, and clouds blowing over Mount Fitz Roy and its neighbouring peaks. We sought shelter behind a boulder (it was windy up there!), stared at the incredible views in front of us, devoured what we had left of our packed lunch, and gathered our energy for the steep descent and walk back to El Chalten. I realize Laguna de los Tres may not be for everyone, considering how demanding it is, so this next trek is an alternative that will still give you spectacular views of Mount Fitz Roy. Laguna Capri Difficulty: Moderate Distance: 8 kilometres round trip Elevation gain: 430 metres Time: 3-4 hours The hike to Laguna Capri is a popular and relatively moderate trek and it's on the way to Laguna de los Tres. The round-trip trek to Laguna Capri is approximately 8 kilometres (4.9 miles), and it usually takes around 3 to 4 hours to complete. To be honest, the day we hiked to Laguna de los Tres, we were only planning to go as far as Laguna Capri. We got there and had a snack next to the lagoon, but then we realized it was still early in the day, we weren't tired, and if the views were already this epic, it could only get better from here. But I digress, Laguna Capri is a beautiful hike in its own right and there's zero shame in making this your final destination. The trail winds through diverse landscapes, including forests and open plains, with the stunning backdrop of Cerro Fitz Roy in the horizon. While this hike is considered moderate, some uphill sections require a reasonable level of fitness. Overall, Laguna Capri is a fantastic way to experience the stunning landscapes of Los Glaciares National Park without the intensity of some of the more challenging treks in the area. Plus, the serene beauty of the lake and the surrounding mountains make it a beautiful place to linger and enjoy the views. Laguna Capri is a half-day hike, so I would suggest packing a picnic and enjoying a leisurely meal next to the lake. Cerro Torre Difficulty: Moderate Distance: 17.5 kilometres round trip Elevation gain: 501 metres Time: 6-7 hours The hike to Cerro Torre is another iconic trek in El Chaltén offering stunning views of the famous Cerro Torre. This peak is the highest of a four-mountain chain that also includes Torre Egger, Punta Herron, and Cerro Standhardt. The round trip to Cerro Torre is approximately 17.5 kilometres (10.8 miles). The duration of the hike varies but usually takes around 6 to 7 hours, depending on your pace and the trail conditions (some stretches can be muddy). It is considered a moderately challenging trek. You start out hiking through a beautiful valley and you also get to see some waterfalls along the way. The majority of the elevation gain happens at the start of the trek, but then things flatten out around kilometre 3.5, which makes it easy to set a steady pace and cover a lot of ground. One of the things we enjoyed about this trail was the fact that we could see Torre Glacier in the horizon, which was motivating. Plus we got to hike through forests and along a river, so the scenery was constantly changing. The highlight of the Cerro Torre hike is reaching the viewpoint overlooking Laguna Torre, a glacial lake at the base of Cerro Torre. The lake is often dotted with icebergs, and the backdrop of the iconic mountain provides a stunning setting for photography. The downside of our experience was that by the time we reached the shores of Laguna Torre, clouds had rolled in and they covered Cerro Torre, so we didn't get that iconic view. Once you reach Laguna Torre, you can continue a bit further to Mirador Maestri for even better views of the Torre Glacier. Loma del Pliegue Tumbado Difficulty: Hard Distance: 18.3 kilometres round trip Elevation gain: 1,127 metres Time: 7 hours Loma del Pliegue Tumbado is a good trek for those seeking a slightly less crowded alternative to some of the more popular trails in El Chaltén - namely Laguna de los Tres and Laguna Torre! The trailhead starts at the Visitor Center, same as Mirador de Los Cóndores and Mirador de Las Águilas, except there is a marker indicating you go right. You'll hike through scattered forests, then reach a section known as Pampa de las Carretas which is flat, and you'll then continue your ascent until you're past the timberline. The final push is the hardest and most demanding portion of the hike given the quick elevation gain. It also consists of switchbacks and loose rock. However, the highlight of Loma del Pliegue Tumbado is reaching the summit and taking in the breathtaking vistas. The final destination is a viewpoint on a ridge that offers 360-degree panoramic views of the surrounding mountains, including Mount Fitz Roy, Cerro Torre, Lake Viedma, Cerro Huemul and the Río Túnel Valley. Be warned that it can be very windy at the top! The big joke with this hike is, "The only time you don’t go up is when you go down!" Cerro Huemul Circuit Difficulty: Very hard Distance: 66.8 km Elevation gain: 2,838 m Time: 4 days The Cerro Huemul Circuit is a challenging multi-day trek covering 66.8 kilometres on a loop trail where you'll be overnight camping along the way. This is a technical trek best reserved for experienced hikers as it involves two river crossings (these can be done via pulley or barefoot) and part of the trail is across a glacier! You also need to carry all your own equipment, so if you're unsure, chat with the rangers at the Visitors Centre to see if this trail is for you. Day 1 connects El Chaltén with Laguna Toro Camp. Then on Day 2 you continue from Laguna Toro Camp to Paso del Viento Camp. Day 3 brings you from Paso del Viento Camp to Lago Viedma Camp. Finally, on Day 4, you go from Lago Viedma Camp to Bahía Túnel, and you can then either arrange transportation (or hike) back to El Chaltén. As with many treks in Patagonia, the best time to undertake the Cerro Huemul Circuit is during the Austral summer (December to March). During this period, the weather is more favourable for trekking, with milder temperatures and longer daylight hours, though it can be very windy. Before embarking on the Huemul Circuit, you must first obtain a permit from the park office Centro de Visitantes Guardaparque Ceferino Fonzo. This can be done in the days leading up to your trek, or the morning of your departure. In order to qualify for the permit, you'll have to demonstrate you have the required gear and also watch a short presentation so you know what to expect from the trek. This is a good overview of what the Huemul Circuit entails from someone who has actually done the trek. Easy Hikes in El Chalten Mirador Rio de las Vueltas Difficulty: Easy Distance: 2 kilometres round trip Elevation gain: 200 metres Time: 1 hour Mirador de las Vueltas is a short hiking trail that provides views of the Las Vueltas River, which flows to the east of El Chalten. The trailhead is on the north end of town at the end of Avenida San Martín and it's the same route you would take if you were hiking to Laguna Capri or Laguna de los Tres. It's a 30-minute walk to reach the lookout. The trek is mainly uphill, but it's a short walk with beautiful views. Once you reach the lookout, you have wooden benches where you can sit, rest your legs and soak in the landscapes. The trail provides impressive views of the Río de las Vueltas Valley, a winding river valley surrounded by rugged mountain terrain. Mirador de los Cóndores Difficulty: Easy-Moderate Distance: 2.6 kilometres round trip Elevation gain: 130 metres Time: 1 hour The hike to Mirador de los Cóndores is considered easy to moderate, making it suitable for most hikers, including families. This is a short 2.6-kilometre round trip hike, and though the uphill climb can be a bit steep in places, the reward is the panoramic view of the town of El Chalten. As its name suggests, Mirador de los Cóndores is an excellent place to spot Andean condors flying overhead. These magnificent birds have an impressive wingspan, and they are often seen soaring on the thermal currents in the area. Aside from spotting condors, from the viewpoint, you can also enjoy panoramic views of El Chaltén, the De Las Vueltas River, and the surrounding peaks including Mount Fitz Roy. On clear days, the vistas are particularly breathtaking. Because the viewpoint faces west, this is a nice spot to catch sunset over El Chaltén. The trailhead begins near the entrance to El Chaltén and it's very well-marked, so finding your way will be straightforward. Mirador de las Águilas Difficulty: Easy-Moderate Distance: 5.3 kilometres round trip Elevation gain: 215 metres Time: 2 hours Mirador de las Águilas is another relatively easy yet rewarding trail, known for its breathtaking views and the opportunity to observe birds of prey, including eagles, which gives the viewpoint its name Eagles' Viewpoint. This loop trail is 5.3 kilometres in length and it starts at the same trailhead as Mirador de Los Cóndores and it includes a stop at the same viewpoint. You then continue east until you reach another lookout point that offers views of the Patagonian steppe, the milky turquoise waters of Lago Viedma, the Viedma Glacier, and the Andes Mountains. Because this viewpoint faces east, this is a nice spot to catch sunrise. Chorrillo del Salto Difficulty: Easy Distance: 6.6 kilometres round trip Elevation gain: 139 meters Time: 1.5-2 hours Chorrillo del Salto is a popular and relatively easy hike in El Chalten. It is 6.6 kilometres round trip on a mostly flat trail, and it can take between 1.5 to 2 hours to complete depending on your pace. The trail leads to the Chorrillo del Salto Waterfall, a picturesque and serene spot surrounded by lush forest. The waterfall itself is about 20 meters (65 feet) high and is a beautiful sight, especially after the rainy season when the water flow is at its peak. The one thing we didn't like about this trail is that most of the hike is on a dirt road, Provincial Route 23, so it doesn't have the same appeal as a forest hike. This is a suitable trail for hikers of all levels, including families with children. There's a parking lot near the waterfall, so if you cannot hike, you can drive there and it's then a short walk to visit the waterfall. Tips for trekking in El Chalten Stop by the Visitors Centre. The office is located at the entrance of town and it's a good place to get information on various day hikes and current weather updates. This is also where you register for overnight treks. Start the day early if you want to witness sunrise and bring a torchlight so you're not tripping on the trail. Wear a sturdy pair of hiking boots. While you can get away with sneakers for easy hikes, you'll want a good pair of hiking boots if you're attempting some of the more challenging trails. Also, make sure you've broken in your boots before you arrive in Patagonia! Pack a pair of trekking poles. These will come in handy for trails with a high elevation gain. Dress in layers. Because the weather conditions in Patagonia are constantly changing, it's good to be prepared for all climates. I recommend a quick-drying base layer, a fleece, a weatherproof jacket and hiking pants. Bring a hat to protect yourself from the sun. Depending on the time of year you're visiting you may need a hat, scarf, and gloves. Bring sufficient water and snacks. Many guesthouses around town offer a packed lunch service you can order the night before. Alternatively, there are small stores around town where you can load up on energy bars, nuts and fruit. Wear sunscreen. Even if the weather feels mild, you can still get a sunburn. Check the weather forecast before embarking on a hike. Intense winds can make certain hikes near impossible to complete. When in doubt, check at the Visitors Centre. Register for overnight treks. This is mandatory so no hikers are unaccounted for. Share your proposed route and expected date of return at the Visitors Centre. Other Things to Do in El Chalten (Not Trekking!) Now let's move on to some fun things to do in El Chalten that don't involve any hiking! Your legs will probably need a break at some point during your visit, so here are other activities to consider. River Rafting Río de las Vueltas If you're looking for an outdoor adventure that's not hiking, consider kayaking the Río de las Vueltas on a guided tour. Río de las Vueltas is a river of glacial origin that is born in Lago del Desierto and flows into Lake Viedma. The first 6 kilometres of the river are calm, so it's a good opportunity to enjoy the surrounding scenery (hello Mount Fitz Roy!) and ease into the experience. The second part goes through a canyon area. The initial rapid is called Portage (no, you are not getting out of the water and portaging your raft!) followed by a succession of class III to III+ rapids for the next 10 kilometres. Get ready for the adrenaline to start pumping! Yes, these waters are glacially cold, as you'd expect, but you'll be geared up with a neoprene suit, microfleece, jacket, life jacket, helmet, neoprene boots and mittens. Once the descent is finished, a van will be waiting to take you back to the base where you will change and enjoy a snack and a drink to recover your energy. You can book your river rafting adventure on Río de las Vueltas here. Kayaking Río de las Vueltas If you want to hit the water, but rafting sounds a little to extreme, consider kayaking instead. For this trip, you'll travel with your guide along Provincial Route 41 until you reach Lago del Desierto or Lake of the Desert. Kayaking in these waters means getting decked out in all the necessary gear; in this case a neoprene suit, microfleece, jacket, helmet, life jacket, boots, mittens and paddles. The kayaking adventure begins north of El Chaltén in a section of the river that's shallow. From this point, you'll travel 12 kilometres downstream, which will take between 1.5 and 2 hours depending on the river flow and wind conditions. Along the way, you'll get to enjoy a unique perspective of Mount Fitz Roy, the Rio de las Vueltas Valley and the Andean forest. The destination of this kayaking tour is Estancia Bonanza, where you'll have a delicious lunch at the ranch before returning to El Chaltén. You can book your kayaking trip to Estancia Bonanza here. Horseback Riding at Estancia Bonanza Another activity you can enjoy in El Chaltén is horseback riding at Estancia Bonanza. This estancia is located 12 kilometres north of El Chaltén and it sits at the foot of Cordón del Bosque, a mountain range that's characterized by its forests, glaciers, rivers and lagoons. This horseback riding tour is 2 hours long and it takes you to the most remote corners of the ranch where you can enjoy unspoilt scenery in a corner of Patagonia that not many get to see. Two daily horseback riding excursions are available: one in the morning with lunch, and the other in the afternoon with dinner. Hours are adjusted depending on the time of year. So if you didn't get your fill of estancia life in El Calafate, you have the opportunity to visit another estancia here in El Chaltén! You can book your horseback riding excursion at Estancia Bonanza here. Rockclimbing in El Chaltén El Chaltén is a popular destination for rock climbing. The Paredón is a giant wall to the east of town overlooking the Las Vueltas River, where you can often see rock climbers. If you're looking to go with a guide, Mountaineering Patagonia are your people. They offer a single pitch rock climbing outing where you'll tackle routes ranging from grade IV to VI. You'll learn the basic knots, how to belay and rappel. This activity takes around 4 hours and is geared at those in beginner and intermediate levels. They also offer a multi-pitch rock climbing full-day outing. The morning is spent on single-pitch routes ranging from grade IV to VI, and in the afternoon you move on to the multi-pitch climb (4-5 pitches) graded IV to V+. This activity takes between 6-8 hours. Where to Eat in El Chaltén Senderos This restaurant is part of Hostería Senderos, a boutique guesthouse in the south end of town, and they serve up some delicious meals. We ate here on two occasions. The first night, we tried their blue cheese risotto with walnuts and sundried tomatoes, as well as a lentil stew. This was our celebratory dinner after trekking to Laguna de los Tres. We enjoyed the meal so much that we went back another time and had their ñoqui with wild mushrooms and stuffed ravioli in tomato sauce. For dessert, we tried the apple pancake with calafate berry ice cream and a chocolate mousse. Both were divine! La Zorra Taproom This is another spot in town that we revisited because there's nothing better than a juicy hamburger and a mountain of loaded fries after a long day of trekking! La Zorra Taproom is a brewpub and they specialize in hamburgers, pizzas, loaded fries and salads. They also craft beer on tap with fun names like Scotch Ale, Passion Summer and Choco Milk. They're located in the north end of town, so it's very convenient if you've just finished hiking one of the trails in that area. Cúrcuma This is a vegan restaurant in El Chaltén and we visited out of curiosity. Though we are not vegan, we were starting to crave some healthier veggie options after many of months pizza, pasta and parrilla in Argentina. We were pleasantly surprised by their quinoa bowl loaded with grilled veggies, and we also had a type of barley bowl with more veggies and alfalfa. Their current menu features items like pumpkin risotto, stuffed eggplant, zucchini pasta, and various wraps and salads. Plus loads of smoothies and fresh-squeezed juices. La Waffleria This spot specializes in waffles with savoury and sweet toppings. If you're craving something savoury, you can get waffles with ham and cheese, with bacon and eggs, or with blue cheese and walnuts. And if you're craving something sweet, like we were, you have waffles with dulce de leche, with ice cream, or with whipped cream and berries. We got one with scoops of calafate berry ice cream. Another cool thing about this restaurant is that they have card games available, so that makes it a nice place to linger. Patagonicus This restaurant is located in the south end of town and specializes in pizzas, soups and salads. The menu is simple but the food is filling. They have 15 different pizzas on the menu - Napolitana, Calabresa and Roquefort, to name a few. They even a vegan pizza option. This is a convenient location if you're planning to tackle some of the hikes near the Visitors Centre. Where to Stay in El Chaltén Here are three hotels in El Chaltén, representing luxury, mid-range, and budget-friendly categories, each with excellent reviews. Hostería Vertical Lodge This is where we stayed and it's a mid-range option! This guesthouse is located near the entrance of town, so on the south side overlooking the Las Vueltas River and the Paredón, which is the rock climbing wall. It puts you close to the trailheads for Mirador de los Cóndores, Mirador de las Aguilas, and Loma Del Pliegue Tumbado. The rooms are very spacious – great for sprawling all our hiking gear! And the bathroom is big with a piping hot shower, which was much appreciated at the end of a long day on the trails. Breakfast is buffet style with plenty of sweet and savoury options. They also offer a packed lunch service, which we made use of for our two big days of hiking. Book your stay at Hostería Vertical Lodge. Los Cerros Boutique Hotel & Spa Los Cerros Boutique Hotel & Spa is a 4-star boutique hotel located in the centre of El Chaltén. Because it sits on a small hill, it offers great views of the town below and the surrounding mountains. The hotel has a spa with a hot tub and sauna, plus you can book hot stones massages - ideal for those who want a bit of pampering in between all the hiking. Their on-site restaurant serves a combination of Patagonian and international dishes. Book your stay at Los Cerros Boutique Hotel & Spa. Hostel Rancho Grande Hostel Rancho Grande is a ranch-style hostel conveniently located in the north end of town near some of the most popular trailheads like Laguna Capri and Laguna de los Tres. The hostel provides mixed dormitories with shared bathrooms and private rooms with en suite bathrooms. Plus, it has a communal kitchen and a social atmosphere. It's a budget-friendly option in El Chaltén, popular among backpackers and budget travellers. Book your stay at Hostel Rancho Grande. You can also find luxury glamping domes on the outskirts of town, so that might be one way to cap off your time in El Chaltén! Chalten Camp and Patagonia Eco Domes are two popular choices with travellers. https://youtu.be/it8h186rx7I When is the Best time to visit El Chaltén? Spring (September to November) Spring brings milder temperatures, and the landscape begins to awaken with blooming flowers. It's a quieter time with fewer tourists. The hiking trails start to become accessible, although some higher-altitude trails may still have snow. Summer (December to February) This is the high tourist season with the warmest temperatures. Daylight hours are long, and evenings are pleasant. This is when hiking trails are fully accessible and it's an excellent time for trekking and outdoor activities. Fall (March to May) Fall sees cooler temperatures, and the colours of autumn foliage add a unique charm to the landscape. The crowds diminish compared to the summer season, although it's a popular time of year for photographers to visit El Chalten. Hiking is still viable, although some trails might close later in the season due to snow. Winter (June to August) Winter is the coldest season, with snow covering the landscapes. Many facilities and accommodations close during this period. Winter offers a serene and peaceful atmosphere. It's a good time for photographers and those seeking a quieter experience. However, access to some hiking trails will be limited due to snow and ice. If you're interested in specific hikes, check their accessibility during your chosen time at the Visitors Centre. Ultimately, the best time to visit El Chaltén depends on your interests and the type of experience you seek. If you're a trekking enthusiast, the austral summer months (December to February) offer the most favourable conditions. If you prefer a quieter atmosphere and don't mind some limitations on certain trails, the shoulder seasons of spring and fall can provide a wonderful experience. Regardless of the season, be prepared for rapid weather changes. Patagonian weather is notoriously unpredictable, and conditions can shift quickly. Read More: El Calafate in 2 Days Itinerary Choosing the Best Perito Moreno Boat Tour Boat Tour to the Glaciers Aboard Maria Turquesa Where to Stay in El Calafate Fun Day Tours from El Calafate 15 Places to Visit in Patagonia Patagonia with Gadventures: Choosing the Right Tour #### 11 Beautiful Estancias Near Buenos Aires for a Weekend Escape! Searching for estancias near Buenos Aires? This list features 11 beautiful properties for a relaxing weekend escape! One of my favourite ways to end a visit to Buenos Aires is by booking an estancia stay in the city outskirts. Buenos Aires is a thriving metropolis packed with activities - cafes, restaurants, museums and art galleries! However, it's nice to have the opportunity to unwind after an action-packed trip. Most estancias near Buenos Aires are located in Buenos Aires Province, which encircles the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, and many of them are just a 1-2 hour drive away, making them fairly accessible to travellers. My favourite aspect about estancia stays is slipping into the slow pace of life. You can watch the sunrise over the pampas, go horseback riding through the countryside, enjoy traditional Argentine meals, and all of this in a rustic yet luxurious setting. Over the years, my husband and I have enjoyed many Buenos Aires estancias on both day trips and overnight stays. We've done even more estancia stays down in Patagonia and it has become our favourite way to travel. So today, I've created a list of some of the best estancias near Buenos Aires for you to consider! The idea is to give you a bit of inspiration if you're looking to enjoy that estancia life for yourself. I've already experienced a handful of these and the others are still on the travel bucket list. Beautiful Estancias Near Buenos Aires View this post on Instagram A post shared by Estancia Villa María (@estanciavillamaria) Estancia Villa Maria Best estancia for Tudor-style architecture Estancia Villa Maria is a Tudor-style estancia set in Cañuelas 56 kilometres south of Buenos Aires. It has consistently been ranked one of the top estancias in Argentina and South America! The estancia sits on 74 hectares and was constructed as a summer villa by renowned architect Alejandro Bustillo, who is responsible for many iconic buildings across Argentina (including the Llao Llao Hotel in Bariloche). Estancia Villa Maria offers 11 rooms and guests can choose between superior rooms, suites, family and master suites. The estancia also has its own in-house restaurant where guests can enjoy traditional country recipes, outdoor barbecues and afternoon tea out in the gardens. They even offer cooking classes for guests who want to take some Argentine recipes like empanadas and alfajores back home! Aside from the gourmet restaurant, guests can also enjoy a private lounge, bar and wine cellar. There are lots of activities at Estancia Villa Maria for guests to keep busy including horseback rides, carriage rides, bicycles, a tennis court, an 18-hole golf course, football fields, plus a billiards room with board games. Polo lessons can be arranged with a prior reservation and at an additional cost. If you're looking for luxury estancias near Buenos Aires, this one fits the bill! "The entire place was kind of magical - like being transported back in time. The staff were so helpful and accommodating (particularly given we speak little Spanish). It was more like being house guests at someone’s estate than being at a hotel. Very personalised." - Matthew from the UK Review via Booking.com Book your stay at Estancia Villa Maria. Address: Avenida Pereda s/n, Máximo Paz, Ezeiza, Buenos Aires Province View this post on Instagram A post shared by Estancia La Candelaria (@estanciacandelaria) Estancia La Candelaria Best estancia for a French chateaux feel Estancia La Candelaria is a 200-year-old French castle-style estancia set in Lobos 120 kilometres southwest of Buenos Aires. While most estancias near Buenos Aires have a colonial look, this one will make you feel like you've been transported to France! The estancia is divided into two sectors: the chateaux sector and the colonial sector. The French-inspired chateaux sector offers 3 different types of rooms all decorated with period furniture: 6 Castle Classic rooms, 3 Castle Suites and 1 Castle Windmill. Meanwhile, the colonial sector has more of a country feel. Here guests can choose between 10 Colonial Rooms and 2 Forest Bungalows. This sector is better suited for families or larger groups of friends. Some of the daily activities guests can enjoy at Estancia La Candelaria include horse rides, bike rides, forest hikes, tennis courts, volleyball courts, and the outdoor swimming pool during the summer months. Aside from this, the estancia also has different activities throughout the week like yoga, movie nights, empanada cooking classes, folklore shows and more. There is a restaurant on the estancia grounds, 5º CHUKKER, where guests can try typical Argentine foods. "Romantic, perfect and an absolute treasure in time. Thank you for keeping the history and the beauty of La Candelaria open with us to share. Highly recommend for those who want to get away and slow way down while enjoying a beautiful historical estancia! Special kudos to the chef - the food exceeded expectations and was the best food I had on my entire trip." Review via TripAdvisor. Book your stay at Estancia La Candelaria. Address: Ruta Nacional 205 Km 114,5, Lobos, Buenos Aires Province View this post on Instagram A post shared by Estancia El Ombu de Areco (@estanciaelombu) Estancia El Ombú de Areco Best working estancia for traditional gaucho culture El Ombú de Areco is a working estancia set in the outskirts of San Antonio de Areco, the town known as the cradle of gaucho culture. This working ranch has over 300 hectares which are used for grazing cattle; they have 350 heads of Aberdeen Angus livestock. They also grow a variety of crops like soy, corn, wheat and oats depending on the time of year. The estancia has 11 guest rooms including double, triple and quadruple rooms. They also have interconnecting rooms in case you’re visiting with a large family. The rooms have been lovingly renovated featuring vintage furniture and they each have their own private bathroom. Estancia El Ombú de Areco offers full board which includes 4 meals a day: breakfast, lunch, afternoon snack and dinner. That means there's no reason to leave the estancia during your stay unless you want to explore the surrounding area. Activities at the estancia include 2 daily horseback rides. Plus guests can also enjoy bike rides, long walks through the property, and the outdoor pool during the warmer months. Estancia El Ombú de Areco is a very popular gaucho day trip from Buenos Aires where you can experience a day in the countryside and learn more about traditional gaucho culture. It includes horse riding, a traditional Argentine BBQ, live folk music and dancing, a horse whispering demonstration and more. It's a nice alternative if you want to experience estancia life for a day. It's a beautiful property with extensive grounds to explore. Plus, this estancia's architecture is simply divine! We loved the friendly estancia dogs and found the staff to be super attentive. You can check out this accommodations guide if you're specifically looking for estancias in San Antonio de Areco and other unique stays. "We've previously stayed in estancias in the area, so were able to make a comparison. We found the owner and staff to be very welcoming and keen to accommodate our needs. The home cooked meals were tasty, especially the empanadas and cakes. The rooms were nicely decorated with light colours and were full of character. The horses appeared to be well cared for and, as experienced riders, we were taken on the most fabulous ride through the extensive grassland. My horse was amazingly responsive to the lightest touch. The dogs were a pleasure to have around too." - Claire from Australia Review via Hotels.com Book your stay at Estancia El Ombú de Areco. Address: Ruta 31 Cuartel VI, Villa Lía, San Antorio de Areco, Buenos Aires Province View this post on Instagram A post shared by Estancia la Bandada (@labandadaestancia) Estancia La Bandada Best estancia for bird watching Estancia La Bandada is located in San Miguel del Monte 122 kilometres from Buenos Aires. The estancia offers accommodations in a 19th century colonial-style house that has been renovated yet retains its traditional charm. There is a maximum capacity of 14 guests so it offers a private and tranquil setting. There are 3 types of rooms to choose from: one standard double room, two suites, and two two-bedroom apartments. The rooms are all named after different types of birds that can be spotted on the estancia grounds. These include herons, tijeretas, hummingbirds, horneros and cardinals. Guests can enjoy a variety of activities at Estancia La Bandada like horseback riding, bird watching, cooking classes, bike riding, evening guitar sessions and more. They also offer 1-hour polo lessons for visitors who may be interested in learning more about this sport. You just need to be able to ride a horse and they can teach you the rest! "This is a beautiful property inside and out. Large comfortable rooms, wonderful grounds exceptional service. The staff was extremely friendly and eager to please. Agustina was very professional - she took the time to explain all about the property. She showed us around the organic garden, the riding area and told us all about the animals that live there. She made sure meals prepared were to our liking. The ranch is beautifully decorated be it the living room and dining area or the bedroom - simply gorgeous." - Maria from Austria Review via Booking.com Book your stay at Estancia La Bandada. Address: Ruta 41, km 120, San Miguel del Monte, Buenos Aires Province View this post on Instagram A post shared by Puesto Viejo Estancia & PoloClub (@puestoviejo) Estancia Puesto Viejo Best estancia for polo players and a giant labyrinth Estancia Puesto Viejo is set on 220 hectares of land in Cañuelas 76 kilometres, or less than one hour, from Buenos Aires. This particular estancia offers various types of accommodations to suit different budgets. They have a 10-bedroom hotel where all the rooms are named after the owner's favourite polo horses. We stayed in the estancia hotel when we visited a few years back. The rooms were decorated with antique furniture including a beautiful wooden armoire, a footboard bench, and a chandelier. Aside from the hotel, Estancia Puesto Viejo also offers a glamping option. There's a sector of the property where they have built wooden platforms that hold 21 geodomes. Guests can choose between double and triple domes. Just note that the geodomes won't give you access to the swimming pool. One of the unique draws to this particular estancia is the giant labyrinth - an especially attractive proposition if you're visiting with kids! We had a hard time finding out way out of there! In terms of activities, there are free bikes to explore the estancia grounds, you can sign up for a short horseback ride, or you can even book a polo lesson. Also, we were very well fed for the duration of our stay with 4 meals per day: breakfast, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner! "Great place for relax and to be in touch with nature. If you are a horse fan there is no better place, no matter your age. 100 times better to connect to the airport than from central BsAs. The staff is great always ready to satisfy any need. Food is amazing!!! My only complaint is that I got used to be woken up by bird's songs in the morning and I don't know how I will manage now without…" - Ed Review via Google Reviews Book your stay at Estancia Puesto Viejo. Address: Ruta Provincial 6, Km 83, Cañuelas, Buenos Aires Province View this post on Instagram A post shared by La Bamba De Areco Relais & Chateaux (@labambadeareco) Estancia La Bamba de Areco Best estancia for a historic connection Estancia La Bamba de Areco is a highly acclaimed Relais & Chateaux property located just outside the gaucho town of San Antonio de Areco. The estancia dates from 1830 making it one of the oldest Argentinian colonial-style estancias in the area. One of the original post houses on the property actually formed part of the Camino Real or Royal Road, an old trade route that connected Buenos Aires with Alto Perú (modern-day Bolivia). La Bamba de Areco was one of the first estancias to welcome visitors back in the 1980s. It has since been renovated and offers 11 rooms and suites. The decor features dark wooden floors and antique furnishings. "Our girls trip took us to La Bamba on our recent trip to Argentina. It was such a unique experience -- from the scenery to the horseback riding to the communal meals with people we otherwise would have never met! We definitely recommend this spot for a couple of nights to get out of Buenos Aires and enjoy a very slowed down (little wifi!), relaxing experience. Special shout out to Michaela, Segundo, Jo, and Eduardo for making our experience so special." - Melissa from New York Review via TripAdvisor Book your stay at La Bamba de Areco. Address: Ruta 31 Km 7.5, San Antonio de Areco, Buenos Aires Province View this post on Instagram A post shared by Estancia La Madrugada Areco (@estancialamadrugada_areco) Estancia La Madrugada Best estancia for a luxurious and private stay Another estancia to visit near Buenos Aires is La Madrugada. This is a rather exclusive property with only 3 suites that lead out to a garden, so it's the ideal place to book with a group of friends or family. The estancia offers a rural experience with a touch of luxury. The main farmhouse has been renovated to add modern comforts, however, the place still manages to retain its traditional charm. Meals at Estancia La Madrugada consist of a three-course menu and outdoor barbecues. Ingredients are sourced directly from the organic garden providing guests with a farm-to-table dining experience. As far as activities go, Estancia La Madrugada offers horse riding, live guitar music by the campfire, and the opportunity to visit the nearby gaucho town of San Antonio de Areco - the town is only 5-kilometres away, so you can even cycle there using the free bikes they provide. "My wife and I have been to La Madrugada twice now (one on August - winter, and once in the end of November - summer). Both times very different due to the season - but both incredible. This is a small estancia (max 3 bedrooms) so you really feel like you have the entire estancia (ranch) to yourself. All meals are included, food is great, nice wine selection. Entire staff is personalized and very accommodating! We have a 6 month old baby - and the entire staff could not be more helpful. In the winter they have a great space with a fire, very relaxing to play games or read. In the summer they have an enormous pool - plenty of space - beautiful setting. There is also the option to go horseback riding with a professional guide - again all personalized (riding offered at all levels). The estancia itself is an old traditional home that’s been renovated - keeping its old charm and decor but will all the needed modern amenities to stay comfortable (great shower, airconditioning, etc.) If you are looking for a place to relax out in the country side, quiet setting, personalized service - I could not recommend La Madrugada more." - Philip Review via Google Reviews Book your stay at Estancia La Madrugada. Address: Camino del Yameo, San Antonio de Areco, Buenos Aires Province View this post on Instagram A post shared by Estancia La Sofia (@estancia_la_sofia) Estancia La Sofia Best estancia to play polo Estancia La Sofia is a boutique hotel and polo ranch situated in Azcuénaga some 130 kilometres west of Buenos Aires. La Sofía is a colonial-style ranch that offers six spacious en-suite rooms. Guests can choose from 2 Grand Suites, 2 Superior Suites, and 2 Standard Suites. There are plenty of ways to keep busy at this estancia with lots of fun activities on offer. Guests can enjoy horseback riding through the pampas, birdwatching, the outdoor swimming pool, and cooking classes where you can learn to make empanadas, asado and mate. Polo is a big part of life at this estancia. La Sofia Polo Club is part of the Argentine Polo Association and the club has two polo fields. Whether you want to practice polo, learn to play, or find out more about a sport, the estancia can organize a special program for you. And if you don't feel comfortable on a horse, of course, you can watch a polo game! "Our stay was absolutely magical. The place is so charming and feels like a friend’s country house. The chef is incredible and you feel as if you have stumbled upon a wonderful part of Argentinian life. The horses are great to ride for all levels and we (both occasional riders) really enjoyed the polo lesson too. I was skeptical about learning polo since I didn’t think it would be rewarding as a beginner but it was so so much fun. If you are there during a polo match that’s a lovely experience and the pool is great too. A really peaceful oasis, with roaring fires in the evening when it is cold, and Al fresco dining when it is sunny. The hotel only sleeps a small number of guests so is truly boutique and we loved getting to know the other guests as well. Would love to revisit if I am back in Argentina." - Flo Review via Google Reviews Book your stay at Estancia La Sofia. Address: Cuartel VI, Azcuénaga, Buenos Aires Province View this post on Instagram A post shared by Estancia Don Manuel | Cañuelas (@estanciadonmanuel.ok) Estancia Don Manuel Best estancia for polo lessons and clay pigeon shooting Estancia Don Manuel started out as a polo school back in 1998 and today it has expanded to offer accommodations for guests looking to unwind and enjoy a taste of country life. They offer a boutique experience that offers privacy and respects guests' desire for rest and relaxation. At full capacity, the estancia can hold a maximum of 36 overnight guests. As far as gastronomy goes, Estancia Don Manuel focuses on homemade dishes with an artisanal touch. Portions are abundant and prepared by an internationally-trained chef. The estancia has a football field, volleyball court, bicycles, a gym, and ample room to enjoy long walks and even do some bird watching. For rainy days or low-key afternoons, there's a clubhouse with board games, pool, table tennis, darts, foosball and more. Guests can also book additional services like polo lessons, clay pigeon shooting, horseback riding, golfing, tango dancing lessons and more. "We went for my birthday with a group of 10 people. The service was excellent, Emiliano and Juli made sure everything worked perfectly. Regarding the food, we brought the raw materials and the ranch staff took care of everything, allowing us to relax and enjoy the stay. Amelia was super attentive, she cooked very well for us and adapted to the dietary restrictions of some guests very easily. All the facilities were in very good condition, the beds were very comfortable and there was always someone making sure that the campfires had a fire to maintain the temperature of the common spaces. We were able to take a horse ride in the morning and in the afternoon Emiliano and Sergio took us to another area where they explained to us better how to handle the horse. It was a great experience! I recommend the stay to go with friends or family to spend a few days, the place is beautiful, the service is excellent and the prices are very reasonable." - Ariel Review via Google Reviews Book your stay at Estancia Don Manuel. Address: Ruta 205 Km 59800, Cañuelas, Buenos Aires Province View this post on Instagram A post shared by Estancia Las Marias (@estancialasmarias_) Estancia Las Marias Best estancia for a glamping experience Estancia Las Marias falls into the glamping category offering some rather unique accommodations! Guests can choose between sleeping in a grain silo or a geodome. Rooms can be arranged to fit a queen-sized bed or two single beds. This setup is ideal for visitors who want to enjoy a self-catered holiday. Breakfast is served daily, however, lunch and dinner are up to you! The accommodations come with an electric kettle, an electric oven and a small fridge - you'll want to plan for quick and easy meals, which leave more time for exploring. On the premises, guests can enjoy the outdoor swimming pool and sauna, visit the local farm animals (pigs, horses, goats and more!), and spend the evenings around the campfire. "We had a great stay. I wanted to highlight the attention of Lucas and Ivan, very kind and respectful. In the place you are constantly surrounded by many animals. I also wanted to clarify that the breakfast is very complete, I am celiac and they had prepared a variety of options. The dome was properly equipped, with a stoker outside, which was illuminated for the night. Thank you so much! We had an excellent day." - Angie Review via Google Reviews Book your stay at Estancia Las Marias. Address: Marcos Paz, Buenos Aires Province View this post on Instagram A post shared by 𝐸𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒸𝒾𝒶 𝒟𝑜𝓃 𝒫𝑒𝒹𝓇𝑜🇦🇷 (@estanciadonpedro) Estancia Don Pedro Best estancia for families with children Estancia Don Pedro sits in the locality of Solis 96 kilometres northwest of Buenos Aires. Guests can choose from 4 different types of rooms: master suites, double suites, quadruple suites and quintuple suites. This estancia offers complete room and board with 4 daily meals: breakfast, lunch, merienda and dinner. Dinner consists of a 3-course fixed menu. Estancia Don Pedro has a relaxed and family-friendly environment. It's well suited for stays with children as they have farm animals guests can visit and ample room to play and roam. Pets are welcome at this estancia though they must be on a leash and accompanied by their owners at all times. There are other dogs and farm animals at the estancia, not to mention guests and children, so that's something to be mindful of. "Excellent place, attention and delicious food and super original menu. We also really liked the tranquility of the place and the fact that it was more exclusive than other estancias." - Agustina from Argentina Review via Booking.com Book your stay at Estancia Don Pedro. Address: Ruta Nacional 8 Km 94, Solis, Buenos Aires Province Travel tips for choosing an estancia near Buenos Aires Book an estancia for the end of your trip. This is such a nice way to unwind after a busy itinerary in Buenos Aires. Two nights at an estancia is the perfect way to pamper yourself before hopping on a flight home. As a bonus, a lot of these Buenos Aires estancias are near Ezeiza International Airport. Not all estancias are created equal. You'll hear this over and over again! We've done enough estancia stays across Argentina to attest to that. The estancia experience will vary from one establishment to the next. Some estancias only serve breakfast while others provide four meals per day. Certain estancias include activities while others charge an additional fee for things like horse riding or polo lessons. There are estancias geared towards couples and estancias better suited to accommodate families. Choose an estancia based on your interests. Many Buenos Aires estancias have a focus, whether it be showcasing gaucho culture, horseback riding, or polo lessons. Meanwhile, if you venture further down to Patagonia, you can find estancias that specialize in fly fishing or game hunting. Estancias in Mendoza featuring wine tastings and vineyard visits. While estancias in Cordoba are a great introduction to gaucho culture in the sierras. So there's something out there for everyone. You can find estancias all over Argentina. If you enjoy the estancia experience, seek them out on the rest of your travels across Argentina! You can find loads of estancias in Patagonia. One of our favourites is Estancia Tecka for fly fishing and unmatched service. Meanwhile, if you're visiting El Calafate, Estancia Nibepo Aike is a fun estancia for a taste of ranch life. You can also find loads of estancias in Córdoba up in the sierras, Mendoza and the Iberá Wetlands. Or try something different like glamping across Patagonia! Book a Día de Campo to visit for the day. If an overnight stay at an estancia is not in your budget, you can consider visiting for the day. Many estancias near Buenos Aires offer a Día de Campo or 'countryside day' where you visit for the day, learn about gaucho culture and have an Argentine BBQ for lunch. This estancia day tour is one of the most popular day trips from Buenos Aires and it's also highly rated! #### 15 Best Places to Visit in Patagonia, Argentina Today, we're going to be sharing some of the best places to visit in Patagonia, Argentina. So get ready to take some notes as we help you plan your upcoming trip! Patagonia is a vast region at the bottom of the South American continent, spreading out 1,043,076 km2 across both Argentina and Chile. It's an incredibly diverse geographic area featuring the Andes Mountains, glaciers, lakes and forests, as well as steppe, desert and coastline. For the purposes of this article, we're going to focus on some of the best places to visit in Argentine Patagonia, seeing as this website is all about travel in Argentina! So what are the best places to visit in Patagonia, Argentina? Well, that depends on the type of traveller you are and what you're hoping to see and do on your trip. Are you looking for the best places to see glaciers? The best places to go trekking? The best places to view wildlife? Thankfully, there's all that and more! We'll be covering 15 destinations, including a mix of mountain towns, seaside villages, and even cities that span Northern Patagonia, Coastal Patagonia, and Southern Patagonia.  So pick and choose from this list to plan your ultimate Patagonia trip! Best Places to Visit in Patagonia, Argentina El Bolsón Best place in Patagonia for hiking and epic mountain views. El Bolsón is one of the best places to visit in Patagonia for hiking and nature. This hippie mountain town offers trails for hikers of all levels, and there's always a reward at the end, be it an epic mountain view or a pristine river to swim in. The town sits in a valley between two mountain ranges, and it truly is one of the most beautiful places in Patagonia. Even though this is the best-known town in the Comarca Andina it's still Patagonia off-the-beaten-path. Best activities in El Bolsón Visit the Sculpture Forest One of the main attractions in El Bolsón is the Sculpture Forest, locally known as Bosque Tallado. The sculpture forest is situated on Cerro Piltriquitrón, and the art project came about after a series of fires burned down part of the mountainside. Local artist Marcelo López saw the opportunity to create something beautiful out of tragedy and invited a series of artists to create sculptures using the burnt and fallen trees. This project began in 1998 and is ongoing, with artists being invited every few years to add new works to the Sculpture Forest. Tackle the hiking trails El Bolsón is a haven for hiking enthusiasts, offering a plethora of scenic trails and stunning landscapes to explore. The region is known for its lush forests, crystal-clear rivers, and majestic mountain views, making it an ideal destination for nature lovers and adventure seekers. Trails range in length and level of difficulty. A few to consider include Cerro Amigo, Cascada Escondida, Cabeza del Indio, Cajón del Azul, and Cerro Piltriquitrón. Shop at the Hippie Fair The Hippie Fair, better known as Feria Artesanal, takes place on Plaza Pagano 4 times a week on Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday and Sunday. This is a great place to do your souvenir shopping with 200 stalls to browse. You can find everything from ceramics and tapestries to homemade jams and natural cosmetics. Plus, there are also food trucks on site where you can try Argentine street food like empanadas and choripán. Drive over to Lago Puelo As far as day trips from El Bolsón go, Lago Puelo is one of the easiest ones you can do! Lago Puelo is technically in a different province, but it's only a 30-minute drive across the border. The lake sits in Lago Puelo National Park, which is home to Valdivian forest, mountain peaks, and hiking trails - including one that reaches the Chilean border. Sample the ice cream flavours at Jauja Argentines love their ice cream, and you'll find that ice cream shops abound, even in mountain towns. We treated ourselves to daily ice cream since we were doing plenty of hiking, and we were big fans of the flavour offerings at Jauja. Some of their more unique Patagonian ice cream flavours include raspberries with goat's milk, dulce de leche with walnuts and Andean chocolate. These use local ingredients and are pretty inventive. Villa La Angostura Best place in Patagonia for high-end resorts by the lake. Villa La Angostura is a high-end resort town located on the shores of Nahuel Huapi Lake in the Province of Neuquén. The town's Swiss-style architecture features plenty of wooden chalets and log cabins which add to the allure of the town. Plus, you have pristine forests, crystal-clear lakes, and snow-capped peaks creating a breathtaking backdrop that complements the town's cozy and inviting feel. It's an idyllic destination that attracts tourists year-round. Best activities in Villa La Angostura Arrayanes Forest The main attraction in Villa La Angostura is the magical Arrayanes Forest, which is located on the Quetrihué Peninsula that juts out into Nahuel Huapi Lake just south of town. What makes the forest special are the arrayán trees, known for their cinnamon-coloured bar,k which feels cool to the touch. This is because the tree's bark is so thin that you can feel the sap flowing inside the tree. Most of the trees in the forest are around 300 years old, though there are a few specimens that date back 650 years. Hike the Quetrihué Peninsula After visiting the Arrayanes Forest, you have two options: get back on the boat or hike across the peninsula. The hike is 12 kilometres long and takes about 3 hours to complete. Visit the two bays Villa La Angostura is a town of two bays. You have Bahía Mansa, meaning ‘calm bay’, and Bahía Brava, meaning ‘wild bay’. The two bays are just a 5-minute walk from each other, so it's easy to visit both. Bahía Mansa is where most boat excursions depart from and where you have that beautiful two-level wooden pier you see in photos, and Bahía Brava has a nice crescent beach, where you can enjoy a stroll and catch the sunset. Drive the Route of the Seven Lakes Villa La Angostura is best known as the starting point (or ending point, depending on which direction you drive it!) of the Route of the Seven Lakes. This is a very picturesque 107-kilometre drive that runs between the towns of Villa La Angostura and San Martín de Los Andes. The route goes through two national parks, Lanín National Park and Nahuel Huapi National Park, and as the names suggest, it also goes past seven lakes. This drive is best done as a one-day road trip with stops at all the lakes, waterfalls, and scenic points along the way. Eat in a cuckoo house cafe Cucu Schulz is a cafe built to look like a cuckoo clock, and inside the walls are covered in even more cuckoo clocks, which is really fun when the clocks strike the hour. My favourite thing to order at Cucu Schulz is their ricotta cake. You may also want to try their in-house specialty, the Cucu Shulz cake, which consists of a chocolate cake with semisweet chocolate mousse, chantilly cream, a chocolate glaze and caramelized almonds. Villa Traful Best place in Patagonia for a quiet lakeside escape. Villa Traful is a picturesque village located on the southern shore of Lake Traful, surrounded by the Andes Mountains. The village is known for its breathtaking natural beauty, making it a popular destination for nature lovers and outdoor enthusiasts. Getting to Villa Traful involves travelling down rugged gravel roads, but pristine nature and tranquillity are the reward. Best activities in Villa Traful Hike to the waterfalls There are two different waterfalls you can visit in Villa Traful; one is Cascada del Arroyo Coa Co, which is a 40-minute loop, and the other is Cascada del Arroyo Blanco, which is a 60-minute loop. Both are considered relatively easy hikes. Visit the submerged forest Villa Traful boasts a rather unique attraction, and that is the Submerged Forest, where around 60 cypress trees rise from the waters of Lago Traful. These trees were once on the hillside but became submerged due to a landslide in the 1960s. The crystal-clear waters allow visitors to see the trunks and branches of these submerged trees. The Submerged Forest can be explored by boat, with excursions departing from the south side of the lake and heading to the forest on the north side. Go scuba diving For a more immersive experience, Buceo VLA offers scuba diving excursions to witness the Submerged Forest in all its glory. Scuba diving in Patagonia does mean cooler temperatures, so you'll wear a 7mm neoprene diving suit. Try Argentina's most famous alfajores What is an alfajor, you ask? An alfajor is a sweet confection consisting of two soft cookies typically filled with dulce de leche, which is a creamy caramel-like spread made from condensed milk. The alfajor can also be coated in white, milk or dark chocolate. It just so happens that the award-winning alfajores from Del Montañés originate in Villa Traful, so you need to try them if you make it all the way there! Enjoy Lago Traful Of course, aside from boating and scuba diving, you can also enjoy some beach time on the shores of Lake Traful. Plus, if you're looking for something a bit more active, you can rent kayaks or stand-up paddle boards and spend the day out on the water. Esquel Best place in Patagonia for train travel and epic day trips. Esquel is a town set at the foot of the Andes Mountains, and its location makes it a convenient base for exploring the nearby national park as well as some easy day trips. There are plenty of things to do in Esquel, and right now we're going to cover some of the highlights. Best activities in Esquel Ride the Old Patagonian Express The main thing to do in Esquel is to ride the Old Patagonian Express train! Locally known as La Trochita, this train was made famous by Paul Theroux’s 1979 novel The Old Patagonian Express, in which he recounted his train journey from his hometown in Massachusetts all the way down to Argentina. While the railway tracks of the Old Patagonian Express once stretched out across 402 kilometres, today only three short segments of the route can be travelled by tourists. The most popular segment departs from Esquel to Nahuel Pan. This is a half-day activity where you can travel across the Patagonian steppe, and upon arriving in Nahuel Pan, you can visit an artisanal market, tour the Museum of Patagonian Culture, and enjoy some Argentine street food in the form of a choripán (sausage on a bun)! Los Alerces National Park A popular day trip from Esquel is to Los Alerces National Park, one of the most beautiful national parks in Patagonia. The park is made up of interconnected lakes and rivers that weave their way through the Valdivian forest. Some of the highlights include riding a boat across waters that shift from emerald to turquoise, seeing hanging glaciers, and visiting the Grandfather Alerce, which is 2,700 years old! Yes, this park is home to the second-longest living tree species in the world – the alerce, which gives the park its name! Piedra Parada For a change of scenery and a taste of the Patagonian steppe, you can consider a day trip to Piedra Parada. This natural protected area is home to a towering monolith that rises 210 metres from the Chubut Valley. The rock's origins are volcanic, and once upon a time, this area would have been the caldera of an ancient mega volcano. You can also visit the nearby Vulture's Canyon, which is a really nice area for hiking and rock climbing. The canyon's walls rise some 150 meters on either side, and along the way, you can see small refuges in the rock that would have been used by the pre-Tehuelches and Tehuelches who inhabited this area in a seasonal manner up to 5000 years ago. Skiing in La Hoya If you happen to be visiting Esquel in the wintertime and you're down for some skiing or snowboarding, you'll want to make your way up to La Hoya. This is the main ski centre in the area, and it's just a 30-minute drive north of town. You can rent gear, book passes, or sign up for ski and snowboarding lessons directly on their website. Hike the local trails Last but not least, Esquel offers plenty of local hiking opportunities. Laguna La Zeta leads to a lagoon where you can go kayaking or horseback riding. It takes about 1 hour to hike up from the centre of town. Cerro La Cruz offers beautiful views of Esquel, surrounded by mountains. It's a steep hike, but there are lookouts along the way. It takes about 1.5 hours to reach the top, and there are two different access points via Barrio Baden in the east or Barrio Ceferino on the west. Trevelin Best place in Patagonia for wineries and Welsh history. Trevelin is a small mountain town situated in a picturesque valley surrounded by the Andes Mountains. Its name translates to 'mill town' in Welsh, reflecting its heritage. Trevelin is known for its access to Los Alerces National Park, fly fishing opportunities, multiple wineries, and its tulip fields in the springtime. Best activities in Trevelin Visit the wineries Did you know there are vineyards and wineries in Patagonia? It does take a special type of grape to thrive in this climate, but more and more we're seeing winemakers take on the challenge of producing wine in this part of the world. Some of the wineries you can visit in Trevelin include Viñas del Nant y Fall, Contra Corriente, and Casa Yagüe. White wines do well at this latitude, so you can expect to find Chardonnay, Riesling and Gewürztraminer. As far as red grapes, it’s all about the Pinot Noir. Stay at a fishing lodge Another thing to do in Trevelin is to stay at a fishing lodge. This area is considered one of the best places in Patagonia for fly-fishing, with many fishing enthusiasts making the long trek from Europe and North America. The Futaleufú River, just west of Trevelin, is a particularly popular spot, and it's known as the 'river of a hundred rivers' thanks to its many branches that flow away from the main river only to rejoin again. There are all sorts of fishing programs that include a mix of floating and wading in search of Brown, Rainbow and Brook Trout. Learn about Welsh culture The Welsh immigrants first arrived on Argentine shores in 1865, and they slowly planted roots across Patagonia. One such community was Trevelin, where they managed to cultivate the fertile lands, engage in sheep farming, and build a thriving community. They also built traditional Welsh-style houses and chapels, which can still be seen in the town today. The Andean Mill Museum is worth a visit to learn more about their history, plus there are Welsh tea houses where you can enjoy some traditional Welsh cake. Visit Nant Fach Mill Just 17 kilometres outside of Trevelin, you'll find the Nant Fach Mill, which is a replica of the flour mills that were used in the late nineteenth century. The name Nant Fach means ‘small creek’ in Welsh, and the mill acts as a museum displaying lots of agricultural machinery. There's also an indoor component to the museum showcasing tools, furniture, crockery and musical instruments that were brought over from Wales by the early settlers. Futaleufú Hydroelectric Complex Trevelin is the access point to the southern part of Los Alerces National Park, where you can visit the Futaleufú Dam. The dam was built between 1971 and 1976 with the goal of providing electricity to an aluminum plant in the coastal city of Puerto Madryn.  There are also plenty of hiking trails to enjoy within the park, which lead to rivers, waterfalls and lookout points. You can get more ideas of things to do in Trevelin here. Bariloche Best place in Patagonia for chill city vibes and light adventure. If you're a city person but you still want to get a taste of Patagonia without doing anything too strenuous (like a multi-day hike!), then Bariloche might be the place for you! Formally known as San Carlos de Bariloche, this city is the gateway to the Argentine Lake District. It has an incredible craft beer scene, is renowned for its artisanal ice creams and chocolates, plus it offers plenty of light adventures (including some cool historical walks!) so you can still enjoy the beauty of the outdoors. This is one of the best places to visit in Patagonia for chill city vibes surrounded by epic mountain scenery. Also, here's how to get to Bariloche because there is a cool cross-country train journey to consider! Best activities in Bariloche Boat tour of Isla Victoria The boat tour to Isla Victoria and the Arrayanes Forest is one of the most popular excursions in Bariloche. The tour departs from Puerto Pañuelo and travels on Lago Nahuel Huapi until you reach the Arrayanes Forest. This is the forest believed to have inspired Disney's Bambi. The boat tour then continues towards Isla Victoria, where you disembark once more and can either join a guided hike or explore the island at your leisure. There's a beautiful beach called Playa del Toro, as well as hiking trails, and you can also see some small cave paintings. Explore the craft beer scene You could spend two weeks in Bariloche and visit a different brewery every day. There are so many to choose from, and they all offer something different. Cerveza Patagonia is a classic stop on the Circuito Chico at Km 24.7 for anyone visiting Bariloche. Their brewery has the best views you could ask for - lakes and snowcapped mountains as far as the eye can see. Come for the beers, stay for the views! Cervecería Gilbert is a rustic brewpub that serves some great beers paired with traditional dishes like wild boar, trout and lentil stew. You can also check out Cervecería Manush for craft beer and gourmet burgers. This is but a mere sampling of what's available in Bariloche's beer scene! Stay at the Llao Llao Hotel If you want to centre your trip to Bariloche around rest and relaxation in an unbeatable setting, then you need to stay at the Llao Llao Hotel. This is considered one of the leading hotels in the world, and it's easy to see why. Its location is unparalleled; the Llao Llao Hotel sits on 15 hectares of land between two lakes - Lago Moreno and Lago Nahuel Huapi. It is framed by the mountain peaks of Cerro Tronador and Cerro Lopez, and it was built in a unique style that drew inspiration from alpine construction and Canadian log cabins. The hotel features a golf course, marina, infinity pool, spa, fitness centre, and numerous restaurants. Drive the Circuito Chico Another must-do activity in Bariloche is to drive the Circuito Chico. This is a scenic drive that follows the lakeshore of Lago Nahuel Huapi heading north, and then loops around various lakes before circling back towards Bariloche. Along the route, there are numerous lookout points where you can pull over and enjoy the views. Plus, there are microbreweries, restaurants, cafes, hiking trails, kayak rentals and more. The drive can typically be done in half a day, including stops for food and photos. Try artisanal ice cream and chocolates If you have a sweet tooth, you'll enjoy all the artisanal chocolate and ice cream offerings in Patagonia. Rapa Nui is known for its 'Franui' - we're talking Patagonian raspberries dipped in white chocolate and then milk chocolate. They are delicious! Their main location features a cafe, ice cream shop and ice skating rink. You have to try the dulce de leche ice cream when in Argentina! The closest thing I can compare it to is caramel, but it's an experience in and of itself. Another great option is Mamushka. This is a nice place to go for a sweet breakfast or afternoon tea (known as merienda in Argentina). Aside from selling chocolates, they have a nice cafe that serves all sorts of cakes and elaborate sweets. Península Valdés Best place in Patagonia for wildlife viewing opportunities. Península Valdés is one of the best places to visit in coastal Patagonia if you want to see wildlife. The peninsula is home to Magellanic penguins, sea lions, elephant seals, Southern right whales, dolphins, guanacos, rheas, maras and so much more! It is also an important nature reserve that is listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site, so if you want to experience the best of coastal Patagonia, Península Valdés should be at the top of your list. Best activities in Península Valdés Lunch at an estancia A nice activity to enjoy on Península Valdés is lunch at Estancia San Lorenzo. This traditional Patagonian sheep ranch raises Australian merino sheep for wool production, and depending on the time of year you visit, you can witness a variety of activities related to sheep farming, like marking, shearing, and herding the sheep with the help of dogs. The restaurant is set in the old shearing barn, and it serves Patagonian-style dishes in a rustic setting. Estancia San Lorenzo also happens to be home to the largest Magellanic penguin rookery in the world, which brings us to our next point. Visit the largest penguin rookery Estancia San Lorenzo Nature Reserve is located within the Peninsula Valdés Protected Natural Area and can be visited on a day trip from Puerto Madryn. With an estimated 600,000 penguins per season, it is the largest known continental colony of Magellanic penguins. Estancia San Lorenzo opens its doors to visitors every year from September 7 to March 31. The opening hours are from 10:00 am to 6:00 pm, with guided tours of the rookery offered 4 times per day. See a geographical accident On the eastern shore of Península Valdés, you'll find Caleta Valdés, which is best described as a ‘geographic accident’. The caleta is a long, narrow body of water that has been naturally closed off by a strip of land, with only a small opening connecting it to the sea. It stretches 35 kilometres in length. This is a good spot to see Magellanic penguins, and depending on the time of year, it also draws elephant seals. Look for wildlife at Punta Delgada Another place to visit on the peninsula is Punta Delgada, a beach with steep sandy cliffs that offers some great wildlife viewing opportunities. Punta Delgada sees a high concentration of elephant seals during mating and moulting season (this is when the seals shed their hair and the upper layer of their skin). And if you happen to be in the area around lunch time, you can stop at the Punta Delgada Lighthouse. This former post office and military building is now a sheep farm, hotel and restaurant. Puerto Pirámides Best place in Patagonia for a hippie beach town getaway. Puerto Pirámides is the only town on Península Valdés, and aside from the wildlife viewing opportunities that draw visitors to the peninsula, many choose to come specifically for the town's hippie feel and the beach. Puerto Pirámides is known for its colourful buildings and murals, eco hotels are the accommodation of choice, and people walk around barefoot. Best activities in Puerto Pirámides Go on a boat tour Puerto Pirámides is the departure point for boat tours around the Golfo Nuevo. Depending on the time of year, you can enjoy whale-watching tours, or watch the sea lions basking in the sunshine along the cliffs in Punta Pirámides. These tours are also a great opportunity to see all sorts of sea birds - especially cormorants, who are there by the thousands! Hike the cliffs for sunrise For a spectacular sunrise you won't soon forget, hike up to the cliffs just east of town. There's a trail that leads up from the port area just behind where the campervans park. It's steep, but it's a relatively short stretch, and once you reach the to,p you can look out over the Golfo Nuevo, and if you're lucky, you might even spot a whale. Look for fossils Another thing to do in Puerto Pirámides is to look for fossils! If you were to travel back in time millions of years ago, the cliffs you see today would have been the ocean floor. And as the cliffs slowly erode away, marine fossils are revealed. Fossilized oysters, scallops and sea urchins are quite common, though you can also find shark teeth and fossilized remains of birds and marine mammals. The coastline just west of town is a good area to see fossils, but remember that removing any is strictly prohibited. Enjoy the seafood What do you do when you're staying in a coastal beach town? You enjoy the seafood, of course! Our favourite restaurant in town was La Covacha Resto Mar. They have a variety of seafood pastas to choose from, plus scallops gratin, clam chowder, sautéed prawns, calamari, and there's always an experimental dish of the day if your taste buds are feeling adventurous. Stay at an eco hotel Because the town of Puerto Pirámides is located in the Península Valdés Natural Protected Area, there are certain regulations as to what can and cannot be built here. These restrictions have given rise to eco hotels with a focus on sustainability and being environmentally friendly. We stayed at Océano Patagonia Wild Coast Residence, which is a beachfront property that uses a geothermal heating and cooling system. They also have a water recycling system since this is a desert climate. Plus, they have panels for renewable solar energy. Las Grutas Best place in Patagonia for a seaside vacation. Las Grutas is a resort town located on the Gulf of San Matias on the Patagonian coastline, and it is renowned for its beaches and sea caves, which make it a popular summer destination for those seeking a coastal escape. A large part of the town is painted white, making it feel slightly reminiscent of a Greek island. The streets are lined with hotels, seafood restaurants, ice cream parlours, and lots of souvenir shops. This is a destination you'll want to visit during the summer months, because it is seasonal and shuts down at the end of summer. Best activities in Las Grutas Enjoy the beaches and sea caves The best thing to do in Las Grutas is to enjoy some beach time and visit the sea caves. The sea caves of Las Grutas are ancient geological formations created by the constant erosion of the cliffs by the sea waves. Over time, the water carved out hollow spaces in the rocky cliffs. The caves are quite small and shallow, but it's still a lot of fun to explore the cliffside. Go snorkelling or scuba diving If you're feeling a bit more adventurous, two popular activities to enjoy in Las Grutas are snorkelling and scuba diving. The clear and calm waters of the Gulf of San Matias create the perfect conditions for these activities, making Las Grutas a sought-after destination by both beginners and experienced divers. Scuba diving operators in Las Grutas offer guided tours and excursions to the best dive sites, ensuring a safe and enjoyable experience for divers of all skill levels. Eat at Del Azul Seafood is the thing to eat when visiting the coastal town of Las Grutas, and one restaurant worth seeking out is Del Azul. You can enjoy dishes like mixed ceviche, seafood paella, battered prawns, shrimp tagliatelle, and even sushi! This is a restaurant that we were happy to return to time and time again, and it comes highly recommended. Go on a 4x4 safari Another fun activity in the outskirts of Las Grutas is a 4x4 expedition to the salt flats, which is typically combined with a campfire meal. Salinas de Gualicho are the largest salt flats in Argentina, the second largest in South America, and the third largest in the world. These salt flats also have the second-lowest elevation in South America, dropping down to -72 metres below sea level. The city of Buenos Aires could fit in this depression more than two times! Whale watching In recent years, Las Grutas has introduced whale watching as a tourist activity, taking advantage of the increasing presence of these majestic creatures in the San Matías Gulf. Each year, Southern right whales return to the Patagonian coasts to breed and nurse their young, seeking warmer waters. While solitary whales are occasionally spotted in the fall, the main spectacle occurs from mid-August to October. Gaiman Best place in Patagonia for Welsh culture. As you'll soon discover on this website, there is no shortage of Welsh towns to visit in Patagonia! Gaiman may just be the most famous of them all; this is the one Diana, Princess of Wale,s visited during her tour of Argentina. This town is one of the best places to visit in Patagonia to learn about Welsh immigration and enjoy a Welsh afternoon tea. Best activities in Gaiman Have a Welsh afternoon tea There are numerous Welsh tea houses to visit in Gaiman, however, the best known is Ty Te Caerdydd, since this is the one Lady Diana visited during her trip to Argentina in 1995. However, no matter which tea house you choose, you can expect to find some bara brith or Welsh cake on the menu. My one tip is to skip lunch and go hungry because afternoon tea is quite bountiful with sandwiches, scones, cakes and more. Quintas Narlú Quintas Narlú is a beautiful farm located on the outskirts of Gaiman on Ruta 7. They have a shop on site where you can pick up fresh fruits, berries, jams, honey, liqueurs and other traditional souvenirs. We picked up a few items, and afterwards, the owner let us wander around the farm and the apple orchard, where we enjoyed a picnic. Visit the local museums Even though Gaiman is a small place, you could probably spend a good part of the day museum hopping and visiting the historic buildings scattered across town. You have the Regional History Museum, which is set in the old train station and displays some of the items that were brought over by the early Welsh settlers. Then you have the Tehuelche-Mapuche Museum, formerly known as the Gaiman Anthropological Museum, housed in one of the first two-story buildings in Gaiman. This one focuses on the friendship between the Tehuelches and the Welsh, and how the former helped the newcomers survive in a new and hostile climate. You can also tour the first stone house to be built in Gaiman, dating back to 1874. This was the home of David D. Roberts and his wife Jemima Jones, who became the first Welsh settlers of Gaiman. Central Chubut Railway Tunnel Another attraction in Gaiman is the old train tunnel, which was part of the Central Chubut Railway. This was the first railway in Patagonia, and it helped cut down travel times since this journey was previously done on horseback. Inside the tunnel, there are audiovisual displays that share the history of the railway in Spanish, English and Welsh. Riverside walk along the Chubut River Another nice thing to do in Gaiman is to walk along the shores of the Chubut River, which crosses the Province of Chubut. The river is lined with weeping willows, and there's a nice riverside path you can follow across town. Trelew Best place in Patagonia for dinosaur lovers. Trelew is another city with Welsh roots and its name translates to 'town of Lewis', reflecting its Welsh origins. But aside from Welsh culture, Trelew is a destination that also offers an extensive collection of dinosaur fossils from across Patagonia, it has links to Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid, and it's also the gateway to a petrified forest, and natural areas where you can visit a vast colony of Magellanic penguins. Best activities in Trelew See dinosaurs The Egidio Feruglio Paleontological Museum is one of the most important and renowned paleontological museums in South America. Named after the Italian-Argentine paleontologist Egidio Feruglio, the museum is dedicated to preserving and showcasing the rich paleontological heritage of Patagonia. The museum's extensive collection contains a vast array of fossils, including dinosaur remains, prehistoric creatures, and ancient plant specimens. Aside from the museum, you can also visit the biggest dinosaur sculpture in the world! It's located on the outskirts of town, directly across from Trelew Airport. Have lunch at Hotel Touring Club Trelew's Hotel Touring Club has a storied history, having welcomed numerous famous guests, including the renowned writer and aviator Antoine de Saint-Exupéry, known for his masterpiece The Little Prince. Interestingly, the hotel also played host to a notorious gang of bank and train robbers, including the infamous Butch Cassidy, the Sundance Kid, and Ethel Place. Fleeing from US law enforcement, they sought refuge in this remote corner of Patagonia before venturing towards the Andes. Learn about the Welsh settlers The Regional Museum Pueblo de Luis is housed in the historic former railway station, which dates back to 1889. Within its walls, the museum narrates the history of the Welsh immigrants who embarked on a journey across the Atlantic Ocean, eventually settling in the valley along the Chubut River. The museum is divided into different rooms, each offering a unique perspective on the region's history. The journey commences with exhibits dedicated to the Mapuches and the Tehuelches who lived in these lands, followed by the early exploration of the area between 1520 and 1865, and then the arrival of Welsh immigrants. Take a day trip to the petrified forest There are quite a few day trips you can do from Trelew, one of them being to the Petrified Forest Florentino Ameghino. The journey there is just under 2 hours, and you'll come face to face with petrified logs that were once part of an extensive forest. These logs were then carried by rivers to the sea coast of that time, and date back to around 60 million years ago. Visit the nearby penguins Not too far from Trelew, you also have some great birdwatching opportunities. Nearby Punta Tombo is home to one of the largest colonies of Magellanic penguins in the world, making it a popular destination for wildlife enthusiasts. El Calafate Best place in Patagonia to see glaciers. El Calafate acts as a gateway to Los Glaciares National Park, renowned for its glaciers, including the magnificent Perito Moreno Glacier. This colossal ice mass, with its dramatic icefalls and striking blue hues, is a true marvel of nature and draws travellers from around the globe. The glaciers are the stars of the show, but there's plenty of fun to be had in and around El Calafate. Best activities in El Calafate Los Glaciares National Park Los Glaciares National Park is home to one of the world's most stunning glacial landscapes, and it encompasses 726,927 hectares, making it the largest national park in the country. The park owes its name to the numerous glaciers that cover roughly half the park, many of which are fed by the massive South Patagonian Ice Field. Perhaps none is more famous than the Perito Moreno Glacier, which is constantly advancing, creating a mesmerizing spectacle as massive ice chunks calve into Lake Argentino. The park has boardwalks and viewing decks where you can watch the magic unfold! Go on a glacier boat tour If you want to see a lot of glaciers up close and personal, it's worth splurging on tickets for the 'Glaciers Gourmet' tour, which is a full-day boat excursion aboard María Turquesa. You'll get to see the Upsala, Seco, Heim, Spegazzini and Perito Moreno glaciers. Overwhelming beauty that can move you to tears is the only way to describe what you'll see! It's an experience you won't soon forget, and it's worth doing even if you've already visited the park. You'll get a completely different perspective. These are some of the best tours from El Calafate to Perito Moreno Glacier to give you some ideas. However, this El Calafate glacier boat tour was our favourite! Visit the Glaciarium and ice bar Glaciarium is a museum dedicated to the study and preservation of glaciers, which is located on the outskirts of El Calafate. As a region renowned for its breathtaking glaciers, the museum serves as an introduction to the fragile ecosystem of these ice giants. Inside Glaciarium, visitors can explore interactive exhibits and multimedia displays that offer valuable insights into glaciology, climate change, and the importance of preserving these natural wonders. But the main draw is the museum's ice bar, which is located at basement level. Here, guests are given these hooded poncho jackets to stay warm while being served drinks in glasses made entirely of ice. Music blasts in the background, so why not have a little dance? It's a great activity for an extreme weather day when trekking isn't possible. Spend the day at an estancia Visiting a local estancia is part of the Patagonian travel experience, and there are plenty of El Calafate estancias to choose from. One popular excursion is to Estancia Nibepo Aike, which you can visit on a day trip or stay overnight. This working estancia is located within Los Glaciares National Park, and it's an opportunity to learn about life on a Patagonian ranch, go horseback riding, watch a sheep-shearing demonstration, and enjoy a traditional Argentine BBQ. Go on a 4x4 tour Another popular excursion from El Calafate is up to the Calafate Balconies. This is a scenic drive in a 4x4 vehicle, which goes up Mount Huyliche to a scenic lookout offering views of Lake Argentino and the Andes Mountains. Once atop the balconies, you have the options of ziplining, going on a guided hike, or exploring further by 4x4. You can get more ideas of things to do in El Calafate in this travel guide, plus a list of fun day trips from El Calafate here. El Chaltén Best place in Patagonia for trekking and epic mountain ranges. El Chaltén is often referred to as the trekking capital of Argentina, and it's an adventurer's playground. Situated within Los Glaciares National Park, this picturesque town is surrounded by mountain peaks, glaciers, and pristine wilderness. Of course, the real draw to El Chaltén lies in its abundant trails, ranging from easy walks to challenging mountain hikes. You have the iconic trek to Cerro Fitz Roy with its distinctive granite spires, the epic route to Laguna de los Tres with its turquoise waters, and the trek to Cerro Torre with views of surrounding glaciers. El Chaltén's raw, rugged beauty is what makes it one of the best places to visit in Patagonia. Best activities in El Chaltén Mirador de los Cóndores If you're looking for an easy hike to ease into all the trekking in El Chaltén, Mirador de los Cóndores is a good place to start. This easy hike leads up to a lookout point where not only do you get panoramic views of the town, but as the trail's name suggests, you can frequently spot condors flying overhead. This trail connects with another hike called Mirador de las Águilas, where you guessed it, you can sometimes spot eagles. Cerro Fitz Roy Cerro Fitz Roy is a mountain with an elevation of 3,375 meters above sea level, and it is known for its rugged and imposing granite peak, which is one of the most iconic landmarks in Patagonia. You can view Cerro Fitz Roy from a few different points, including Laguna Capri, or Laguna de los Tres if you're up for a more challenging and intense full-day hike. Cerro Torre Cerro Torre stands at an elevation of 3,128 meters above sea level, and it's known for its challenging and technically demanding climbing routes, making it a coveted destination for experienced mountaineers. Cerro Torre's distinctive spire-like summit is often shrouded in ice and clouds, adding to its magic. You can view Cerro Torre by hiking to the lookout known as Mirador Cerro Torre, or you can continue further to Laguna Torre, which is the lagoon at the base of the mountain peak. Rafting Río de las Vueltas A popular activity for the thrill seeker visiting El Chaltén is a rafting excursion on the Río de las Vueltas, or River of the Turns. This is a river of glacial origin that is born in Lago del Desierto and then flows into Lake Viedma. The first part of the river is 6 kilometres of tranquil and meandering waters that allow you to enjoy the scenery and get comfortable with rafting. The second section is where the river enters the canyon, and there are 10 kilometres of rapids. This is where you get the heart-pumping adventure! Hotel with a pool or spa Because El Chaltén is a very active destination where you'll likely spend most of your days hiking, it's a nice idea to book a hotel with pool or a spa where you can unwind at the end of a busy day. Your muscles will thank you for the soak! You may also need a full recovery day after tackling some of the longer and more challenging treks, so a comfortable and spacious hotel room is worth it. Or if you're looking for a truly memorable one-of-a-kind stay in El Chalten, consider some of the luxury camps with geo domes just outside of town. You're guaranteed epic mountain views and nothing but tranquillity. Ushuaia Best place in Patagonia for a sense of accomplishment. Getting to Ushuaia is a feat in and of itself! It's not every day you can say you've set foot in the southernmost city in the world. Maybe you're wrapping up an epic trip across Patagonia, maybe you're about to board a cruise to Antarctica, or maybe you just wanted to go on some fun action-packed tours in Ushuaia to experience the city. Ushuaia is one of the most epic places to visit in Patagonia simply because of the effort it takes to get there! Best activities in Ushuaia Train to the End of the World The Southern Fuegian Railway, better known as the End of the World Train, is a steam railway located in Argentina’s Tierra del Fuego province. Originally built as a means to transport timber by the prisoners in the Ushuaia penal colony, the narrow-gauge railway was initially known as the Train of Prisoners. Today, it has been transformed into a heritage train, maintaining its status as the southernmost railway in the world. For visitors to Ushuaia, this experience is a must-do activity, particularly for train enthusiasts, as it offers a unique glimpse into the region's history and the scenic beauty of Patagonia. Tierra del Fuego National Park Tierra del Fuego National Park is Argentina's southernmost park, and it's made up of Andean forest, Magellanic forest and pre-Antarctic forest. The park features a variety of trails that range from easy 1-kilometre loops to more challenging multi-day treks. One thing is for sure, you'll be treated to epic landscapes and ever-changing weather, which may include sunshine, drizzle, fog and snow, sometimes all in one day! Beagle Channel Cruise Another must-do activity when visiting Ushuaia is a cruise on the Beagle Channel, which separates Argentina's Isla Grande de Tierra del Fuego from Chile's Navarino Island. The channel is named after the HMS Beagle, the ship on which the first survey of this area was conducted. A Beagle Channel cruise is a great opportunity to view the local wildlife, which includes sea lions, seals, Magellanic penguins, cormorants, and if you're lucky, even Peale's dolphins and minke whales. Plus, you get to see the famous Les Eclaireurs Lighthouse, sometimes confused with the 'Lighthouse at the End of the World'. Helicopter Flight Another memorable activity you can enjoy in Ushuaia is a helicopter flight at the end of the world! The most popular and budget-friendly option is a 7-minute flight over the city center, the Maritime Museum and the former Prison of Ushuaia, as well as the Martial Glacier. Longer flights will take you even further to the Emerald Lagoon, the Carbajal Valley, and Mount Olivia. If you're interested, you can read more about how to choose the right Ushuaia helicopter tour for you. Sample local Fuegian cuisine For all the foodies out there, when you reach Tierra del Fuego, the southernmost province in Argentina, you have to try the local Fuegian cuisine, which combines food products from the forest, river and sea. This destination is best known for King crab, known locally as centolla, which features in many restaurant menus. You can get in pastas, stews, or even served as the main dish. Fuegian lamb is another food to try. It's typically cooked on the cross and makes an appearance in BBQ restaurants. Lastly, keep an eye out for desserts featuring calafate berries, which only grow in southern Patagonia. You can get some ideas of things to do in Ushuaia and where to stay in Ushuaia here. Plus, this blog post is loaded with helpful tips for your time in Ushuaia. Tolhuin Best place in Patagonia for unwinding at the end of the world. Tolhuin is a tranquil lakeside town set on the shores of Lago Fagnano in the province of Tierra del Fuego, and it's a nice contrast after spending a few days in the southernmost city of Ushuaia. This is one of the best places in Patagonia for those looking to go off-the-beaten-path - not only is Tolhuin at the bottom of the world, but you also have to cross the highest mountain pass across Argentina's National Route 3. Getting there requires a bit of effort, but once you arrive, you can relax and soak in the tranquillity of the place. Best activities in Tolhuin Book a lakeside cottage Since one of the main draws to Tolhuin is rest and relaxation out in nature, you should consider booking some lakeside accommodations. We really enjoyed Hostería Kaiken, a beautiful guesthouse set atop a cliff overlooking Lago Fagnano. It's in the outskirts of town, but we enjoyed the lakeside strolls and the onsite restaurant had some fabulous gourmet meals. Kayaking on Lago Fagnano Lago Fagnano is a lake shared by both Argentina and Chile, and it's one of the main draws to Tolhuin. The lake is of glacial origin and runs east to west, stretching 98 kilometres in length, 72.5 km of which sit on the Argentine side of the border. On a calm day, you can go kayaking on the lake, but just like anywhere in Patagonia, you never know what you're going to get. One day the waters could be as calm as a mirror, and the next look like a tempestuous ocean! Hiking Laguna Negra Provincial Reserve is a nature reserve that sits on the northeast end of Lago Fagnano. The hiking trail follows the lake’s shoreline, crosses southern Fuegian forest, goes through peat bogs, and continues past the ‘black lagoon’ where it ends shortly thereafter. This is one of the many hikes that visitors can enjoy in the area. Bakery If there's one place you need to eat at during your stay in Tolhuin, it's Panadería La Union. This is a very famous bakery that is well-frequented by locals who use it as a gathering place, as well as travellers making the bus journey from Rio Gallegos to Ushuaia. Not only can you get some delicious breads and pastries here, but they also sell empanadas and artisanal chocolate. 4x4 lakeside excursion One of the most popular tours in the area is a full-day 4x4 adventure across the Garibaldi Pass, which is the highest point on Argentina's Ruta Nacional 3 and the only paved route across the Fuegian Andes. From the pass, travellers get to admire the picturesque Lago Escondido, meaning 'hidden lake,' before embarking on an off-roading adventure along the lake's edge and through the forest, eventually reaching Lago Fagnano. The tour concludes with a traditional Argentine asado, featuring choripán, bife de chorizo, salad, Malbec wine, and cheese. While the actual town of Tolhuin isn't visited, this excursion offers a glimpse of the region's main attractions and a delightful taste of Argentine hospitality with a delicious meal. #### 15+ Things to do in Buenos Aires on a Rainy Day Looking for things to do in Buenos Aires when it rains? Here is a list of fun, indoor rainy day activities you can enjoy across the city! Buenos Aires is a city that thrives in all seasons, even when the skies turn grey. Having spent many rainy days exploring the Argentine capital, I’ve discovered that some of its most memorable experiences happen indoors, away from the umbrella-toting crowds. From historic palaces and grand theatres to cozy cafés and world-class museums, Buenos Aires offers endless ways to connect with its culture, architecture, and history, no matter the weather. In this guide, I’ll share 15 of the best rainy day activities in Buenos Aires, like touring palaces, lingering in bares notables, taking a cooking class, exploring art galleries, shopping for leather goods, browsing beautiful bookstores, and so much more. Things to do in Buenos Aires on a Rainy Day 1. Explore Palacio Barolo's architecture A fun rainy day activity in Buenos Aires is to join a guided visit of Palacio Barolo. Not only does this 100-metre-tall building offer panoramic views of the whole city, but its design was inspired by Dante Alighieri's Divine Comedy. That means visiting this building is an architectural journey through Hell, Purgatory, and Heaven. Hell and Purgatory can be reached by elevator, however, to reach Heaven, you have to climb a spiralling staircase for the last 8 floors. The reward is the glass lighthouse atop Palacio Barolo, which offers 360-degree views of the whole city. It's truly spectacular, and I think it's something that you can enjoy rain or shine. As a bonus, you may want to tack on a visit to Salon 1923, a rooftop bar located inside Palacio Barolo. The east and west-facing terraces may be closed because of the rain, but that doesn't mean you can't enjoy the indoor space in all its 1920s glory. We had walked past Palacio Barolo in Monserrat so many times on our countless visits to Buenos Aires, and I can't believe it took us so long to finally visit! It's a really fun tour and a great way to explore an iconic landmark in the city. You can book your guided tour of Palacio Barolo here. Tours are bilingual (English and Spanish) and run 1.5 hours in length. 2. Take an Argentine cooking class I'm a big fan of taking cooking classes whenever I travel. In part, because I love to eat, but also, what makes for a better souvenir than learning to make a recipe and taking it back home with you? There are loads of Argentine cooking classes to choose from in Buenos Aires; you can learn to make empanadas, alfajores, or even multi-course meals. This Pachamama cooking class is a particularly popular one, and it's a feast where you get to prepare a four-course local menu while learning about the history and origin of these traditional Argentine dishes. You'll be welcomed with a picada (a snacking spread) and a vermouth cocktail because you can't get to work in the kitchen if you're feeling hungry. Then, you dive into the different recipes, including chipá, a starchy bread with Guaraní roots; empanadas, dough pastries typically stuffed with meat; humita, an Andean corn dish that can be served in a corn husk or in a casserole; and dulce de leche crepes. All of this paired with wine! You can book your Pachamama Argentine cooking class here. This class runs 3.5 hours and is consistently rated as a 5-star cooking experience by visitors. 3. Go to a tango and dinner show Going to a tango show is a quintessential part of any trip to Buenos Aires. This is the birthplace of tango, so of course you need to make time to go to at least one show! Here's a list of some of the best tango shows in Buenos Aires, with each one offering something a little bit different. There are tango shows that include folklore dancing, shows that have more of a cabaret style, and big stage productions with a Broadway flair. Whenever I have friends or family visiting Argentina, this is one of the first activities I recommend. It's just a really fun introduction to Argentine culture! 4. Tour the National Congress of Argentina Another thing to do in Buenos Aires when it rains is to join a guided visit of the National Congress of Argentina. The National Congress is composed of the Senate with 72 seats and the Chamber of Deputies with 257 seats. This means it is bicameral and its ordinary sessions run from March 1 to November 30. The building itself is spectacular both inside and outside. The guided visit ran 1 hour in length and we got to visit both the Senate and the Chamber of Deputies, as well as numerous salons. We were divided into 2 groups: one with an English-speaking guide and another with a Spanish-speaking guide. It was a super informative visit and we lucked out with an amazing guide who shared a wealth of information, answered all our questions, and shared plenty of fun facts along the way. The hour flew by! Visiting the Argentine National Congress does take a bit of luck. In theory, guided tours run Monday to Friday at 12:00 and 17:00. However, in practice, these tours can be cancelled at the very last minute if there is parliamentary activity. We tried visiting a few times during our many visits to Buenos Aires, and it took us a couple of attempts before our dates aligned with the guided visits. I would recommend checking the official Senate website on the day of your visit. Scroll down to Agenda de Actividades (Activities Agenda) on the homepage and check if there's a listed Visita guiada al Palacio Legislativo (Guided visit of the Legislative Palace) for your desired date. You'll then want to make your way to Hipólito Yrigoyen 1863 (the third door on the south entrance of the National Congress) and arrive 30 minutes before the tour, as they accept a maximum of 30 people on this guided visit. You cannot reserve ahead of time. To take part in this visit, you'll have to present your ID (either a passport or DNI), have your photo taken, and go through security. 5. Visit Teatro Colón Another iconic Buenos Aires attraction I'd recommend visiting during your time in the city is Teatro Colon. This is a great rainy day activity as you'll be indoors. Teatro Colón is an opera house that overlooks Avenida de Julio and first opened its doors in 1908. Opulent is one way to describe this building; it truly feels like you're walking through a French palace! Many of the materials were brought over from Europe, including different types of Italian marble, French stained glass, and Venetian mosaics. The auditorium is shaped like a horseshoe with seven tiers that hold 2,487 velvet seats and standing room for 1,000. It's the kind of building that will take your breath away! While Teatro Colon is an architectural work of art, what sets it apart is its acoustics! The opera has continuously been listed as having some of the best acoustics for operas and concerts. The great Italian tenor Luciano Pavarotti once said, "The acoustics have the greatest defect: they are perfect! Imagine what this signifies for the singer: if one sings something bad, one notices immediately.” If a guided visit of Teatro Colon is not enough (you may very well want to come back for a performance after seeing its beauty!), you can check out their program, including ballet, opera, philharmonic orchestra, and many other concerts. Lastly, if you're feeling a bit peckish after your visit, I recommend walking one block over to Petit Colón. This is one of my favourite historic cafes in Buenos Aires and I go at least once whenever I'm in the city. 6. Visit Casa Rosada Casa Rosada, or the Pink House, is the executive mansion and office of the President of Argentina. Also known as the Government House or Casa de Gobierno, this building sits on the east end of the Plaza de Mayo. The Casa Rosada is known for its Italianate architecture and unique pink colour. “Why pink?”, you might ask. Well, the building’s hue is a combination of red and white, representing the colours of the opposing political factions in 19th-century Argentina; the Federals used red while the Unitarians used white. Another explanation you might hear is that at one point, the Pink House was painted with cows’ blood, a supposed alternative to paint that wouldn’t peel in the humidity! The interior of the Casa Rosada features grand halls, beautiful staircases, and historic rooms like the Salón de los Bustos, where busts of former presidents are displayed. The building also has a stunning courtyard known as the Patio de las Palmeras, filled with palm trees and statues. Aside from touring Casa Rosada, you can also visit Museo Casa Rosada, a museum located underneath the presidential palace. It covers more than 200 years of Argentine history from the May Revolution of 1810 to the present day. I ended up visiting this museum on a rainy day in Buenos Aires, having walked past the Casa Rosada countless times! The museum holds presidential cars, portraits and documents. Plus, the building itself is a time capsule where you can see the old brick walls of the original fort and customs building. Note: Casa Rosada is not currently open to visitors (only guided school visits). When it does re-open to the general public, you’ll be able to click through Visitas Casa Rosada. They typically offer free guided tours in both English and Spanish. You will need your passport to enter. 7. Marvel at Argentine Palaces Buenos Aires is often called the “Paris of South America,” and nowhere is this more evident than in its collection of elegant palaces and grand mansions built during the city’s Belle Époque, during the late 19th to early 20th century. During this period, Argentina’s elite, enriched by booming agricultural exports, sought to display their wealth by commissioning European architects and importing materials from France and Italy to construct opulent urban residences. Many of these palaces line the avenues of Recoleta, Retiro, and Palermo, showcasing ornate façades, wrought-iron balconies, marble staircases, and sprawling ballrooms inspired by Parisian and Neoclassical styles. While some have been transformed into embassies, cultural centers, or luxury hotels, others remain private family homes, lending an air of grandeur to everyday city streets. Over the years, I've been able to visit a few of these Argentine palaces, like Palacio de Aguas Corrientes, which houses the Water Works Museum; Palacio Paz, which is home to the National Arms Museum; and Palacio Alvear, where I've had afternoon tea. Pick a few palaces to visit, and you have a great Buenos Aires rainy day activity. View this post on Instagram A post shared by El Zanjón de Granados (@elzanjondegranados) 8. Zanjon de los Granados El Zanjón de los Granados is one of Buenos Aires’ most fascinating hidden treasures, offering a journey beneath the city streets into layers of urban history. Located in San Telmo, this site was uncovered in the 1980s when a local family began restoring a dilapidated 19th-century mansion and accidentally discovered a network of brick tunnels, cisterns, and foundations dating back to the early colonial period. The tunnels once carried the Zanjón stream, one of the city’s earliest watercourses, before being enclosed and built over as Buenos Aires expanded. Today, guided tours take visitors through the subterranean passageways, revealing archaeological remnants, restored architecture, and exhibits that trace the city's evolution from the 1500s onward. It’s an excellent rainy day activity because the experience is indoors, combining shelter with a deep dive into one of Buenos Aires’ lesser-known attractions. 9. Visit the Bares Notables Ducking into one of the city’s bares notables, or notable bars, is another great rainy day activity in Buenos Aires. The city government has officially recognized these historic cafés, bars, and bistros for their cultural, architectural, or historical significance. Many date back to the late 19th and early 20th centuries, when Buenos Aires was flourishing as a cosmopolitan hub and European immigrants shaped its café culture. Think high ceilings, marble-topped tables, wooden counters, vintage mirrors, and the lingering atmosphere of literary gatherings and political debates. Visiting a bar notable isn’t just about grabbing a coffee, but rather about soaking up a piece of porteño history. You can expect a relaxed, old-world ambiance, attentive service, and some even have live music and tango performances in the evenings. Some of the most famous examples include Café Tortoni, Bar El Federal, and Los 36 Billares, each with its own unique story and character. 10. Shop at Galerias Pacifico Galerias Pacifico is a historic shopping arcade that was designed in the French Beaux Arts style. It takes up an entire city block, and it is strikingly beautiful! It was built in 1889 to house the Au Bon Marché department store, however, it never served its original purpose. Instead, it housed the Museo de Bellas Artes up until 1940. Then, in 1992, it became a shopping centre with lots of international brands as well as a food court. But don't dismiss this shopping centre, even if you don't enjoy shopping! I'm not a huge shopper, but even I take the opportunity to walk through the galleries whenever I'm in the area. Galerias Pacifico is more like a museum or an art gallery than a shopping centre, and it will immediately transport you to Paris. The crowning jewel is the central dome featuring hand-painted frescoes that depict a scene called Love or Germination of the Earth. View this post on Instagram A post shared by MALBA (@museomalba) 11. Enjoy the city's many Art Galleries If you're looking for artsy things to do in Buenos Aires when it rains, then why not check out some of the city's art galleries? There are countless galleries to choose from for all tastes, but for the purpose of this article, I'm highlighting just 5 of the more famous ones. MALBA (Museum of Latin American Art) - MALBA stands for Museo de Arte Latinoamericano de Buenos Aires, and it's an art museum located in Palermo. It showcases Latin American art from the 20th century to the present. MAMBA (Buenos Aires Museum of Modern Art) - MAMBA is the Museo de Arte Moderno de Buenos Aires, and it is located in the district of San Telmo in an industrial brick building. This art museum features over 7000 works by Argentine and international artists like Salvador Dalí, Henri Matisse, Joan Miró and Pablo Picasso. MACBA (Buenos Aires Museum of Contemporary Art) - MACBA is locally known as Museo de Arte Contemporáneo de Buenos Aires. This art museum is located in San Telmo, and it houses works of contemporary art from the 1980s onwards by both local and international artists. Museo Nacional de Bellas Artes - The Museo Nacional de Bellas Artes is located in the neighbourhood of Recoleta. The museum's permanent collection has works by art greats like El Greco, Goya and Rembrandt, just to name a few. Plus, it has the biggest collection of Argentine art. National Museum of Decorative Art - This museum is set in a Neoclassical mansion that was designed by a French architect. It was once the home of two prominent figures of Argentine high society at the turn of the century. Today, this mansion-turned-museum houses an impressive collection of European and oriental decorative art ranging from the 14th to the 20th century. This includes furniture, tapestries, sculptures and more. 12. Spend the day Museum-hopping Aside from art galleries, museums are another classic rainy day activity, even more so in Buenos Aires! History lovers can dive into Argentina’s political and social past at the Museo Histórico Nacional, housed in a colonial mansion in San Telmo, where exhibits trace the country’s journey from independence to nationhood. We specifically visited this museum during one of our trips to Buenos Aires, so that my dad could see the Curved Sabre of San Martín, who was the liberator of Argentina, Chile and Peru. Tucked away in the Abasto neighbourhood, the Museo Casa Carlos Gardel offers a glimpse into the life of Carlos Gardel, Argentina’s most iconic tango singer. The museum is housed in the very home where Gardel lived with his mother before his rise to fame. Inside, visitors can explore personal artifacts, original photographs, vintage records, and film posters. Lastly, one of my favourite museums has recently been the Museo de Armas de La Nación. Housed within the Circulo Militar, a grand Beaux-Arts palace once belonging to the Paz family, the museum holds one of the most impressive weapons collections in South America. When we first walked in, I was surprised to see medieval suits of armour and swords from across Europe! We then moved on to galleries filled with firearms, cannons, uniforms and other Argentine military relics. Once again, this is another one of those museums that I had walked past countless times! I visited on a whim because my dad was interested in seeing it, and it proved to be a hidden gem. 13. Shop for leather goods Another fun way to spend a rainy day in Buenos Aires is to go shopping for leather goods. Argentina is world-renowned for its high-quality leather with countless boutiques selling leather jackets, leather handbags, leather shoes and more. Calle Florida has the highest concentration of leather stores in Buenos Aires, so that's a good place to start and get an idea of styles, prices, and what's on the market. Calle Florida is a pedestrian street (so you'll want to bring an umbrella if you choose to shop on a rainy day!), however, there are also lots of shopping galleries (so you will be undercover as you explore some sections). This street was where I bought my first-ever Argentine leather jacket as a young twenty-something-year-old. It was a bomber-style jacket in tan, and I still have it to this day. So why not go for a fashionable Argentine souvenir that will get plenty of use? 14. Browse books at El Ateneo Grand Splendid Buenos Aires is a city of bookstores and none is more impressive than El Ateneo Grand Splendid. In fact, just a few years ago, this bookstore was voted the most beautiful in the world! The bookstore is set in a former theatre, which opened in 1919 as Teatro Gran Splendid. Back then, the theatre had a seating capacity of 1,050 guests and its stage was graced by world-famous tango singers, including the one and only Carlos Gardel. There are plenty of bookstores in Buenos Aires to visit, but part of the appeal at El Ateneo Grand Splendid is that it still very much looks like a theatre, complete with hand-painted ceiling frescoes, ornate balconies with cozy seating, and some 120,000 books to browse. You can search through stacks of books, and if you're looking for a Classic Argentine author, you cannot go wrong with Jorge Luis Borges. So all in all, a perfect rainy day activity in Buenos Aires, where you can easily spend a few hours. 15. Catch a play on Avenida Corrientes Maybe you're looking for things to do in Buenos Aires on a rainy evening? We've got you covered there, too! Avenida Corrientes is known as the 'street that never sleeps'. This avenue is lined with theatres, pizzerias, cafes, bars and restaurants. Picture giant billboards, neon signs and plenty of flashing lights. It's an assault on the senses, but it also presents plenty of options! So why not go to a show? Some of the more famous theatres along Avenida Corrientes include Lola Membrives, Nacional, Astral, Complejo Teatral La Plaza, Metropolitan and Ópera. In terms of performances, you can catch comedies, musicals, stand-ups, dramas, tango shows and even children's programming. The one catch is that you'll need to know a bit of Spanish if you want to truly follow the performance. So there you have it, 15 things to do in Buenos Aires on a rainy day! As you can see, rainy days don’t have to put a damper on your adventures. In fact, they offer the perfect excuse to slow down and discover a more intimate and atmospheric side of the city. From wandering through historic cafés and opulent palaces to delving into underground tunnels and museums, there are plenty of ways to stay dry while soaking up local culture. Whether you choose to take an Argentine cooking class, go to a tango show, or browse bookstores, you’ll come away with a deeper appreciation for Buenos Aires’ rich past and vibrant present. So pack an umbrella, embrace the moody skies, and let the city’s indoor treasures inspire you! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fe_SuXljM60 #### 25 Things to do in Bariloche, Argentina | Ultimate Bariloche Travel Guide Here are the best things to do in Bariloche, Argentina during your visit! San Carlos de Bariloche, more commonly known as Bariloche, is situated in the Province of Río Negro in Northern Patagonia. The city sits on the shores of Nahuel Huapi Lake, boasts an epic backdrop featuring the Andes Mountains, and has a distinct Swiss-alpine architectural style. In many ways, Bariloche is the perfect introduction to northern Argentine Patagonia. It's a short flight from Buenos Aires, it offers plenty of outdoor adventures, plus it has a great food and beer scene with restaurants, breweries, and chocolate shops galore! The nice thing about travelling to Bariloche is that it's a versatile destination that can suit your exact travel style. You can have a relaxing holiday at a lakeside cabin, or tackle a multi-day trek sleeping in mountain refugios. You can enjoy the city's shopping and restaurant scene, or fill your days with outdoor activities like kayaking and horseback riding. Bariloche is whatever you want it to be. So with that in mind, we're going to share some of the best things to do in Bariloche, fun tours and easy day trips you can go on, foods to try, where to stay and so much more. The following is the ultimate Bariloche travel guide! Getting to Bariloche Air There are multiple flights per day connecting Bariloche with Buenos Aires and other major cities across Argentina. If you're flying in from Buenos Aires, you have two airport choices: Aeroparque (AEP) which is in the city, or Ezeiza (EZE) which is in the outskirts. The flight time is around 2 hours and 15 minutes. Alternatively, you can also get flights from Cordoba, Mendoza and El Calafate, though some destinations don't offer these flights daily. Aerolineas Argentinas is the national airline, plus you also have low-cost carriers like FlyBondi and jetSMART. Bus Numerous bus routes connect Bariloche with the rest of the country. Two of the most popular companies are Via Bariloche and Via TAC. You can browse their routes and rates on BusBud. Train You can also reach Bariloche by train aboard the Trén Patagónico which crosses Patagonia widthwise from Viedma to Bariloche. There's only one departure per week, so if you really want to take the train, you'll have to plan accordingly. Keep in mind that there is no direct train from Buenos Aires to Bariloche, so you'll first have to catch a connecting train from Buenos Aires to Viedma in order to travel aboard the Trén Patagónico. Here's our guide detailing how to get to Bariloche. Things to do in Bariloche 1. Take a Bariloche Walking Tour A great way to learn about Bariloche's history and get a good lay of the land is by joining a guided walking tour of the city center. There are numerous Bariloche walking tours to choose from each with a different focus. You have tours that focus on German immigration, Indigenous Peoples, secrets of Bariloche and so much more! I would recommend doing this early on in your visit so you can retrace your steps to any places that catch your interest. The most popular walking tour in Bariloche is this 1.5-hour German Footprint walking tour that looks at the different waves of German immigration that took place before and after World War II and how these shaped Bariloche. 2. Drive the Circuito Chico One must-do activity in Bariloche is to drive the Circuito Chico, which literally means ‘short circuit’. This scenic drive follows the shores of Lago Nahuel Huapi as you leave Bariloche heading northwest, and it loops around various lakes before circling back towards Bariloche. Along the way, there are scenic lookout points, breweries, restaurants, hiking trails, kayak rentals, and everything you could possibly want for a beautiful day out in nature. This drive is typically done in half a day, including stops for food and photos; however, you could easily turn it into a full-day activity by hiking Cerro Llao Llao or kayaking Lago Moreno (you can rent kayaks at Playa Sin Viento). If you don't want to rent a car, you can join a guided tour of Bariloche's Circuito Chico. This half-day tour includes a stop at Cerro Campanario (it's worth paying to ride the chairlift to the top), and you visit a few different landmarks and lookout points along the way. 3. See Isla Victoria & Arrayanes Forest by Boat The most popular boat excursion in Bariloche is the trip to Isla Victoria and the Arrayanes Forest. This excursion departs from Puerto Pañuelo and the catamaran cruises the waters of Nahuel Huapi towards the Quetrihué Peninsula where you visit the famous Arrayanes Forest. This is a protected forest with cinnamon-coloured trees that are said to have inspired Disney's Bambi. After visiting the forest, you journey on towards Isla Victoria where you disembark and go on a guided hike of the island. Alternatively, you can use this time to explore the island at your leisure. There’s a nice beach called Playa del Toro and though the waters are chilly year-round, that doesn’t stop people from enjoying a summer dip! It is possible to spend the night on the island at Isla Victoria Lodge, but you'll need to book ahead of time. This boat tour visits Isla Victoria and the Arrayanes Forest. It runs 6-7 hours in length and it's a day filled with epic mountain and lake views, as well as plenty of time to explore the island on foot. Tip: You can also visit the Arrayanes Forest from the town of Villa La Angostura if that works better for your itinerary. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hotel Puerto Blest (@hotel_puertoblest) 4. Visit Puerto Blest & Los Cantaros Waterfall Puerto Blest is located on the western end of Lake Nahuel Huapi close to the border with Chile. It's one of the most secluded and pristine arms of the lake surrounded by dense Valdivian rainforest. The journey begins in Puerto Pañuelo and after an hour of sailing, you'll see Centinela Island, where the remains of Perito Moreno lie - he was the father of Argentine national parks. From there, the trip continues to Puerto Cántaros, where you disembark to visit Cascada de los Cántaros, Lago Cántaro and a 1500-year-old Alerce tree. This is raw nature at its finest and if you want to stay overnight, you can do so at Hotel Puerto Blest, though you'll need to book in advance and also keep in mind that this hotel is only open seasonally. Guests staying overnight can hike to Lago Frías whose milky green waters flow down from the glacier on Cerro Tronador. You can book your day trip to Puerto Blest and Los Cantaros Waterfall here. This is a 9-hour excursion and you will spend time outdoors hiking, so dress accordinly, especially if you're visiting outside the summer season. 5. Admire the views from Cerro Campanario Cerro Campanario is a must-visit spot for its beautiful panoramic views of the region. You can reach the mountaintop by either hiking or taking the chairlift. I'd recommend the chairlift since there are much prettier hikes in Bariloche! Once you reach the top, you'll have 360-degree views of Nahuel Huapi Lake, Moreno Lake, El Trébol Lagoon, San Pedro Peninsula, Isla Victoria, Cerro Otto, Cerro López, Cerro Goye, Cerro Bellavista, Cerro Catedral and the Llao Llao Hotel. Cerro Campanario was voted one of the best panoramic views in the world by National Geographic, so you know it's good! View this post on Instagram A post shared by Cerro Catedral (@cerrocatedralok) 6. Enjoy year-round fun at Cerro Catedral Cerro Catedral or Cathedral Mountain is named after its cathedral-like peaks and spires which resemble the steeples of a Gothic church. This mountain is primarily known for its ski resort. Catedral Alta Patagonia is the largest ski resort in the Southern Hemisphere, offering over 120 kilometres worth of ski runs. The resort caters to all skill levels, from beginners to expert skiers and snowboarders. The mountain also offers opportunities for snowshoeing and snowmobile tours during the winter season. When the snow melts, Cerro Catedral transforms into a hub for summer activities. Hiking, mountain biking, rock climbing, and paragliding are all popular activities. Numerous trails crisscross the mountain, offering varying levels of difficulty and providing panoramic views of the Nahuel Huapi Lake and the surrounding Andes. A system of lifts, including gondolas and chairlifts, operates year-round, providing breathtaking aerial views of the region. 7. Hike Cerro Tronador Cerro Tronador translates to Thundering Mountain and it gets its name due to the deafening sound that occurs when massive chunks of ice break off the glaciers and crash down. The peak of Cerro Tronador stands 3,491 meters above sea level making it the highest mountain in the Argentine Lake District. This extinct stratovolcano sits on the border between Argentina and Chile, and it draws avid mountaineers. It is possible to visit the base of Cerro Tronador on a day trip from Bariloche, where get views of the Ventisquero Negro Glacier. You can book your full-day excursion to Cerro Tronador to see the hanging glacier. This is a 9-hour tour where you'll get to see some hard to reach corners of Nahuel Huapi National Park.   8. Try Patagonian Craft Beers Bariloche is synonymous with craft beer and you could easily visit a different brewery each day of the week and not run out of places. Some of our personal favourites include: Cervecería Patagonia – this place has epic views! Sip on your beer and admire the views of lakes and snow-capped mountains. Cervecería Gilbert – this is a cozy and rustic brewery that serves up Patagonian dishes like deer stew, wild boar and trout. Cervecería Manush – this brewpub does a nice beer flight which pairs well with their gourmet burgers. 9. Kayak Bariloche's Lakes and Rivers With Bariloche's endless crystalline lakes and rivers, there are plenty of kayaking opportunities available. Lago Moreno and Lago Nahuel Huapi are two popular destinations for kayaking excursions. Don't worry if you're not a super experienced kayaker, the guides will choose a kayaking route suited to your level of experience and also weather conditions seeing as some lakes are windier than others. If you're up for an adventure, opt for a full-day kayaking tour that includes a picnic-style lunch and the opportunity to enjoy a swim. This Bariloche kayaking tour is tailored to your skill level and it's a great way to enjoy a day out in Argentina’s Lake District. Snacks, beverages, and a picnic are provided. 10. Join a Horseback Riding Tour If you're looking for some active things to do in Bariloche, consider going on a horseback riding tour. It's such a fun way to enjoy the Patagonian landscapes. We did a guided horse trek around Lago Gutierrez where we got to ride through forests, past mountains, and along the lakeshore before returning to camp for a traditional Argentine barbecue. This horseback riding tour takes you on a 2-hour trail ride along the foothills of the Andes Mountains. Back at the ranch, you get to enjoy a traditional Argentine BBQ lunch. 11. Tackle the numerous Hiking Trails One of the best things to do in Bariloche is to go hiking. You are in a city surrounded by mountains, after all! There are hundreds of trails to choose from, which can make it a little tricky to decide exactly where to go. All Trails has a list of 200+ hiking trails in and around Bariloche to give you an idea. Refugio Frey is without a doubt the most iconic hike. It departs from the base of Cerro Catedral in Villa Cerro Catedral about a 30-minute drive from downtown Bariloche. This trail is 9.5km one way, and while you can go up and down in one day, many choose to stay overnight in the alpine refugio which is part of the charm. If you're not an experienced hiker and you find the prospect of venturing off on a solo hike a bit daunting, you can book a hiking tour. The local guides will tailor the experience based on your fitness and experience level and choose a trail accordingly. This private hiking tour runs 6-8 hours and can be tailored to your interests and fitness level. It includes snacks, lunch and all necessary hiking equipment. 12. Go up Cerro Otto for more views More views? Yes, more views! When you're visiting a mountain city, there are views to be had at every turn. Cerro Otto is a mountain located in Nahuel Huapi National Park and it stands 1405 meters tall. This mountain is a year-round destination. During the winter months, you can go skiing, snowboarding and sledding. Meanwhile, during the warmer months, you can enjoy the hiking trails as well as the zipline and aerial adventures. You can take a chairlift to the top of Cerro Otto. It's a 12-minute journey and you get to enjoy panoramic views along the way. If you get hungry at the top, there's a rotating restaurant called Confitería Giratoria Cerro Otto. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Bariloche Argentina (@barilochear) 13. Tour the interior of Bariloche Cathedral Bariloche Cathedral is also known as the Cathedral of Our Lady of Nahuel Huapi. The cathedral was built between 1942 and 1944 in a French Neo-Gothic style featuring stained glass windows and vaulted ceilings. It was the work of Alejandro Bustillo, an architect known for many iconic structures across Patagonia including the Llao Llao Hotel. The location couldn't get any better. The cathedral overlooks Nahual Huapi Lake and it's encircled by a plaza with beautiful gardens. 14. Pose by the Bariloche city sign Argentina loves its city signs and they're always a good opportunity to snap some photos and capture memories. The Bariloche city sign sits on the shores of Nahual Huapi Lake, so the views are pretty phenomenal. There's usually a line of people waiting to snap their pictures, so the person behind will take a picture for the person in front and the favour is returned down the line. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Outfitters Patagonia (@outfitterspatagonia) 15. Try your Hand at Fly Fishing While most avid fishermen would likely book themselves into a fishing lodge for a week, it is possible to book fly fishing day tours from Bariloche. These trips are a great way to experience the Patagonia wilderness while accompanied by an expert fishing guide who knows where to catch the best trout - rainbows, browns and brookies! Some of the fly fishing spots of choice include the Limay River, Manso River, and Pichi Leufu River in the heart of Nahuel Huapi National Park. These tours are high ticket items, but they include private transportation from your hotel to the fishing sites, boats when required, one bilingual guide per 2 anglers, and a full lunch with unlimited wine and beer, plus all necessary fishing gear. Gratuities and the fishing license from the national park are extra. This Bariloche fly fishing tour is rated a solid 5 stars and it has 275+ rave reviews. The private tour is open to seasoned fisherman as well as first-timers who want to reel in a big catch. 16. Sample Artisanal Patagonian Chocolate One of the best things to do in Bariloche if you have a sweet tooth is to go chocolate shop hopping. There are even more chocolate shops than there are breweries, so you really have no excuses. A few chocolate shops to visit include: Mamuschka - enjoy breakfast or afternoon tea with delicious cakes and pastries, and then stock up on chocolates to take back home. Rapa Nui - features a cafe, an ice cream parlour and a skating rink all under the same roof. Their chocolate-covered raspberries are super famous and worth trying. Benroth - third-generation chocolatiers working their magic. Dark chocolate, milk chocolate, white chocolate - they do it all, and they do it well! 17. Visit the Havanna Chocolate Museum Havanna is one of Argentina's most iconic brands and it is best known for its alfajores, a traditional Argentine treat consisting of two crumbly cookies filled with a creamy caramel-like spread called dulce de leche. The Museo del Chocolate Havanna in Bariloche offers visitors a unique opportunity to delve deep into the world of chocolate, exploring the production process and history from its ancient Mesoamerican roots to its arrival in Europe and subsequent global spread. The museum has some impressive sculptures made entirely out of chocolate depicting some of the local wildlife including foxes, penguins, pumas and condors! After visiting the museum, you exit through the Havanna cafe where you can purchase some Argentine souvenirs or have a coffee and an alfajor. View this post on Instagram A post shared by El Garage - Foodtrucks (@elgaragebariloche) 18. Try the street food cars Walk along the lakeshore near Bariloche Cathedral at lunchtime and you're bound to find several food trucks serving all sorts of quick bites like pizzas, sandwiches, tacos, burgers and beers. This area is known as Food Truck Paseo del Lago. Recently, another spot has opened in the city called El Garage and it's an outdoor food court made up of several food trucks featuring even more options like pasta, shawarmas and savoury crepes. 19. Afternoon Tea at Llao Llao Another fun thing to do in Bariloche is to go for afternoon tea in the Winter Garden at the Llao Llao Hotel. This is a 5-star hotel in an incredible location surrounded by lakes and mountains. Their afternoon tea is simply divine featuring all sorts of tarts, macarons, brownies, pies and bite-sized sandwiches. If you're not planning to stay here as a guest, this is a nice way to get to see the interior of the hotel. Tip: Afternoon tea at the Llao Llao Hotel is an activity that needs to be booked in advance. You can do so by contacting the hotel's reservations desk. Day Trips from Bariloche Now, let's move on to the day trips from Bariloche and there are plenty of them! The driving time from Bariloche to these destinations ranges from 35 minutes to 2 hours and 20 minutes, so they're all very manageable distances. 20. Route of the Seven Lakes Driving time: Full-day activity with multiple stops The Route of the Seven Lakes is a scenic 107-kilometre road trip that stretches from the town of Villa La Angostura to San Martin de los Andes. It runs along a stretch of National Route 40, which is the highway that crosses the full length of Argentina, and it’s a beautiful journey filled with snow-capped mountains, lush forests and pristine lakes. It also crosses two national parks: Lanín National Park and Nahuel Huapi National Park. This is a full-day activity with plenty of panoramic stops along the way. 21. Villa La Angostura Driving time: 1 hour 18 minutes Villa La Angostura is a high-end resort town that sits on the shores of Nahuel Huapi Lake. The town is surrounded by crystalline lakes, dense forest, and its streets are lined with rose bushes earning Villa La Angostura its title as ‘the Garden of Patagonia’. Sailing trips are the activity of choice, plus you can also visit the magical Arrayanes Forest said to have inspired Bambi. 22. Colonia Suiza Driving time: 35 minutes Colonia Suiza translates to Swiss Colony and it's a small settlement in the outskirts of Bariloche whose origins can be traced back to the late 19th century when a group of Swiss immigrants, primarily from the Valais Canton, settled in the region. One of the top things to do in Colonia Suiza is to try the traditional curanto, a Patagonian dish that's cooked underground in a pit with hot stones. Aside from that, you can also find Swiss/German restaurants, breweries and souvenir shops. 23. El Bolsón Driving time: 2 hours El Bolsón is a picturesque mountain town with a decidedly hippie feel. It is framed by Cerro Piltriquitrón, a mountain whose names means "hanging from the clouds". Some of the main attractions in El Bolsón include the Sculpture Forest, where a burnt forest became art; and the Feria Artesanal, an outdoor hippie market that sells all sorts of handicrafts. 24. Lago Puelo Driving time: 2 hours 20 minutes Lago Puelo is a scenic mountain town that sits next to Lago Puelo National Park. A boat tour of the lake (which turns emerald in certain sections!) is a must-do activity plus it gives you the opportunity to hike to the border with Chile. Lago Puelo also has plenty of hiking trails, some of which lead to rivers and waterfalls. 25. El Hoyo Driving time: 2 hours 18 minutes El Hoyo is a small mountain community that’s quickly gaining popularity as an agrotourism destination. There are multiple vineyards that offer guided tours and tastings, there are berry farms to visit, plus you can also try to find your way through the biggest labyrinth in South America. Where to Stay in Bariloche Llao Llao Resort - this iconic 5-star hillside resort is surrounded by lakes and mountains. This is where everyone dreams of staying in Bariloche! Hotel Panamericano Bariloche - this 4-star hotel offers rooms with lake or mountain views. It also features a heated pool, a gym, a sauna and a hot tub. Tierra Gaucha Hostel - this boutique hostel is located right downtown and it includes breakfast. You can also find some pretty cool glamping spots in Patagonia, including a lakeside dome in Bariloche, so that's another option worth exploring if you prefer unusual accommodations! Getting around Bariloche Car If you feel comfortable renting a car and driving in Argentina, you will have greater mobility and the freedom to explore. Many of the attractions, especially the beautiful nature spots, are on the city outskirts. Bus Bus #20 is the one that runs from the Bariloche Bus Terminal all the way out to Puerto Pañuelo (where boat tours depart from) and the Llao Llao Hotel. Bus #13A is the one you need to catch at the Circuito Chico Roundabout if you want to visit Colonia Suiza. You can pay for the buses in Bariloche using a SUBE card, which you can preload with money at various convenience stores around town. Taxi / Remís Alternatively, you can get around Bariloche by using a taxi or remís (private taxi). This is a very convenient yet affordable way to get from place to place. Best time to visit Bariloche Bariloche is a versatile destination with something to offer year-round. However, the best time to visit largely depends on the type of activities you're interested in. Here's a breakdown of Bariloche's seasons to help you decide: Summer (December to February) Summer in Bariloche is warm with averages of 18°C to 25°C (64°F to 77°F). It's an ideal time for outdoor activities such as hiking, kayaking, mountain biking, and fishing. The days are long, providing ample time for exploration. This is also peak tourist season, especially in January, so expect larger crowds and higher prices. Fall (March to May) Fall in Bariloche is cooler with averages dropping gradually from 18°C to 10°C (64°F to 50°F). This is one of the best times for photography, as the forests turn shades of red, orange, and gold. It's also great for hiking and enjoying the landscapes. There are fewer tourists than in summer but it's still a relatively popular time to visit, especially for those seeking the fall foliage. Winter (June to August) Winter in Bariloche is cold with averages ranging from -2°C to 7°C (28°F to 45°F). Snowfall is common, especially in the higher areas. This is when Bariloche turns into a winter sports hub. The slopes of Cerro Catedral are busy with skiers and snowboarders. Plus, you can enjoy other winter activities, like snowshoeing, are also popular. July is the peak winter month, primarily due to the winter school holidays in Argentina, so expect many national tourists. Spring (September to November) Spring in Bariloche sees averages from 6°C to 17°C (43°F to 63°F). As the snow melts, hiking trails become accessible again, and the region starts to bloom, providing a fresh and vibrant landscape for various outdoor activities. While the early part of spring can be quiet, by November, as temperatures rise, tourists begin to return. The best time to visit Bariloche really depends on your preferences. If you love winter sports, visit between June and August. If hiking, warm weather, and water activities are your preference, December to February is ideal, but prepare for more crowds. For a quieter, scenic experience with fall colours, consider March to May. For a balance of good weather and fewer tourists, late spring (October and November) might be the best choice. #### Best Beagle Channel Cruise in Ushuaia Looking for the best Beagle Channel cruise to enjoy on your trip to Ushuaia? We have you covered with these 3 boat tour options! A Beagle Channel cruise is one of the top activities to enjoy when visiting Ushuaia. You've reached the 'End of the Earth' and now you finally get to cruise one of the southernmost waterways in the world. But which tour should you choose and what's the difference between them anyway? On my first visit to Ushuaia, I walked into a tour operator's office and booked the first Beagle Channel cruise I saw without asking too many questions. It wasn't until we reached the shores of Martillo Island and I saw a small group of visitors walking among the penguins while we looked on that I realized not all tours are created equal. When it comes to Beagle channel cruises you can choose between larger vessels or smaller vessels that provide a more personal experience. You have large group tours versus small boat hires that feel more intimate and you can enjoy with your group of family and friends. Most importantly, you have boat tours that are allowed to disembark on Martillo Island to visit the penguin colony and others that are only permitted to view them from the shores. Even though I didn't get to walk with penguins, cruising the Beagle Channel turned out to be one of the highlights of my visit to Ushuaia! I got to see the famous red and white Les Éclaireurs Lighthouse - sometimes mistaken for the Lighthouse at the End of the World! Plus, I saw sea lions sunbathing on a rocky outcrop, thousands of cormorants swirling over an island, and epic mountain views in every direction. So let's navigate all these Beagle Channel cruises and help find the right one for you! My Top 3 Picks: Beagle Channel Cruises #1 Top Pick ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ Beagle Channel Navigation with Mini Trekking ✅ Small vessel ✅ Great guide ✅ 30-minute trek #2 Pick Beagle Channel Tour to Martillo Island and Walk Among Penguins ✅ Walk with penguins ✅ Tour Estancia Haberton ✅ Exclusive experience #3 Pick Beagle Channel Navigation to the Pingüinera ✅ Large Catamaran ✅ Group tour ✅ Classic route Best Beagle Channel Cruise in Ushuaia 1. Beagle Channel Navigation with Mini Trekking ⭐️ RATING: 5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 4 hours This is a half-day tour of the Beagle Channel aboard a small vessel, which means the boat can navigate closer to the islands and you also get a more personalized experience than on bigger cruises. This Beagle Channel cruise offers views of Isla Alicia, Isla de Los Pájaros, and Isla de Los Lobos, as well as the famous Les Eclaireurs Lighthouse which was built in 1919. During this tour, you get to disembark at Isla Bridges for a guided 30-minute hike while the guide shares stories about the local wildlife and the Yámana people who once called this place home. PROS: Small personalized tour experience Includes a 30-minute hike Affordable tour option CONS: This tour does not disembark on Martillo Island to walk with penguins A small boat can make you more prone to seasickness on choppy waters ADDITIONAL INFO: Duration: 4 hours Language: English and Spanish Operated by: Patagonia Explorer Meeting point: Patagonia Adventure Explorer (must arrive 30 minutes before departure) Not wheelchair accessible "It was such a wonderful tour - a perfectly paced tour with a fantastic English guide. The walk on the small coast was manageable and beautiful! They really let us take our time at the sea lion island and lighthouse. It was wonderful. A safe boat with clean seats! They pulled out a map to help us understand our location. I would 100% recommend this tour!" -Martha C Review from Viator 🤩 Check Prices and Availability! 2. Beagle Channel Tour to Martillo Island and Walk Among Penguins ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH:  6.5 hours This is the priciest and most exclusive Beagle Channel tour out there, so admittedly it won't be everyone's cup of tea. However, what makes this cruise special is the opportunity to walk among penguins - an activity that is very controlled and only a limited number of people get to do. This tour is also a bit different in the sense that you don't embark at the harbour in Ushuaia, but rather, you travel one hour by minibus accompanied by your guide to Estancia Haberton. This is a famous estancia in the city outskirts that was founded in 1884 by Augusto Lasserre as Fort Ushuaia on the settlement of the former mission of Thomas Bridges. Estancia Haberton is a popular day trip from Ushuaia, so technically with this tour you are getting two activities in one! Upon arriving at the estancia, you will get a guided tour of the place before boarding a semi-rigid boat (ZODIAK) and cruising 15 minutes over to Martillo Island. Along the way, you will also see Les Éclaireurs Lighthouse, Isla de Los Pájaros, Isla de Los Lobos and all manner of seabirds and sea lions. On the island, you will spend 1 hour walking among Magellanic penguins and Gentoo penguins (the latter are a bit rare), always accompanied by your guide. This walk with the penguins is what sets this Beagle Channel cruise apart from the rest, as most tour operators are only allowed to approach the shores and see the penguins from the boat without disembarking. Whether this experience is worth the price tag is up to you to decide! You will then return to the estancia for lunch (the cost of the meal is not included in the tour price), and lastly, you'll visit the Acatushun Museum of rare marine mammals. PROS: Includes a 1-hour walk with Magellanic and Gentoo penguins Visits the historic Estancia Haberton Friendly and knowledgeable guides every step of the way CONS: It is a 1-hour bus journey to reach the estancia This tour has the biggest price tag Limited availability in order to protect the penguins ADDITIONAL INFO: Duration: 6 hours and 30 minutes Language: English and Spanish Operated by: Piratour Meeting point: Muelle Turistico (minivan departure) Not wheelchair accessible "We had an incredible time walking with the penguins! We saw 2 different types and a surprise king penguin as well. The guides were wonderful and helped create probably our most memorable part of our trip to Ushuaia!" -Nicholas L Review from Viator 🤩 Check Prices and Availability! 3. Beagle Channel Navigation to the Pingüinera ⭐️ RATING: 4/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 6 hours This is the most popular Beagle Channel cruise and it's a group catamaran excursion. This tour runs daily during high season so it's a well-oiled machine and everything flows really well. After leaving the pier, the catamaran enters the Beagle Channel and you get great panoramic views of downtown Ushuaia framed by Mount Olivia in the background. You first reach Isla de Los Lobos, where you have the chance to view sea lions in their natural habitat from the boat. Next up is Isla de Los Pájaros, which is home to countless cormorants, both Magellanic and Imperial. The boat tour then brings you to Les Eclaireurs Lighthouse situated on an archipelago by the same name. On these islets, it is possible to see the remains of Monte Cervantes, a ship that was shipwrecked in 1930. During the cruise, you'll also be able to see Gable Island and the Puerto Williams Naval Base (located in Navarino Island, Chile). Upon arriving at Isla Martillo, the catamaran approaches the beach carefully. Though no one is permitted to disembark during this tour, you do get to see the colony of Magellanic Penguins that nest during the summer months. The penguins are very curious so they'll approach the boat, waddle down the beach, and even swim around the catamaran. It's a great opportunity to take photos and enjoy the penguins from a distance. This was the tour that we booked during our trip to Ushuaia. The price was mid-range (this isn't the most expensive tour or the cheapest!), and even though we didn't get to do an island trek or walk with penguins, we did get to see the main sights along the Beagle Channel, meaning the lighthouse and lots of wildlife. I'd say we saw way more wildlife than we were even expecting! PROS: Larger vessel means it's a smoother ride on choppy waters Visit all the main attractions on the Beagle Channel You get a Beagle Channel passport stamp (if you'd like one) CONS: Large group tour means it's a less personalized experience Can get a bit crowded out on the deck Does not disembark on Martillo Island to walk with penguins ADDITIONAL INFO: Duration: 6 hours Language: English and Spanish Operated by: Piratour Meeting point: Muelle Turistico Not wheelchair accessible "Absolutely fantastic and memorable experience. We had a beautiful day on the water and the penguins were amazing. We deliberately booked a trip that does not allow you off the boat because we did not want to disturb the penguins’ habitat. We were able to get plenty of clear and enjoyable viewing opportunities from the boat. This is a memory that will last a lifetime! We had some serious weather on the way back (which is to be expected) and the crew did an excellent job navigating it. We definitely recommend this journey!" -Lisa N Review from Viator 🤩 Check Prices and Availability! FAQs About Beagle Channel Where is the Beagle Channel? The Beagle Channel is a navigable channel in the extreme southern part of South America. It is located at the southern tip of the Tierra del Fuego archipelago, which is shared by Argentina and Chile. Specifically, the Beagle Channel runs between several islands of the archipelago, forming a natural border between the two countries. Is the Beagle Channel rough? Because the Beagle Channel is situated in the extreme southern part of South America, it can experience varying conditions and its waters can indeed be rough at times. However, compared to other waterways in the region, such as the Drake Passage, the Beagle Channel is often considered relatively sheltered and calm. Why is the Beagle Channel important? The Beagle Channel serves as a navigational route for ships travelling between the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans, especially those avoiding the rougher waters of the Drake Passage or Cape Horn. The channel is a key passage for vessels heading to and from Antarctica, making it crucial for scientific and tourist expeditions to the continent. What animals can you see in the Beagle Channel? Some of the animals you can expect to see while cruising the Beagle Channel include sea lions, seals, dolphins and whales. Magellanic penguins are the most common type of penguin around these parts, and you can also spot seabirds like albatrosses, petrels and cormorants. Which Beagle Channel Cruise is right for you? As you can see, there are lots of different options when it comes to booking a Beagle Channel Cruise in Ushuaia, Argentina. You can opt for a small vessel or a large vessel, a tour that lets you walk with penguins or a tour where you can view them from the boat, or a tour that visits an estancia or just does a classic boat trip. The right Beagle Channel boat tour will vary from one traveller to the next, but hopefully, you now have a better idea of what to look for and what to expect. Read More about Ushuaia: 10 Epic Ushuaia Tours Train at the End of the World Best Tours of Tierra del Fuego National Park Post Office at the End of the World How to Spend 3 Days in Ushuaia See Ushuaia by Helicopter Is the Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Worth it? Where to Stay in Ushuaia How to Get to Ushuaia Choosing a G Adventures Patagonia Tour #### End of the World Train Ride in Ushuaia, Argentina The Southern Fuegian Railway, better known as the End of the World Train, is a steam railway located in Argentina’s Tierra del Fuego province. “Why would you need a train at the end of the world?” you ask. Well, Ushuaia was initially developed as a penal colony for repeat offenders with the first prisoners arriving in 1884. After being sent to the very bottom of Patagonia at the end of the South American continent, the prisoners were put to work building their own prison, which meant transporting rock and timber from the nearby forests to the town, first using oxen-pulled wagons, and eventually this narrow gauge railway. Back then, this was known as the Train of Prisoners, and the prisoners had to complete the journey twice a day to and from the logging camps. Today, the Train at the End of the World has been developed into a heritage train and it’s considered the southernmost functioning railway in the world. It’s a must-do excursion in Ushuaia - even more so if you’re a train enthusiast! Our Pick End of the World Train Tour This tour includes a ride on the End of the World train and a guided visit of Tierra del Fuego National Park. Transportation is provided there and back via minibus. End of the World Train FAQs How long is the End of the World Train ride? The End of the World Train is a 50-minute journey and it travels the last 7 kilometres of the original prisoner's train route. Where does the End of the World Train go? The train runs from the End of the World train station to the Tierra del Fuego National Park train station. The departure point is located 8 kilometres west of Ushuaia, so don't make the mistake of thinking you'll be departing from the city. You need to make your way to the train station by shuttle bus or taxi, though if you've booked via a tour operator transportation is generally provided. How soon should you book tickets for the End of the World Train? Tickets aboard the train at the end of the world can get booked up several weeks in advance, especially if you're travelling during high season. Don't wait to buy your tickets until the day before or the day of! It is best to secure these tickets well in advance, as soon as you have confirmed your travel dates for Ushuaia. Is admission to Tierra del Fuego National Park included on the End of the World Train? The entrance to the national park is not included in the train ticket price and must be paid in cash on the day of the ride. If you booked this through a tour operator, you'll want to check with them directly as to whether they've included the park fee. What language is the End of the World Train audio guide in? During your journey you'll be given headphones so you can learn about the history of Ushuaia, the train, and the role the prisoners played. This audio guide is available in Spanish, English, Portuguese, French, Italian, German and Chinese. Booking End of the World Train Tickets You can book the End of the World train tickets on the official website: Tren del Fin del Mundo. There are 3 train classes available: Tourist Class, Premium Class and VIP Class. Keep in mind that with this option, you'll have to make your own way to and from the train station. Booking a guided tour Another option is to book a guided tour that includes the End of the World Train and Tierra del Fuego National Park. This particular tour includes transportation from select pick-up points (you'll need to check if your hotel in Ushuaia is one on the list or alternatively choose the pick-up point closest to you). As part of this tour, you ride the train, visit the national park, stop at Bahia Ensenada Zaratiegui where you can send mail from the Post Office at the End of the World, you reach Bahia Lapataia which marks the end of the Panamerican Highway, and you also visit the Green Lagoon Viewpoint and Lago Roca. If you don't feel too confident in your Spanish language skills or you just want an easy day, this is a good option. Train Ride to the End of the World So what exactly do you get to see when you're riding the train at the end of the world? Well, here is a list of the attractions covered during the journey. The End of the World Train Station The train journey begins at the End of the World train station, which is located 8 kilometres west of the city of Ushuaia. The railway then travels along the Pico Valley in the Toro Gorge. Burnt Bridge Next, the train crosses Puente Quemado, which translates to 'Burnt Bridge'. It is named so because of the burnt remains of the old bridge which lie underneath the new tracks. This part of the journey takes you across Cañadón del Toro or the 'Bull's Canyon' and over the Pipo River, which is formed by meltwater descending from the mountains and flowing to the Beagle Channel. This is a very scenic part of the journey and we were even lucky enough to see horses grazing next to this pristine river. La Macarena Waterfall Station La Macarena Station is the only stop on this train journey. This is a historical point as it's where the prisoners used to stop to refill the water tanks for the steam locomotive La Coqueta. Here passengers have the chance to disembark and hike up to a waterfall formed by meltwater, and there's also a viewpoint offering views of the Pipo River and some of the surrounding peaks. This station is also where you can view the photos you took with the 'prisoners' before boarding the train, and if you'd like one as a souvenir, they'll print it for you. Once it's time to board the train again, you hear a whistle calling passengers back to the train. National Park Boundary As you continue the train journey, you eventually come across a sign that announces the boundary of Tierra del Fuego National Park. This is the only national park in Argentina that has maritime coasts, forests and mountains. Tree Cemetery Then, you reach the tree cemetery - a graveyard of trees that were cut by the prisoners who quite literally built their own prison and also supplied Ushuaia with firewood in the early days. You'll notice that the tree stumps stand about half a meter from the ground - a sign that some of the logging was done in winter when the snow would have been packed pretty deep. Of course, all this logging was done before the area was designated a national park, but it's part of the history of the place. National Park Station The final stop aboard the train at the end of the world is the National Park Station. This is where the train repositions to begin the journey back. Travellers have the option of disembarking here - maybe you booked an excursion that includes a guided tour through Tierra del Fuego National Park, or maybe you want to spend the day hiking independently. As mentioned earlier, do keep in mind that if you are travelling independently, you'll need to find your own way back into town - either by pre-arranging a shuttle, calling a taxi or hitchhiking. Is the train journey worth it? If you enjoy quirky train rides, then yes! There are so many epic train journeys in Argentina - the Old Patagonian Express, the Train to the Clouds, the Tren Patagónico - and the Train at the End of the World is another one to add to the list. Yes, this is a very short journey that only travels a total of 7 kilometres, but it has a very interesting history and it brings you to a beautiful place at the end of the South American continent. That makes it worth it in our books. Getting to Ushuaia is quite the undertaking, so you may as well enjoy the activities Tierra del Fuego has to offer! #### How to Get to Perito Moreno Glacier from El Calafate Wondering how to get to Perito Moreno Glacier from El Calafate? We're going to share the different options you have. No trip to El Calafate would be complete without spending at least one full day exploring Los Glaciares National Park and seeing the iconic Perito Moreno Glacier. This glacier is the top attraction in the region and it's the main reason visitors come all the way down to El Calafate in the first place! But how do you get to Perito Moreno Glacier and what's there to see and do once you're there? Well, we've got you covered. This is our complete guide to visiting Perito Moreno Glacier and we're going to share how to get there, what tours you can take, park entrance fees, opening hours, and lots of other essential info and practical travel tips. How to get to El Calafate First things first, if you want to visit Perito Moreno Glacier, you need to make your way to El Calafate. This town is the gateway to Los Glaciares National Park and Perito Moreno Glacier. You do NOT want to go to the town of Perito Moreno. Even though it shares the same name as the glacier, this town is in fact 629 kilometres away in the opposite end of the Santa Cruz Province. I repeat, you want to go to El Calafate to see the Perito Moreno Glacier, and Perito Moreno to see the Cave of Hands. This would be a very easy mistake to make, especially if you're travelling across Patagonia by bus. You can get to El Calafate by airplane from Buenos Aires, Bariloche and Ushuaia, or by bus from El Chalten or Puerto Natales, Chile. How to get to Perito Moreno Glacier There are several different ways to get to Perito Moreno Glacier, so let's start with the most affordable option and work our way up from there! The travel time from El Calafate to Perito Moreno Glacier is 1.5 hours whether you take a bus, taxi or drive your rental car. Take a bus to the glacier The cheapest and easiest way to get to Perito Moreno Glacier is by taking a bus. Buses depart from the El Calafate Bus Terminal and take you straight into Los Glaciares National Park. The main bus companies that travel to the park are Cal Tur, Chaltén Travel and Marga Taqsa. If you're visiting during high season, I would recommend booking your bus tickets to the park in advance. You can do so via a travel agency in town or by walking over to the bus station on the edge of town (that's what we did!). There is a limited number of buses making the journey each day, so you want to make sure you get a seat. Also, book a round-trip ticket so you don't get stranded at the park at the end of the day! Otherwise, you'll have to call a taxi to come and get you. Take a taxi or remis The next option to get from El Calafate to Perito Moreno Glacier is to take a taxi or remis. In Argentina, a remis refers to a private car that you can book via an agency. It looks like a regular car (it's not painted yellow nor does it have any distinguishing features), it does not have a meter, and the prices are pre-determined based on the destination. You know the price of the journey before you even get in the car. There are several remis agencies in El Calafate and we used them a couple of times to get around and reach some of the further attractions. These include: Taxi Remis Calafate Viajes Turísticos, Taxi Remis Los Andes, Taxis Remis El Puma and Taxi Remis Condor. If you're concerned about paying a fair price, ask for an estimate at your hotel or guesthouse. They should be in the know or at the very least they can recommend a reputable remis agency that they use with their guests. This might be a good option if you're travelling with a group of friends and you can split the cost 3 or 4 ways. Rent a car and drive yourself Getting from El Calafate to Perito Moreno Glacier by car is another option and it's the one that provides the most flexibility. You can drive out to Los Glaciares National Park and back when you please and stop at panoramic points along the way. The only downside is that renting a car in Argentina isn't particularly cheap and in Patagonia, there often isn't a lot of availability. The other thing to keep in mind is that most rental cars in Argentina are manual transmission, while in North America we're used to driving automatic transmission. I've rented cars in Argentina several times in different parts of the country and what I've found is that automatic cars can go for up to 3 times the cost of renting a manual. So that's a major consideration. Also, renting a car in Patagonia is more expensive than renting elsewhere in Argentina! Manual cars in El Calafate start out at $60 USD per day and automatic cars go for $100 per day. This is the minimum price, it can go up from there based on demand, time of year, and the type of vehicle you choose. If you're interested in driving in Argentina, I would recommend having a look at Discover Cars. They are a car rental comparison website with an aggregate search tool that helps you find the best car deals available. If you decide to go this route, book your rental car in advance. Don't try to do so once you land at El Calafate Airport, because you're almost guaranteed to be out of luck! You can browse car rentals in El Calafate here. Join a tour to Perito Moreno Glacier Another way to get to Perito Moreno Glacier is by joining a guided tour that includes transportation to and from the park. These tours are done as a day trip from El Calafate. There are all sorts of tours to Perito Moreno Glacier including ice trekking tours, scenic boat tours, and even walking tours of the boardwalks. Mini Trekking Excursion on Perito Moreno Glacier: This glacier trek includes transportation to and from the park. Once you arrive at the park, you board a vessel at Bajo de las Sombras and cross over to the glacier. You are then geared up with crampons and ice axes to begin the trek. This glacier trek has a maximum of 20 participants per guide. Perito Moreno Glacier with Navigation: This tour to Perito Moreno Glacier includes hotel pick up and drop off. Once you arrive at the park, you have time to visit the walkways and balconies for different perspectives of the glacier. During the navigation, you will sail around the south face of Perito Moreno which rises 60 meters above the water. The boat ride is 1 hour in length. Sightseeing Glaciers Cruise: This is a full-day sightseeing boat tour where you get to see numerous glaciers and icebergs! It takes you to parts of the national park that would otherwise be impossible to reach. You can read about our experience of the Gourmet Glaciers tour aboard Maria Turquesa here. Footbridges of Perito Moreno Glacier: This tour is basically private transportation to Perito Moreno Glacier. Once you arrive, you have free time to explore the walkways on your own. This is where you get to see Perito Moreno Glacier from the balconies. At the end of the day, you ride back to El Calafate and you can get dropped off at your hotel or in the centre of town. Note: Keep in mind that even if you book a tour to Los Glaciares National Park, you will still need to pay the park admission fee separately. More on that below. Los Glaciares National Park Info Los Glaciares National Park was created in 1937 and declared a World Heritage Site by UNESCO in 1981. It is home to the third-largest continental ice field on the planet and to numerous glaciers, including Perito Moreno Glacier, which is one of the few advancing glaciers in the world. Hours of Operation From September 1 to April 30, the park entrance is open from 8:00 am to 6:00 pm (and you may remain in the park until 8:00 pm). This is the summer schedule. From May 1 to August 31, the park entrance is open from 9:00 am to 4:00 pm (and you may remain in the park until 6:00 pm). This is the winter schedule. Entrance Fee As of 2024, the admission fees to Los Glaciares National Park are as follows: General rate: $30000 ARS National residents: $10000 ARS Provincial residents: $4000 ARS The general rate is the equivalent of $15 USD per person for a 1-day pass. If you book a 2-day pass, you get 50% off the second day's tariff. About Perito Moreno Glacier Perito Moreno Glacier is one of the most impressive natural wonders in South America. The glacier is named after Francisco Moreno, an early pioneer who studied the region during the 19th century and played a crucial role in defending Argentina's territory in the conflict surrounding a border dispute with Chile. Francisco Moreno was locally known as Perito, which means 'specialist' or 'expert' and that's how the name Perito Moreno came to be. This sprawling glacier covers an area of roughly 250 square kilometres and forms part of the Southern Patagonian Ice Field, which is the third-largest freshwater reserve in the world! What sets Perito Moreno Glacier apart from other glaciers it that its very active. In fact, it's one of the few advancing glaciers on Earth. The glacier's tip reaches the shores of Lago Argentino, and as it advances, it periodically forms a natural dam that blocks the waters of the Brazo Rico from the rest of the lake. Pressure builds up during this period, eventually causing a massive calving event where the ice dam breaks and giant chunks of ice fly into the lake in a dramatic fashion. This event is something that occurs every 4 to 5 years. Boardwalks and Trails There are different boardwalks and trails to enjoy when visiting Perito Moreno Glacier. The Pasarelas section of Los Glaciares National Park has the following options: Central Circuit: 600 metres – 1:00 hs – Easy Lower Circuit: 1100 metres – 1:15 hs – Challenging Forest Trail: 570 metres – 0:45 hs – Moderate Shoreline Trail: 1117 metres – 1:30 hs – Moderate Accessible Circuit: 565 metres – 0:30 hs – Very easy Tip: For the best hiking in Los Glaciares National Park, you'll want to spend a few days in El Chaltén. This town is considered the trekking capital of Argentina and it's located inside the northern portion of the park. In contrast, El Calafate is in the south end of the park and La Leona is in the middle. Eating in the national park Whether you're visiting Perito Moreno Glacier independently or as part of a tour, you should be prepared to spend most of the day in the park and outdoors. That means you will get hungry at some point, so it's good to think about lunch. You can bring your own packed lunch which is what most visitors do. There are benches on the balconies that overlook the glacier, so you can stop to rest and enjoy a bite (granola bars, nuts, fruit, a sandwich, etc). Just remember that everything you bring in must also be carried out! Alternatively, there is one restaurant inside the park and that's Nativos de la Patagonia. This is a good option if you'd prefer a sit-down meal and a place to warm up. The restaurant offers both a la carte and buffet dining options. We got some grilled sandwiches and baked goods for our meal. What to wear at Perito Moreno Glacier Another important consideration when visiting Perito Moreno Glacier is what to wear. Keep in mind, that it's going to be much colder at the glacier than it is in the town of El Calafate. Your best bet is to dress in layers that you can add and remove as the weather changes, and the weather will change, because this is Patagonia! I would recommend 3 layers: a quick-drying shirt, a fleece and a rainproof jacket. You'll want something heavier if you're visiting in winter. Plus, a hat, scarf and gloves. You'll want these in the early morning and late afternoon year-round. In terms of footwear, trekking shoes are fine - you'll pack these anyway if you're planning to visit El Chaltén! The boardwalks and trails are super easy so you won't need trekking poles here. Perito Moreno Glacier Quick FAQs What is the closest airport to Perito Moreno Glacier? To visit Perito Moreno Glacier, you'll need to fly into El Calafate Airport (FTE), locally known as Aeropuerto Internacional Comandante Armando Tola de El Calafate. How to get from Buenos Aires to Perito Moreno Glacier? There are multiple daily flights that connect Buenos Aires with El Calafate. In Buenos Aires, you can fly out of either Aeroparque or Ezeiza. Aeroparque is in the city and more convenient. How do you get to the Perito Moreno Glacier? From El Calafate, you'll head west along Provincial Route 11. It's a 1.5-hour journey to reach Los Glaciares National Park where you can visit Perito Moreno Glacier. Can you see Perito Moreno Glacier without a tour? Yes, you can see Perito Moreno Glacier without a tour by making your way to the park and walking the boardwalks and balconies circuit that offers views of the glacier from various vantage points. What can you do at Perito Moreno Glacier? You can enjoy a range of activities at Perito Moreno Glacier including scenic boat tours, guided glacier trekking tours, kayaking tours and more. Here's a list of fun El Calafate day tours for more ideas. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8AS4edJMWQI Where to stay in El Calafate Now let's talk about where to stay in El Calafate. I'm going to highlight a few options to fit different budgets, but you can also view our complete El Calafate hotel guide here. Xelena Hotel & Suites - This luxury 5-star property sits on the outskirts of town on the shores of Lago Argentino so book a room with a lakeside view. The hotel offers spacious rooms with modern decor, some rooms have private balconies, and guests can enjoy a spa, fitness center, indoor pool, and on-site restaurant. Hotel Kosten Aike - This 4-star hotel is set in an Alpine-style building and it has a warm and cozy feel. This property is centrally-located so it's a good option for travellers who plan to move around on foot. It has spa facilities including a hot tub and sauna. Hosteria Posta Sur - This 3-star guesthouse is in the east end of El Calafate. This is a quiet area just a 5-minute walk from the centre of town. The rooms have heated floors and they serve a buffet breakfast. América del Sur Hostel Calafate - This hostel is a good option for budget travellers and independent travellers looking for a more social experience. The hostel has 6-bed dorms as well as private rooms, plus a communal kitchen and laundrette. You can also find estancias near El Calafate, some of them located within the boundaries of Los Glaciares National Park! #### The Old Patagonian Express: An Epic Train Journey in Patagonia! Argentina is home to many epic train journeys, but perhaps none is more famous than the Old Patagonian Express! The train is locally known as La Trochita, meaning ‘little gauge’ because it's a narrow gauge railway that’s only 750 mm wide or about 2 feet 5 and a half inches. This heritage train showcases the ruggedness of Patagonia, and along the journey, passengers can expect to be treated to epic views of mountains, valleys, and Patagonian steppe. It truly is one of the highlights of a visit to Chubut! Today, La Trochita may only operate a short portion of the original 402-kilometre route it once covered, however, it captures the nostalgia of 20th-century train travel. That alone makes it worth adding to your northern Patagonia travel itinerary! History of the Old Patagonian Express The Old Patagonian Express once stretched out 402 kilometres, and it was originally planned as part of a larger network that would connect all of Patagonia. However, the project was never completed due to ministerial changes and then the start of the First World War, which also affected Argentina’s economy. Its use eventually began to decline as road systems improved, and because part of the railway network was never completed, it left this line isolated and disconnected from the rest of the country. But then things changed when Paul Theroux published his book The Old Patagonian Express in 1978. In his book, Theroux set out to travel by train from his hometown in Massachusetts all the way down to Argentina, and clearly the Patagonia leg of his journey made quite the impression because it earned the book's title! Travellers suddenly began to take an interest in the Old Patagonian Express, and that brings us to the train journey as we know it today. Today the train operates on alternating locomotives; one is a Baldwin from the United States and the other a Henschel from Germany. The wooden wagons came from Belgium, and the heaters were installed in Argentina to make the journeys across Patagonia in winter a little more bearable. How to ride the Old Patagonian Express There are three segments of the Old Patagonian Express for travellers to choose from - though some are more frequent than others: Esquel to Nahuel Pan - 18 kilometres El Maitén to Desvío Bruno Thomaé - 26 kilometres Ingeniero Jacobacci to Ojos de Agua - 42 kilometres Before you plan your train journey, it’s best to check an updated schedule on the official La Trochita website since some routes aren’t in operation year-round. Esquel to Nahuel Pan The most popular route runs from Esquel to Nahuel Pan and it’s a beautiful journey. As you leave the town of Esquel, you begin the ascent out of the valley where you are treated to mountain views and sheep grazing in the Patagonian steppe. You’ll notice this is the shortest of the three segments in terms of distance covered, however, this train journey involves an ascent out of town, so it travels a bit slower. It is a 1-hour journey from Esquel to Nahuel Pan. Once you arrive in Nahuel Pan, you have 45 minutes to explore at your own leisure. Here you can visit the Museum of Patagonian Culture, which focuses on the indigenous peoples of Patagonia. It’s a small museum with only two rooms, but the displays showcase ceramics, musical instruments and textiles. If you speak Spanish, you can also ask questions to the museum guide on site. The highlight of our brief stop in Nahuel Pan was the artisanal fair. Vendors had set up booths showcasing all sorts of handmade souvenirs, and we were immediately drawn to the alfajores with fillings like dulce de leche, raspberry, Welsh-inspired Bara brith, and rum and raisin. There was also a man cooking chorizos on the grill, so we got some choripán (chorizo on a bread bun) with chimichurri. It’s worth lining up for this right away, as it’s a popular food stop. On the journey back, there was live music on the train. A local musician made his way through the carriages singing and playing songs on his guitar as we travelled back to Esquel. El Maitén to Desvío Bruno Thomaé Another option for train enthusiasts is to travel the segment from El Maitén to Desvío Bruno Thomaé. This is a 26-kilometre journey across the Patagonian steppe. The journey is relatively flat, however, you do get mountain views on the horizon. It’s worth arriving early in order to visit the Railway Museum and tour the Locomotive Repair Shop. This is a guided visit that’s included in the ticket price, and it’s a great opportunity to ask questions about this historic train (albeit in Spanish). We heard stories about the extreme weather in Patagonia and how, when the train is scheduled to do its weekly outing in winter, sometimes they have to get it running 2 days ahead of time! We also learned that when a working component of the Old Patagonian Express breaks down, workers have to handcraft a new part since the train is so old that spare parts are no longer produced industrially. The fact that this train is still running is a true testament to the ingenuity of the workers! Now, if we compare this journey with the one from Esquel to Nahuel Pan, the major difference is that when you arrive in Desvío Bruno Thomaé, there’s nothing there apart from a train station that was burned down by a Mapuche protest. So there’s nothing to see or do (no artisanal market like in Nahuel Pan) while you wait for the train to reposition for the return journey. Ingeniero Jacobacci to Ojos de Agua Ingeniero Jacobacci to Ojos de Agua is the least frequent and lesser known of the three train segments you can travel aboard the Old Patagonian Express. In fact, this route was closed for a long time and only recently reopened, while also providing connections to make this journey a bit more accessible. Getting there involves either driving in from Bariloche (a 3-hour drive) or joining a guided tour departing from Bariloche to Ingeniero Jacobacci. It is then a 2-hour train journey from Ingeniero Jacobacci to Ojos de Agua. Upon arrival, passengers have about 1 hour and 15 minutes to enjoy a meal and walk around. The train then returns to Ingeniero Jacobacci via the same route. How to book train tickets How do you book tickets for the Old Patagonian Express? Here are a few different options: Booking in person If you’re already planning to be in one of the towns the train departs from (Esquel, El Maitén or Ingeniero Jacobacci), the easiest option is to go to the train station and buy them in person. However, be mindful of each train station's hours of operation, which are limited. If you’re visiting during low season, you may be able to get a ticket on the same day, but this isn’t advised during high season when every last seat on the train can be sold out. Booking through a tour operator If you want to avoid the hassle of going to the train station and booking in person, the best thing to do is to book through a local tour operator. If doesn't matter if you're in Bariloche or El Bolsón, you can walk into almost any tour operator and book this excursion through them. This will often also include transportation to and from the departure station. So hit the streets and walk into some offices. Just try to do so earlier in your trip since the train departures are not daily, especially outside of high season. Booking online If you prefer to book online, you can do so directly on the official La Trochita website by clicking 'Comprá tu ticket'. This will open another window where you can select your journey, date and departure time. You'll then be presented with a list of fares and will want to click 'Internacional' if you're an international tourist. Next, you'll select your seats and choose your payment method. You can also buy tickets online at Tren Patagónico Official Website by scrolling down to La Trochita. But be very careful you don't book the Tren Patagónico, which is an overnight train journey that crosses the country from the Andes to the Atlantic Ocean! This isn't the easiest website to navigate, so I'd only recommend it if you can read Spanish and understand the steps outlined on how to book the correct segment of the journey. In our experience, this website can sometimes be glitchy, which is why we recommend booking in person or via a tour operator. And that’s how you book a trip aboard the Old Patagonian Express! The journey may be a fraction of what it once was, but it’s an adventure nevertheless and worth adding to your list of places to visit in Patagonia, Argentina. Even though this steam train covers a short distance, it’s a fun way to experience the magical landscapes of the Patagonian steppe. Now over to you. Are you a train enthusiast? Would you like to travel aboard the Old Patagonian Express? Let us know if there are any other train journeys in Argentina you'd like to do. #### Top 15 El Chaltén Hikes Ranked by Difficulty (Easy to Epic Treks!) After spending a week hiking in El Chaltén, I can confidently say this is one of the most jaw-dropping destinations for trekking in all of South America! Often referred to as the trekking capital of Argentina, this small mountain town in Los Glaciares National Park offers an unparalleled mix of dramatic landscapes featuring glacier-fed lagoons and the towering granite peaks of Mount Fitz Roy and Cerro Torre. Whether you’re tackling short scenic strolls or gruelling full-day mountain adventures, the diversity of hikes in El Chaltén is what makes it accessible to beginners and experienced trekkers alike. I'm breaking down the 15 best El Chaltén hikes organized by difficulty (easy, moderate, and challenging!) with trail descriptions, distances, duration, and pro tips from our own time on the ground. We’ve done the legwork (quite literally!) so you can skip the guesswork and focus on what matters: epic views, glacier-fed lakes, and the raw beauty of Patagonia. So if you're planning a hiking trip to Patagonia, lace up your hiking boots because this El Chalten hiking guide is for you! Easy Hikes in El Chalten These hikes are perfect for beginners, families, or travellers looking to warm up for bigger adventures. They offer excellent views with minimal elevation gain. 1. Mirador del Cóndor Distance: 2.6 km round-trip Elevation: 129 metres Time: 45 minutes to 1 hour Difficulty: Easy Mirador del Cóndor, also known as the Condor Lookout, is one of the most accessible short hikes in El Chaltén, offering a rewarding viewpoint with minimal time commitment. The trail begins behind the Centro de Visitantes (Park Ranger Station) and stretches just 2.6 kilometres round-trip, taking about 45 minutes to 1 hour to complete. The path climbs gently through lenga shrubs and open terrain, making it easy for hikers of all levels. Yes, it's a bit steep at times, but it's a short distance. We saw families with young children tackling this hiking trail, so that gives you an idea of the level of difficulty. We chose to do this hike on the very first day we arrived in El Chalten from El Calafate to warm up for the bigger treks ahead. We went up in the late afternoon just in time to catch sunset, and we were not disappointed. At the viewpoint, we were treated to views of the town of El Chaltén, the Río de las Vueltas Valley and Mount Fitz Roy dominating the horizon - the latter was a very cool and unexpected surprise! If you're lucky, you may even spot Andean condors soaring overhead, hence the name of the trail. 2. Mirador del Águila Distance: 7.2 kilometres loop trail Elevation: 213 metres Time: 2 hours Difficulty: Easy Mirador del Águila is a 7.2-kilometre hike that can be done as an extension to the above-mentioned Mirador del Condor. The start of the hike is the same, and once you reach the Condor Lookout, you continue on a loop that brings you to another lookout point with views of Lago Viedma. Aside from the initial ascent, this is a relatively flat and gentle trail, making it ideal for a relaxing outing. If you're looking for a sunrise hike, I would recommend this one. There are fewer crowds and a greater chance of spotting native birds like the carancho or the black-chested buzzard-eagle. You can also expect to encounter some free-roaming cows along the way! 3. Chorrillo del Salto Difficulty: Easy Elevation: 139 metres Distance: 1 km (trail from parking lot) or 7 km if walking from town Time: 30–45 minutes This short, flat trail in El Chaltén leads to a picturesque 20-meter waterfall tucked away in the lenga forest. It's easily accessible by car (there's a parking lot right by the falls) or bike (you can cycle from town) and is ideal for families or travellers who want a quick nature fix. The downside of the Chorrillo del Salto hike is that most of the trail is along Provincial Route 23, a dirt road that gets some vehicle traffic, which left us walking in a cloud of dust. We hiked all the way from town, so we found it lacked the charm of hiking in the middle of nature. That being said, the waterfall is nice, and it's one of the easier and more accessible hikes in El Chalten. 4. Mirador Cascada Margarita Distance: 1.4 kilometres Elevation: 80 metres Time: Under 1 hour Difficulty: Easy Another easy hike in El Chalten is Mirador Cascada Margarita. This is a short hike that leads to a viewpoint where you can see Margarita Waterfall across the canyon. To do this hike, you take the Laguna Torre trailhead and do the first segment of the trail until you reach the 0.7-kilometre mark. This lookout point is the first stop of the much longer Laguna Torre trek, plus you also get your first glimpse of Cerro Torre. We completed this hike on our way to Laguna Torre, however, you can do it as a quick standalone hike. 5. Sendero Río de las Vueltas Distance: 3 km round-trip Elevation: 106 metres Time: 1 hour Difficulty: Easy Sendero Río de las Vueltas is another easy hike in El Chalten. It's on the way to Laguna Capri and Laguna de los Tres, so you'll cover it if you're doing either of those hikes. The downside of Sendero Río de las Vueltas is that it can be quite busy in the morning when hikers set out to complete some of the longer hikes. You may find yourself hiking in single file, but the crowds eventually disperse. We stopped to rest on the log benches at this lookout point. This hike offers beautiful panoramic views of Río de las Vueltas, literally the River of Turns, which is quite aptly named, as you can see in the photo! You also get views of the valley below and the mountain chain. There are 106 metres of elevation gain on this trail, which at times feels a bit steep, but it's a short hike. 6. Laguna Capri Distance: Approximately 8 km round trip Elevation: 424 metres Duration: 2–3 hours Difficulty: Easy to moderate If you want epic views for relatively low effort, I would suggest the Laguna Capri hike. It leads you to a gorgeous azure lake with Mount Fitz Roy standing proud in the background. It's something straight out of a postcard. I remember feeling it should require more effort to earn such epic views! This is a very doable hike for those with limited time or seeking a less strenuous option. The trail is around 8 kilometres round-trip and takes 2 to 3 hours to complete. The Laguna Capri trail shares its initial stretch with the Laguna de los Tres hike. In fact, the day we hiked to Laguna de los Tres, we had only planned to go as far as Laguna Capri! However, we arrived relatively early and were feeling strong, so we decided to continue on. But had we not, the plan was to spend the day lakeside and soak in the views. This is also a great picnic spot; we had already eaten most of our lunch by the time we got here, but it's a great place to linger. I would say this is an excellent hike for families, beginner hikers, or even those acclimatizing for longer treks. 7. Glaciar Huemul Distance: Approximately 3 km round trip Elevation: 211 metres Duration: 1.5–2 hours Difficulty: Easy Hiking to Glaciar Huemul requires renting a car or arranging some form of transportation since this trail is an hour's drive north of El Chaltén. The trailhead is near the Lago del Desierto Campground on the south shore of the lake. The hike to Glaciar Huemul is a short 3 kilometres round-trip that takes just 1.5 to 2 hours. The trail offers views of Lago del Desierto, Cordón del Bosque, the north face of Cerro Chaltén, and the Río de las Vueltas Valley. The trail winds uphill through a private reserve and features mossy forest, wooden bridges, and crystal-clear streams. Though it’s a short hike, the ascent is steady and can be slippery after rain. At the top, hikers are rewarded with a spectacular view of the hanging Huemul Glacier spilling down a cliff face into a turquoise lagoon below. This is a great half-day adventure if you're after glacier views without the effort of a full-day trek. 8. Laguna Azul Distance: 5 km round trip Elevation gain: 80-100 m Duration: 2 hours Difficulty: Easy Laguna Azul translates to 'Blue Lagoon' and it's an easy trek that starts 17 kilometres north of El Chalten. Tucked within the private reserve of Estancia Los Huemules, the trail to Laguna Azul offers a peaceful contrast to the busier routes inside Los Glaciares National Park. The hike starts from the reserve’s visitor center and winds through lenga forest, crossing a footbridge over the Río Diablo before gaining some gentle elevation. Near the end, the path skirts a small waterfall and includes a final creek crossing before arriving at a crystal-clear lagoon framed by forest and rugged hills. If you wish to press on, a short ridge walk beyond Laguna Azul leads to Laguna Verde, offering views of Fitz Roy’s north face peeking behind Cerro Eléctrico. Because Laguna Azul sits in a private reserve, the hike requires an entrance fee. Last season, the price was 28,000 ARS ($20 USD) per person, but you can check their current rates on their website. On the bright side, you can tackle 5 different hikes within the nature reserve. Moderate Hikes in El Chaltén These intermediate trails are longer and involve more elevation gain, but remain accessible to most fit hikers. They can be done as half-day or full-day trips. You can easily squeeze a couple of these into your itinerary, even if you only have 3 days in El Chalten. 9. El Paredón Distance: 3.7 kilometres Elevation: 299 metres Duration: 1.5 hours Difficulty: Moderate If you want to enjoy views of El Chalten without the crowds, I think the trek to El Paredón is a wonderful alternative. The name El Paredón literally translates to 'the wall', referring to the massive rock wall that overlooks the Las Vueltas River. In fact, during our first day in El Chaltén, my husband and I noticed that there were loads of rock climbers going up the paredón. We did the Costanera walk along the riverside just so that we could watch them in action! However, it's also possible to go up. The trail starts on the east end of town as soon as you cross the bridge over the Las Vueltas River. The trail then immediately heads south along the river's edge and slowly winds north again as you begin the ascent to the top of the rock wall. While this is considered a moderate hike in terms of difficulty, it does get steeper the further you go, with the final ascent being the steepest. It's a mostly dirt trail and is slippery in some sections, so expect a bit of scrambling. The reward is the view of the town below, the Las Vueltas River, and the peaks of Fitz Roy off in the horizon. The El Paredón hike is a nice option to catch sunrise or sunset. Just be prepared for it to be windy up there! Consider this a warm-up hike for some of the bigger treks in El Chalten. 10. Cerro Torre Distance: 17.5 km round trip Elevation: 571 metres Duration: 6–8 hours Difficulty: Moderate The hike to Cerro Torre is one of those classic treks in El Chaltén that you can’t skip. It's also known as the Laguna Torre hike since it brings you to the lagoon at the base of the mountain. Cerro Torre is actually the tallest in a chain of four that also includes Torre Egger, Punta Herron, and Cerro Standhardt. Pretty epic lineup, right? The full hike is about 17.5 kilometres round trip. Most people take around 6 to 7 hours to do it, but of course, it depends on how fast you walk and what the trail is like that day (parts can get pretty muddy). Difficulty-wise, it’s considered moderately challenging. The trail kicks off through a gorgeous valley, and along the way, you’ll spot some waterfalls. The steepest part of the climb happens right at the start, but once you get to around kilometre 3.5, things flatten out, which makes it easier to find a rhythm and cover more ground at a steady pace. One of the things that kept us going on this trail was the fact that we could see Torre Glacier in the distance - it felt like the glacier was cheering us on. Plus, the route kept things interesting: we wandered through forests, along a river, and the scenery was always changing. The big reward came at the end when we reached the viewpoint over Laguna Torre, a glacial lake sitting right at the base of Cerro Torre. Sometimes there are little icebergs floating around, and with that mountain backdrop, it’s a dream spot for photos. The only bummer for us was that by the time we got there, clouds had rolled in and covered Cerro Torre, so we missed that postcard-perfect view. If you’ve still got some energy once you hit Laguna Torre, you can keep going a bit further to Mirador Maestri. From there, you get even better views of the Torre Glacier. 11. Loma del Pliegue Tumbado Distance: Approximately 20 km round trip Elevation: 1132 metres Duration: 7–9 hours Difficulty: Moderate to challenging If you’re looking for a hike in El Chaltén that’s a bit less crowded than the super popular ones like Laguna de los Tres or Laguna Torre, then Loma del Pliegue Tumbado is a solid choice. The trail starts right at the Visitor Center (same spot as Mirador de Los Cóndores and Mirador de Las Águilas), but instead of going left, you’ll see a marker pointing you to the right. The path takes you through patches of forest, and then you come out onto this wide-open flat area called Pampa de las Carretas. From there, the climb continues, and you eventually hike past the timberline. The last stretch is definitely the toughest; it’s steep, you gain elevation fast, and there are switchbacks with loose rock that keep you on your toes. But honestly, the views at the top make all of it worth it. At the summit, you get this jaw-dropping 360-degree panorama of the whole area: Mount Fitz Roy, Cerro Torre, Lake Viedma, Cerro Huemul, and even the Río Túnel Valley. Of course, those views are earned via an elevation gain of nearly 1,000 meters. The big joke with this hike is that “The only time you don’t go up is when you go down!” You've been warned. 12. Piedra del Fraile Distance: 14 km round-trip Elevation: 262 metres Time: 4–5 hours Difficulty: Moderate The hike to Piedra Frail is one of those that requires transportation. It starts 17 kilometres outside of El Chalten; the trailhead is at the Río Eléctrico bridge on Provincial Route 41. That means you'll need to rent a car, arrange a taxi or join a guided hiking tour that provides transportation. The hike gets its name from the piedra or boulder that was dumped in the valley by the glacier. The trail starts off in an open area, goes through shrubbery, and then enters the lenga forest, but it always stays close to the Electric River. Piedra del Fraile has a small campsite and refuge that acts as the first overnight stop for hikers who are tackling bigger hikes to Pollone Lagoon, the Marconi Glacier or the Paso del Cuadrado. Keep in mind that these are more challenging hikes that require special equipment and more technical experience, so you'll want to consult with the National Parks Administration before heading out. 13. Piedras Blancas Difficulty: Moderate Elevation gain: 230–300 metres Distance: 13.2 km (there are variants depending on route) Time: 3.5 to 4 hours round-trip  The Piedras Blancas trail, often called Mirador Piedras Blancas or Glaciar Piedras Blancas Viewpoint, is a quieter glacier-view alternative to the main Fitz Roy treks. Starting from the bridge over the Río Blanco (near El Pilar / Route 41), the route first passes through forests and follows the river corridor before rising gently toward a viewpoint overlooking the Piedras Blancas Glacier. Along the way, you pass through lenga woods, cross into Los Glaciares National Park, and enjoy views of Cerro Eléctrico and parts of the Fitz Roy massif. Because this trail branches off and intersects with parts of the Laguna de los Tres route, many hikers integrate it as a side excursion rather than a standalone hike. The glacier itself sits around 2,000 metres away from the viewpoint, and you may see icefalls and glacier ice movement on clear days. Difficult Hikes in El Chaltén These challenging hikes involve long distances, steep ascents, and more technical terrain. Perfect for seasoned trekkers seeking Patagonia’s most iconic vistas. 14. Laguna de los Tres Distance: Approximately 22 km round trip Elevation: 1053 metres Duration: 8–10 hours Difficulty: Challenging The hike to Laguna de los Tres is hands down one of the most spectacular day treks in El Chaltén, and it honestly lives up to the hype. This was the first big hike that we tackled on our visit, and we started out with a bang! The name actually means “Lagoon of the Three,” and it’s a nod to those three peaks: Fitz Roy (3,405 m), Poincenot (3,002 m), and Saint-Exupéry (2,558 m). Now, just a heads up: this isn’t a casual stroll, so you’re looking at a full-on trekking day. Most people take 8 to 10 hours, depending on pace and fitness. It’s definitely a challenging one, not only because of the distance, but also because the final kilometres culminate in a steep and strenuous ascent that climbs 400 meters. Trekking poles? Highly recommended. I’ll be honest, during that final kilometre, I seriously considered turning around. I was so tired, and the climb ahead seemed unending. It was the encouragement from hikers coming down telling us, “Don’t give up, it’s so worth it!” that kept us going. Once we finally made it over the ridge, I understood what they meant. You’re rewarded with this stunning glacial lagoon framed by a glacier and massive granite peaks. The lagoon was this perfect deep blue, the glacier snaked down the mountain, and clouds drifted dramatically over Mount Fitz Roy and the surrounding peaks. It was one of those jaw-dropping moments where all the pain of the trek just melted away. Sam and I huddled behind a big boulder to escape the wind, pulled out what was left of our packed lunch, and just sat there soaking in the view until it was time to face the steep descent and long walk back to El Chaltén. I’ll be honest, Laguna de los Tres isn’t for everyone; it’s demanding and long, but if you’re up for the challenge, the payoff is unforgettable. It's one of the best Patagonia hikes for the views alone! Multi-day Hikes in El Chalten 15. Huemul Circuit Distance: 65 km loop Elevation: 2,838 metres Time: 4 days Difficulty: Very Difficult If you're a hardcore hiker and you're looking to challenge yourself in El Chalten with a multi-day trek, then consider the Huemul Circuit. Let me be very clear, this trip is NOT for beginners! The route involves river crossings, unpredictably windy mountain passes, a scree field, an ever-changing glacier and even two Tyrolean traverses. Not only do you need adequate gear, but you also need the experience to navigate the demanding terrain. The rewards are the views of the South Patagonian Ice Field, the world's third-largest ice field (after those in Antarctica and Greenland) and aside from getting on a helicopter, this is the only way to see it! The Huemules trek is typically completed in 4 days and 3 nights. However, it's important to keep in mind that this is a weather-dependent trek that can and will get cancelled if the winds are deemed too strong - this is especially important on days 2 and 3. I would recommend reading this detailed first-hand account of the trek so you know what to expect. Updated: Hiking Fees in El Chaltén NOTE: As of October 2024, Los Glaciares National Park, which encompasses most of the popular hiking trails out of El Chaltén, has introduced a mandatory entrance fee (view current rates here). If you visited El Chaltén when hiking was free, like I did, you may be in for a bit of a surprise on your return visit. New fees have been introduced, and these are supposed to fund trail maintenance and conservation efforts, helping ensure the region stays pristine for future visitors. However, the prices are a bit steep! Note that these are the rates for foreign visitors, which are listed as 'general admission'. If you are a national visitor or a provincial resident of Santa Cruz, the fees are much lower. 1‑day pass - 45,000 ARS ($45 USD)  3‑day pass - 90,000 ARS ($90 USD) 7‑day pass - 157,500 ARS ($157 USD) These passes can be purchased online in advance or at one of the entry gates near trailheads around El Chaltén. Note that not all trails require fees. For instance, hikes outside the park remain free of charge. However, most people come to El Chaltén to tackle the famous trails!  Some travellers also report they can avoid paying by starting hikes before 7 a.m. or after 6 p.m., when control booths at the trailheads are unstaffed, though this shouldn’t be relied on as a strategy. Final Tips for Hiking in El Chaltén Hit the trails early. Start early for the best light, fewer crowds, and increased wildlife sightings. Many of El Chaltén’s hikes are most beautiful at sunrise or early morning, when the peaks of Fitz Roy and Cerro Torre glow orange and pink. Starting early not only improves your chances of seeing wildlife like condors or foxes but also helps you avoid strong afternoon winds and trail congestion. Most trails start in town. All hikes start in or near town, so you can base yourself in one spot without needing transport. One of the great advantages of El Chaltén is its compact layout; once you get to town, nearly all major trailheads are accessible on foot. This means you can stay in a central hotel and still walk to every hike, no car or shuttle needed. That is, unless you're tackling some hikes outside the park or in private nature reserves. Check the weather before each hike. The weather in Patagonia is famously unpredictable and can change quite rapidly. Clear skies in the morning can turn into rain, wind, or snow within hours. Always check the day’s forecast at your accommodation or the visitor center before setting out. Use Windguru to see the wind forecast. Strong winds are a defining feature of the region, especially in the afternoon. Local hikers and guides use Windguru to get detailed wind forecasts. It's a great tool to know if your hike will be breezy or a battle. We also found this website super helpful when booking our day excursions in El Calafate, especially our glacier boat tour, because we wanted good weather that day! Pack the essentials in your day pack. Bring layers, sunscreen, snacks, and water for every hike - even the short ones. Weather conditions can change dramatically throughout the day, so dress in layers and pack essentials like a windbreaker, gloves, and sun protection. Even on short hikes, it's best to be prepared. Camping is allowed in designated sites. If you're planning to do multi-day hikes, there are designated backcountry campsites such as Campamento Poincenot and Campamento De Agostini. These sites have basic amenities and are first-come, first-served. Bring your own gear and follow Leave No Trace principles. Rent gear in El Chaltén. Don’t worry if you didn’t pack trekking poles or a tent. El Chaltén has several outdoor outfitters where you can rent everything from sleeping bags to camp stoves. Build in recovery days. If you're building an itinerary, mix a few easy day hikes for recovery days with one or two major treks like Laguna de los Tres or Laguna Torre. We could not move after tackling our first 20+ kilometre hike; we needed a full day to sleep, stretch and hobble around! Other people like to treat themselves to a fancy dome stay as a reward for completing all their hikes. The choice is yours. Don't bypass El Calafate Once you're done trekking in El Chalten, be sure to spend a few days in El Calafate. This town sits on the south end of Los Glaciares National Park, and this section of the park has a series of trails and boardwalks where you can see glaciers and icebergs, the most famous of them all being the Perito Moreno Glacier. It's a completely different experience! You can find my complete El Calafate travel guide to help you plan your visit. #### Visiting Estancia El Ombú de Areco | A Gaucho Tour from Buenos Aires Want to enjoy an estancia day and gaucho tour from Buenos Aires? Here's our experience visiting Estancia El Ombú de Areco and why you may enjoy it too! No trip to Argentina would be complete without a taste of the gaucho experience. But what do you do if you're only planning to visit the city of Buenos Aires? Well, fret not, because enjoying an estancia day and visiting the pampas is something that can easily be arranged on a day trip from Buenos Aires! There are many estancias near Buenos Aires and fortunately for you, some of them welcome visitors for the day and even overnight. Estancia El Ombú de Areco runs an estancia day and gaucho tour program where you can spend the whole day at a countryside ranch horseback riding, enjoying an Argentine barbecue, and learning about gaucho culture and traditions. We recently spent a few days in San Antonio de Areco, the town known as the cradle of gaucho culture, which is where Estancia El Ombú de Areco is located and it was one of the highlights of our visit! This day tour to Estancia El Ombu de Areco is a best-seller! It includes transportation to and from Buenos Aires, a town tour of San Antonio de Areco with a guide, horseback riding, a traditional Argentine BBQ, live folklore music and dancing, and a gaucho horse-whispering demonstration. This tour has over 800+ reviews and 5 stars. Visiting Estancia El Ombú de Areco While there are many things to do in San Antonio de Areco, the activity we were most looking forward to was an estancia day trip where we could enjoy the countryside and learn more about the gaucho culture. We spent several days in the town of San Antonio de Areco (we even stayed at an estancia just a short walk from the centre of town!), however, on our last day we decided to visit the most famous estancia around: El Ombú de Areco. Estancia El Ombú de Areco is located on the outskirts of town and it is a working estancia that has also been welcoming guests since 1993. Their Día de Campo or 'Countryside Day' program is one of the more popular tour offerings in the area. It's a full day gaucho tour where you spend the day at the estancia and it's also a fun day trip from Buenos Aires. Since we were already in the area, we booked this gaucho day tour directly through the estancia and organized our own transportation there, however, if you're coming from the city, you can book this estancia day tour from Buenos Aires which includes your transportation there and back plus a visit to several landmarks in the town of San Antonio de Areco. Now without further ado, I'm going to tell you all about our estancia day at El Ombú de Areco so you know exactly what to expect! A brief history of the estancia As soon as we arrived at Estancia El Ombú de Areco, we were greeted by a member of the staff who shared a brief history; we learned the estancia dates back to 1880 and that it's been in the hands of the Boelcke Family since 1934. The estancia stretches out over 300 hectares, which are divided between grazing cattle and agricultural land. They have 350 heads of Aberdeen Angus livestock, and their fields are planted with soy, corn, wheat and oats depending on the time of year. As for the name, Estancia El Ombú de Areco is named after the ombú tree, which we were surprised to learn isn't even a tree! This tree-like plant is actually a type of bush that grows in the pampas and requires very little water to thrive. If you knock on the trunk, it sounds hollow, and the branches are quite soft and spongy to the touch. This makes the ombu capable of storing water within itself, which protects it from both droughts and wildfires that can occur in the plains. And can we take a moment to appreciate the size of the ombú and the amount of shade it provides? This is why gauchos revere it. Welcome drinks and empanadas After that fascinating introduction to Estancia El Ombú de Areco, we were offered a welcome snack: an empanada and a beverage of our choice. If you're new to Argentina, an empanada is a savoury pastry that can have numerous fillings, however, the classic is ground beef. It can be baked or fried (in my opinion, fried is best as it enhances the flavours!) and it can be served as an appetizer or as a meal. I'm happy to report that the empanadas at the estancia were fried, juicy and absolutely delicious. We each had two, but I could've honestly devoured half a dozen. We were also offered drinks and were able to choose from wine, beer, soda, water or juice. Horseback riding or a carriage ride Once we had a snack in our bellies, it was time for the first activity: a choice between a horseback ride or a carriage ride. We've done a lot of horseback riding in Argentina (our most ambitious expedition was crossing Cordoba's Sierras Chicas on horseback!), so this time around, we opted for a carriage ride since it's something we hadn't done before. The carriage is locally known as a sulky or carruaje and it's a small lightweight cart pulled by a single horse. Our carriage ride was enjoyable but brief. Those who opted to go horseback riding enjoyed an in-depth tour of the estancia grounds, however, we'd had a lot of rain just before our visit, which explains why we couldn't venture too far with the carriage. Keep that in mind when making your selection! Traditional Argentine BBQ lunch Next up, it was time for lunch! Part of the estancia day experience is that you get to enjoy a traditional Argentine BBQ, locally known as an asado. Sam and I went investigating and asked to visit the parrilla where they were grilling the meat. The traditional way of grilling in Argentina is by making a wood fire to one side and then taking the coals as they form and sliding those underneath the grill. The lunch setting was beautiful - the high ceilings, the colonial floor tiles, the balcony and columns covered in ivy. The tables were set up all along the terrace for al fresco dining, so we still had protection in case of rain. Every table had a bottle of Malbec wine, and the grilled meat was the star of the meal. We got to try chorizo, morcilla, and various cuts of beef, chicken and pork. This was accompanied by multiple salads and side dishes, including a tomato, lettuce and cucumber salad; a carrot, corn and egg salad; and potatoes au gratin. The food was abundant! The waiters kept walking by with trays of meat, offering us new cuts fresh off the grill to the point where we had to decline. For dessert, we opted for flan with dulce de leche, a classic Argentine dessert. It was the perfect way to end a feast of a meal! Note: The estancia can accommodate vegetarians, vegans and celiacs, however, you must let them know of your food restrictions at the time of your booking. Live folklore music and dancing I should mention that halfway through lunch, musicians set up on the terrace and we got to enjoy live folklore music or música gaucha. This paved the way nicely because, by the time we were done with dessert, we were invited to come and learn one of the traditional folklore dances. At this point, most tables had already consumed their bottle of wine, so everyone was feeling extra jovial and uninhibited - in fact, not a single guest declined dancing! Having spent part of my childhood in Argentina, the music and dances brought back lots of memories since we used to learn these at school and perform them for special dates and assemblies, so it was fun to relive the experience. Doma India or horse whispering Then, it was time for the doma india or horse whispering. The bond between a gaucho and his horse is truly something special and this is one of the things you get to witness on this estancia day tour from Buenos Aires. The true gaucho's approach to taming a horse is a gentle one built on trust. "Around 1600, the Indigenous people of Argentina discovered horses and soon created their own method to tame them, completely void of outside influence. They demonstrated an uncanny ability to gently train their horses which surprised the Conquistadores, who underestimated them and in general treated them with contempt." History of Indian Dressage via Areco Tradition During the demonstration, we got to see how a gaucho calmed his horse and moved him into various positions without any force or struggle. The horse lay down on its side, then on its back, and also put its legs up in the air. We all sat in a semi-circle and watched as the horse melted from one position to the next, following the gaucho's guidance. It's important to be very quiet during the doma india to not startle the horse. We were asked not to make any noise, sudden movements or even use the flash on our cameras. Free time at the estancia If you're visiting the estancia on a day tour, this is probably where your tour ends. However, because we had booked directly through the estancia, we still had a bit more time to enjoy the grounds. For those visiting during the summer months, bring your bathing suit and a towel because the estancia lets you make use of their swimming pool. You'll likely be craving a dip during a hot summer's day in the pampas! We visited a bit later in the season, so it wasn't swimming weather, but we still had lots of different activities to keep us busy. The estancia has soccer fields, volleyball courts, pool tables, ping pong tables, mini foosball, sun loungers and more. We befriended the estancia dogs, then plopped ourselves on a lounger in the shade and enjoyed an afternoon siesta. An afternoon snack and farewell Finally, it was time for merienda which is a light afternoon meal. I can't say we were the least bit hungry after the copious lunch we had, however, that didn't stop us from accepting a small dessert. We opted for lemon squares and a beverage out on the lounge chairs. It was a nice way to end our day at the estancia and bid San Antonio de Areco farewell before travelling back to Buenos Aires. Booking your tour to El Ombú de Areco As I mentioned earlier, because we were already staying in San Antonio de Areco, we booked this estancia day and gaucho tour directly through El Ombú de Areco. We arranged everything via WhatsApp (this is commonly done in Argentina) but alternatively, you can send them an email via their contact form. Because we booked directly, this does mean we were responsible for arranging our own transportation to and from the estancia. As a heads up, half of the drive is on paved roads and the second half is on dirt roads. We booked a taxi and arranged a time for drop off and pick up. However, because it had rained quite heavily for days leading up to our visit, the dirt roads were intransitable. The estancia coordinated a meeting point where the pavement ends and then they sent one of their own drivers in a pickup truck that would be able to handle the mud. If you're booking the estancia day tour from Buenos Aires, you won't need to worry about transportation since hotel pick-up and drop-off are included. https://youtu.be/nN49lCXB4as Final thoughts on the gaucho tour We loved this gaucho day tour! The staff at Estancia El Ombú de Areco are super attentive and thoughtful. We've done a lot of estancia day tours (like this one in El Calafate) and overnight estancia stays across Argentina and I can honestly say this one was a notch above the rest. The Día de Campo itinerary had a good pace; there were plenty of activities to fill the day but it wasn't so much that we were exhausted at the end of it all. The combination of horseback riding or carriage rides, a leisurely BBQ meal on the terrace, live folklore music and dancing, and the gaucho horse demonstration were just perfect. At the end of the day, we got to experience a wonderful day in the countryside, learn about gaucho culture and traditions, and it was a nice change of scenery from Buenos Aires. There's a reason why this tour has 5 stars and over 800 reviews, so I would highly recommend it! #### Visiting Los Alerces National Park on a Day Trip from Esquel! Los Alerces National Park is one of the most epic day trips you can do from Esquel! Located in the Andes mountains in the majestic Province of Chubut, Los Alerces National Park is made up of a chain of interconnected rivers and lakes that weave their way through ancient forests. Highlights include a boat ride on waters that shift from emerald to turquoise, seeing glaciers hanging from the mountain tops, and coming face to face with the second-longest living tree species in the world - the alerce which earns the park its name! Los Alerces National Park was declared a UNESCO Natural World Heritage Site in 2017 in order to protect the most extensive forest of alerce trees in Argentina. Los Alerces National Park is the kind of place that takes your breath away with its natural beauty, and it's definitely worth a spot on your northern Patagonia travel itinerary. This full-day tour to Los Alerces National Park from Esquel visits the cave paintings, the Interpretation Museum, Puerto Limonao, Irigoyen Waterfall, and many other picturesque spots along the way. Getting to Los Alerces National Park By car If you want to explore Los Alerces National Park at your own pace, the best way to do so is by renting a car. This can be done in Esquel, which is the biggest town in proximity to the park. You'll want to take Ruta Nacional 259 and then turn right on Ruta Provincial 71 to continue heading north towards the park. From Esquel, it is 30 minutes until you reach the boundaries of the park, however, you'll have to drive 1 hour and 30 minutes to reach the centre of the park (the area around Pasarela Rio Arrayanes), which is the starting point for many tours and activities. By bus You can also take a bus from Esquel to Los Alerces National Park. However, since we were visiting during low season, there was only one daily bus with Transportes Esquel leaving in the early morning and returning in the evening. We made sure to arrive at the bus terminal 1 hour ahead of departure to make sure we could get seats on the bus since you can’t reserve tickets ahead of time and once they’re gone, they’re gone. It's also imperative that you buy return tickets so that the bus driver will save you a seat on the journey back. There were some people who only paid for a one-way fare, and then the bus was full on the way back! The only options were to hitchhike, try to get a taxi, or spend the night. Tours to Los Alerces National Park A guided tour is a great way to experience Los Alerces National Park and thankfully there are plenty of options to choose from depending on your interests. Los Alerces Half-Day Tour - This is a 4-hour tour where you visit some of the park highlights like Villa Futalaufquen, the Interpretive Museum, cave paintings, Puerto Limonao and Irigoyen Waterfall. Los Alerces Full-Day Tour - This is a 9-hour tour where you do all of the above, plus you drive to another section of the park to see the Arrayanes River, Menendez River, the Solitary Lahuan, Puerto Chucao and more. Bosque de Alerces Milenarios with Glaxiar - This is a boat tour of Lake Menendez followed by a hike to see the ancient alerce trees - it's the tour we did! Trek to Torrecillas Glacier with Glaxiar - This is a hike through the forest to the base of the glacier (this is the only tour operator that offers this excursion). Kayaking in Los Alerces with Kayak Soul - This tour operator offers day excursions within the park as well as longer kayaking expeditions. The thing to keep in mind is that certain tours may offer transportation from Esquel, while others require that you make your own way to the park. So make sure you know how you're getting there before you book your excursion! Our visit to Los Alerces National Park Out of all the excursions available at Los Alerces National Park, we opted for the one that included a boat ride on Lake Menendez followed by a hike to visit the oldest-known alerce tree in the park, so that's the experience we will be sharing. Hike to Puerto Chucao Since the particular tour we chose didn't include a transfer, we asked our bus driver to drop us off at Pasarela Rio Arrayanes. From this point, we had a 20-minute walk ahead of us to reach Puerto Chucao where our tour was departing from. The walk was beautiful! First, we went over a suspension bridge that crosses the Arrayanes River, where we got to see the most incredible gem-coloured waters that went from teal to turquoise to emerald. It was such a scenic walk, the kind that tempts you to stop for a photo every ten steps, but we had to keep the pace in order to make it to the starting point of our tour. We eventually reached Puerto Chucao (with time to spare!), and this is where we met our guide and boarded the boat. Boat tour of Lake Menéndez Much like the walk over to the port, the scenery on the boat tour was incredible! There were forested mountains everywhere we looked and we even got to see the Torrecillas Glacier (you can trek up to the glacier but that's a different excursion offered by Glaxiar). We had ideal weather that day so we were able to go out on the boat's top deck and enjoy the views. We cruised the full length of Lake Menendez soaking in the views until we reached the tip of the north arm. The journey was about an hour and a half in length, and then we disembarked in Puerto Sagrario for the next part of the tour: hiking to the millenary alerce trees! Seeing millenary alerce trees The main draw to Los Alerces National Park is the alerce forest which sits in a protected area that can only be accessed by authorized boat tours. The alerce tree is known as lahuán meaning 'grandfather' in the Mapuche language, or Fitzroya cupressoides. It grows in the Valdivian temperate rain forests below the higher elevations of the Andes in both Argentina and Chile. These trees can grow from sea level up to 1,500 meters above sea level, and though they are slow-growth trees, they can reach heights of 40-60 meters though some 70-metre trees have also been documented. An interesting fact about the alerce tree is that it only grows between 0.6 to 1.6 millimetres per year, so they are able to tell a tree's age based on its width. These trees are one of the longest living species in the world; in this park, you have one that is 2,700 years old and over in Chile there are some over 3,600 years old. From the port, we embarked on a 2.2-kilometre hike with an elevation gain of 70 metres over the course of the walk. The hike was a mix of forest trails and boardwalks with some steps in the sections with more uneven terrain. It was a loop, so we ended at the same spot where we began - in front of the Grandfather Alerce. We then returned back to Puerto Chucao. We still had two and a half hours before we needed to catch our bus, so we set out to explore a bit more of the park. We hiked to Lago Verde on our way to the meeting point where we waited for our bus back to Esquel! Is visiting Los Alerces worth it? Yes, 100%! This was one of our favourite day trips from Esquel, and in fact, we enjoyed the park so much that we have since revisited it on other trips to Patagonia. This park can also be accessed from the north end via El Bolsón, so we've seen quite a bit of the park since our first visit. That being said, this excursion combining a boat tour of Lake Menendez and a hike to see the millenary trees remains our favourite way to experience the park. It's one of the must-see places in Patagonia and well worth the journey. The ancient alerce forest cannot be reached on foot, so this tour is the only way to see them up close. Plus since the group size is limited, it feels a lot more intimate. Once you board the boat it's just you and your small group and it feels like you have the whole Valdivian forest to yourself! So if you find yourself travelling in northern Patagonia, yes, make time for Parque Nacional Los Alerces. You won't be disappointed. And if you're sticking around Esquel for a few days, don't miss out on trips to the Welsh town of Trevelin, a train ride aboard the Old Patagonian Express, the strange standing rock at Piedra Parada, Butch Cassidy's ranch in Cholila and the small towns and villages of the Comarca Andina. The Province of Chubut has a lot to offer! #### Visiting the End of the World Post Office in Ushuaia Sending mail from the End of the World Post Office was something I knew I wanted to do during my visit to Ushuaia! Ushuaia is the southernmost city in the world and it really relishes its status. It's right here at the very bottom of Patagonia that you'll also find the post office at the End of the World, ride the train at the End of the World, and tour the prison at the End of the World. Talk about ticking off bucket list items! In this blog post, we're going to focus on how you can visit the End of the World Post Office, send some postcards, and get your passport stamped with an End of the World stamp. Because if you're making it all the way to the bottom of the Earth, you may as well relish the achievement! Where is the End of the World Post Office? The post office at the end of the world is located in Tierra del Fuego National Park in Ushuaia, Argentina. It's only an 11-kilometre drive from the city of Ushuaia to the park's entrance and there are a variety of ways to get there. You can catch a shuttle from the Ushuaia Bus Terminal, you can take a taxi, or you can visit the park as part of a guided tour. Once you reach the park and have paid your admission fee, you follow the main road (Ruta 3), and then turn left on the dirt road that leads to the trailhead for Senda Costera, or the Coastal Path. Right at the edge of the water on Bahía Ensenada Zaratiegui is where you'll find the End of the World Post Office! If you have the time, you can spend the whole day in the park and hike after visiting the post office. That's exactly what we did but more on that later! If you're pressed for time, this half-day tour to Tierra del Fuego National Park might be a good idea. This 4-5 hour tour includes a visit to the southernmost post office for a stamp, a quick hike to Lago Roca, and a visit to Bahía Lapataia where the Panamerican Highway ends. Sending mail from the End of the World Made of corrugated metal and wood, this tiny post office sits atop a pier on the shores of the Beagle Channel and it’s the last chance to send mail before reaching Antarctica. The post office at the end of the world is super cozy with a wood-burning stove, an all-wood interior and a skylight. The exterior is plastered in stickers from travellers who’ve reached this place from all over the globe, and inside the walls are covered in postcards, maps, magnets and currencies from faraway lands. There can be long lines at the post office at the End of the World if you happen to be there at the same time as a tour bus. In that case, there will usually be a long line that stretches out of the post office, but it does move fairly quickly. To give you an idea of prices for mailing a postcard, we paid the equivalent of $4.40 USD for international postage and we were told it would take around 20 days for the postcard to arrive. And yes, it did make it all the way to Canada! Where can I get a passport stamped in Ushuaia? Aside from sending mail, you can also get your passport stamped at the post office at the end of the world. Getting your passport stamped costs the equivalent of $2.50 USD in pesos, and you get a collection of stamps that fill one passport page. During my visit, I was given a sticker commemorating Carlos de Lorenzo, the postman at the end of the world, whose post office was at one point located on Isla Redonda 2 kilometres from shore. Next was a double stamp featuring a penguin next to a postbox which read 'Correo del Fin del Mundo Ushuaia, Argentina' which translates to 'Post Office at the End of the World Ushuaia, Argentina'. There was a little penguin wearing a scarf and a hat next to that one. There was another stamp that read 'Argentina' with a small Argentine flag next to it. And lastly, a stamp with the date of my visit. But fret not if you can't reach the Post Office at the End of the World during your stay in Ushuaia, because there are two more ways to get your passport stamped! You can go to the Tourist Office in Ushuaia just east of the pier where boat excursions depart from, or you can also get a stamp during your Beagle Channel cruise (crew members come around with a stamp and anybody who wants one can get one). Hiking in Tierra del Fuego National Park After visiting the End of the World Post Office, sending postcards and getting our stamps, we decided to spend the rest of the day hiking in Tierra del Fuego National Park. I mean, we were already there! We hiked the Senda Costera, which is the coastal trail that starts at Bahía Ensenada Zaratiegui directly west of the post office. This trail hugs the coastline and runs past numerous coves and beaches, with plenty of opportunities for bird watching along the way. We'd recommend packing a picnic because there are lots of nice places to stop along the way! It takes anywhere between 3-4 hours to hike the Senda Costera and it's considered medium-level difficulty. The trail ends in Alakush, which is where the Visitor's Centre is located and inside there's a cafeteria where you can celebrate completing the hike with a cup of coffee and a slice of cake! This is also where the shuttle back to Ushuaia departs from, so it's the ideal place to end your hike. And that's our guide to visiting the End of the World Post Office in Ushuaia. Now you know how to get there, how to send mail, how to get a stamp, and where to hike. That takes care of one full day of your Ushuaia travel itinerary! You can get more ideas of fun tours in Ushuaia and find some handy travel tips here. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o46pE_9jeJM&t=1s #### What's the Best Perito Moreno Glacier Tour? Looking for the best Perito Moreno Glacier tours? You've come to the right place! Taking a Perito Moreno Glacier tour is a must-do activity for anyone visiting El Calafate! This is one of the few advancing glaciers in the world and it is a behemoth that is fed by the Southern Patagonian Ice Field, the third-largest reserve of fresh water on Earth. The Perito Moreno Glacier is located in Los Glaciares National Park in Argentina's Santa Cruz Province, and it's one of the most important tourist attractions in all of Patagonia. The national park itself is a UNESCO World Heritage Site recognizing its exceptional natural beauty and importance. The glacier itself covers an area of 250 km², is 30 kilometres long, and the ice reaches a depth of up to 170 meters. It is one of 48 glaciers that are fed by the Southern Patagonian Ice Field! The magnitude of this glacier is hard to put into words, but it moved me to tears and I count standing in front of the glacier as one of the highlights of my travels across Patagonia. In fact, I enjoyed my experience seeing Perito Moreno Glacier by boat so much, that I went back to Los Glaciares National Park a second time to see the glacier again from a different perspective. The thing about visiting Perito Moreno Glacier is that you can experience it in so many different ways and it's almost a little hard to choose because each option is more epic than the last! You can see the glacier by boat, by kayak, on an ice trek or from the boardwalks and balconies in the national park. Experiencing the glacier is one of the best things to do in El Calafate and we're going to help you choose the best Perito Moreno Glacier tour for you. Let's get started! My Top 3 Picks: Perito Moreno Glacier Tour #1 Top Pick ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ Boat Tour to the Glaciers ✅ See multiple glaciers ✅ Sail past icebergs ✅ Guided hike #2 Pick Perito Moreno Mini Trekking on Glacier ✅ Trek on a glacier ✅ Boat ride ✅ Explore boardwalks #3 Pick Glacier Kayaking Tour ✅ Kayak by the glacier ✅ Explore boardwalks and balconies ✅ Includes snack and lunch Best Perito Moreno Glacier Tour 1. Boat Tour to the Glaciers ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 10-12 hours | ✅ Book it! I'm starting off with my personal favourite: a full-day boat tour of the glaciers in Los Glaciares National Park. The beauty of this tour is that you not only visit the Perito Moreno Glacier, but also the other glaciers in the park. This is something that can only be done by boat, as you need to cruise the waters of Lago Argentino to reach the other glaciers. During this glaciers boat tour, we got to see Spegazzini Glacier, which rises 135 meters above sea level; Upsala Glacier, which measures 53 kilometres in length; and, of course, Perito Moreno Glacier, which is the most famous glacier in Argentina. Just to name a few! Other highlights included seeing glacial waterfalls cascading down the mountains, fishing chunks of icebergs from the lake (for drinks), and disembarking at Puesto de las Vacas for a guided hike. We had beautiful weather with sunshine and blue skies, so we spent most of the day out on the deck ohh-ing and ahh-ing at the landscapes around us and relishing the icy air every time we got close to a glacier. This tour is called Glaciers Gourmet and you travel aboard Maria Turquesa. We opted for the basic option, which includes a packed gourmet lunch box, however, you can also choose the premium tasting menu, which is a more high-end experience that also gives you access to a private deck. This excursion was our big splurge of the trip, but we were so happy to do it! It exceeded our expectations. PROS: Visit multiple glaciers by boat Sail past icebergs Disembark for a guided hike "FANTASTIC what a terrific, organized , efficient and super friendly tour. We saw ALL 5 glaciers, all of them! We left about 730 am and returned around 630 pm If you are in CALAFATE, this is your tour!" -Farhad M Review via Viator Check Prices and Availability! 2. Perito Moreno Mini Trekking on Glacier ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 10 hours | ✅ Book it! This next Perito Moreno Glacier tour is the most adventure-filled way to experience the glacier. I mean, you can't get any closer than actually walking on the glacier itself! This tour includes transportation, so you'll be picked up from your hotel and make your way to Los Glaciares National Park. Once you reach the park, you'll have 1 hour to explore the Pasarelas - these are the boardwalks and balconies that offer beautiful views of Perito Moreno Glacier. This is your chance to snap some photos! This glacier trekking tour also includes a 20-minute boat ride because in order to reach the glacier, you first need to cross the Rico Arm. There's a small dock area at Bajo de las Sombras where this crossing takes place. Once you reach the other side, you'll have a briefing session with a professional ice trekking guide who will explain how things work on the tour - that means no deviating from the path the guide sets and everyone walks in a single file. You'll gear up with helmets, crampons and ice axes, and then the fun begins. You'll embark on a guided 3-hour trek first along the coast, next moraine, then on the glacier itself, and finally through the woods. The level of difficulty is considered moderate; the glacier's surface is irregular but safe and firm. The glacier trek is a unique way to explore Perito Moreno's blue-hued crevasses and seracs. So if you’re looking for a bit of adventure, this activity certainly ticks the boxes! Glacier treks are an expensive item, and that's because there's only one tour operator for this activity in El Calafate, and a limited number of people can participate each day. Tours are divided into a maximum of 20 people per group and there is 1 guide for every 10 participants. You can probably get this tour for a bit cheaper if you book locally once you arrive, however, keep in mind that this tour can also sell out days in advance during high season, so if you want to organize it locally, do so as soon as you get into town! PROS: Trek on the Perito Moreno glacier 20-minute boat ride Time to explore the boardwalks "Highlight of our trip. Highly recommend if you are coming to El Calafate. No word to describe when you see the glacier right in front of you. Make everything worth it" -Christine H (Read more reviews) Review via Viator Check Prices and Availability! 3. Perito Moreno Glacier Kayaking Tour ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 10 hours | ✅ Book it! Another unforgettable way to experience Perito Moreno Glacier is on a kayaking tour. I bet you didn't think that was possible! The nice thing about this tour is that aside from kayaking, you also get 2 hours to enjoy Los Glaciares National Park. You can use this time to walk the boardwalks and balconies for incredible views of the Perito Moreno Glacier. Since you are kayaking on glacial waters, there's a bit of prep work that goes into this tour. For starters, you'll have to wear a Gore-Tex dry suit, a thermal suit, boots, gloves and a life jacket. After selecting your suits and getting dressed, we'll head to the shores of Lago Argentino for a safety briefing - you can't get too close to the glacier since calving events occur quite frequently! You'll then do some warm-up exercises and enter the water at Playa de los Témpanos or Iceberg Beach. From this point, you'll begin paddling towards Perito Moreno Glacier. The maximum distance you can approach the glacier is 600 meters, and this is because when a chunk of the glacier breaks off, it produces a large wave. But we're talking about a glacier that stands over 60 meters tall from the water line, so this is a case of objects appearing a lot larger even if they're not that near. The actual kayaking time is 1 hour and 30 minutes. This Perito Moreno Glacier tour is a great option for travellers who want an active experience.  PROS: Kayak in front of Perito Moreno Glacier Time to walk the boardwalks and balconies Includes snacks and lunch "This day was incredible, and the glacier exploration was one of the best things we did on our trip to Argentina. The staff was communicative before and during our trip, and made special arrangements for our hotel pickup. Then, all the details like the drive into Parque Nacional Los Glaciers, the lunch and the timing were done well. And the actual adventure kayaking to the glacier was fun and stunning. We had more than enough time to explore the glacier walkways afterward as well. Perfect day." -Geremy B (Read more reviews) Check Prices and Availability! 4. Perito Moreno Glacier including Navigation ⭐️ RATING: 5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 8 hours | ✅ Book it! I would say this is the classic day trip to Perito Moreno Glacier, where you get to experience the park from two perspectives: first exploring the park on foot and then boarding a vessel that brings you closer to the glacier. The boardwalks and balconies offer panoramic views of the glacier, and if you stick around long enough, there's a good chance you'll get to witness a calving event - this is when large pieces of the glacier break off and fall into the water, causing a thunderous roar that echoes across the park. The subsequent waves that form are nothing short of impressive. Aside from the boardwalks, you can also enjoy hiking some of the forest trails or visiting the Iceberg Lagoon. This is followed by a 1-hour boat journey so you can appreciate the intricate details of the glacier from a bit closer. This is a nice alternative to the full-day boat tour, if you don't want to commit to a long journey. This tour to Perito Moreno Glacier provides ample time in the park, so you won't feel rushed, and it means you can cover all the park highlights. PROS: See the glacier from the boardwalks 1-hour boat trip to the glacier Full-day tour "We were very lucky with the weather, not a cloud in the sky, just blue and sunny all day. Julieta was a great guide explaining everything in Spanish and in English for the travellers on the comfortable bus. The first sight of the majestic glacier as we went round a curve was exciting. The boat ride up close to the glacier was marvellous, so were the pasarelas. The national park is well kept and preserved as it should be, a lot to learn from Argentina and Chile Patagonia parks. It was the hightlight of our visit to Argentina. Thanks to Cristian, the driver also." -Jane Marylin P (Read more reviews) Check Prices and Availability! 5. Footbridges of Perito Moreno Glacier Tour ⭐️ RATING: 5/5 Stars | ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 7-8 hours | ✅ Book it! This Perito Moreno Glacier tour option is essentially transportation to and from Los Glaciares National Park with free time to explore as you please. You'll be picked up from your hotel (or a pre-defined meeting point if you're staying in an AirBnB or private apartment) and you'll then drive out to the park, which is a 1.5-hour journey. Pick-up in El Calafate is at 10:30 and you can expect to be back in the city around 5:00 pm. Always confirm the schedule on your booking as these times could be subject to change. This gives you plenty of time to walk the boardwalks, balconies and trails. Plus, you can visit Laguna del los Témpanos or Iceberg Lagoon - this is where the chunks of ice that break off Perito Moreno Glacier end up! If you get hungry over the course of the day, you can visit Nativos de la Patagonia, the only restaurant inside the park. It has beautiful views of the glacier, and you can choose between a la carte or buffet dining. This is the most budget-friendly way to visit Perito Moreno Glacier, plus it gives you a lot of independence once you're in the park. PROS: Transportation to the national park Free time to explore the boardwalks and trails A budget-friendly way to see Perito Moreno Glacier "On time pick up and the guide gave a lot of information during the bus ride. Free to explore the glacier walkways at your own pace. Smooth trip back. Would recommend for an easy way to visit. Thanks!" -Ckmalita (Read more reviews) Review via Viator Check Prices and Availability! Admission fee to Los Glaciares National Park It's important to note that most of these day tours do not include the admission fee to Los Glaciares National Park in their tour price. This is because the admission fee varies depending on whether you're an in-province tourist, out-of-province tourist, or out-of-country tourist. The park fee for foreign visitors as of 2024 is $12000 ARS, which at the time of writing is just under $15 USD per person. You can view the most up-to-date rates here. The Los Glaciares National Park website also says that they accept payment by Visa, Mastercard, debit card or cash. My tip is to bring cash! As someone who has travelled across Argentina extensively, I can tell you first-hand that it's very common for the internet connection to be down in these remote areas, which means payments can get processed! This is something that has happened to me on more than one occasion. The bus transporting you to your Perito Moreno Glacier tour will stop at the park entrance so you can pay your admission fee. If you choose a tour that doesn't include transportation, you can read about how to get to Perito Moreno Glacier here. You can view the trails and boardwalks in Los Glaciares National Park's south sector here on AllTrails. FAQs About Perito Moreno Glacier Is Perito Moreno Glacier worth visiting? Yes, Perito Moreno Glacier is one of the most iconic landmarks in Patagonia and it's worth visiting this natural wonder. How long is it from El Calafate to Perito Moreno Glacier? The distance from El Calafate to Perito Moreno Glacier is 106 kilometres and the drive is 1.5 hours. What are the different tours to visit Perito Moreno Glacier? You can book glacier trekking tours, scenic boat tours, kayaking tours and hiking tours to visit Perito Moreno Glacier. You can get more ideas of day tours from El Calafate here. What's the best Perito Moreno Glacier tour? The most sought-after tour is the Perito Moreno mini trek where you get to walk on the glacier. Can you visit Perito Moreno Glacier without a tour? You can visit Perito Moreno Glacier independently by paying the admission fee at Los Glaciares National Park and viewing the glacier from the boardwalks. Choosing a Perito Moreno Glacier Tour So what's the best Perito Moreno Glacier tour for you? I would say if you're looking for an active and adventurous experience, opt for the glacier trek or the kayaking tour. If you want a full day of soaking in some of the most beautiful views in all of Patagonia, then go for the boat tour that visits all the glaciers in Los Glaciares National Park. And if you want something a bit more low-key where you can explore at your own rhythm, choose one of the tours that focuses on the boardwalks (one is strictly boardwalks and the other includes a short navigation). At the end of the day, you'll get to witness the magic of Perito Moreno Glacier with all of these tours, so you really can't go wrong with your selection. Read More: How to Spend 2 Days in El Calafate 5 Estancias in El Calafate You Cannot Miss! Where to Stay in El Calafate: Hotels for Every Budget! Nibepo Aike: A Ranch Day in El Calafate Choosing Your Patagonia Gadventures Tour These are the Best Places to Visit in Patagonia How to Get from El Calafate to El Chalten How to Spend 3 Days in El Chalten Hiking in El Chalten: Everything You Need to Know Things to Do in El Chalten: A Complete Travel Guide Read More: 11 Beautiful Estancia Stays Near Buenos Aires 7 Unique Glamping Spots Near Buenos Aires How to Visit Palacio Barolo #### When is the Best Time to Visit Ushuaia, Argentina? Wondering when is the best time to visit Ushuaia, Argentina? Here are the pros and cons of each season and seasonal events to keep an eye on. Reaching the City at the End of the World is quite the endeavour, so if you're going to go through all the effort of getting there, you probably want to choose the best time to visit. The great thing about Ushuaia is that it's a versatile destination that offers unique tours and adventures throughout the year. Summer is great for cruising the Beagle Channel and spotting sea lions, autumn brings fiery landscapes that charm hikers, winter is the time to hit the slopes at Cerro Castor, and spring brings Tierra del Fuego National Park to life again with wildflowers and active wildlife. Like most travellers to Ushuaia, I chose to visit during the summer months in order to make the most of the long days and good weather. I also wanted to ring in the New Year in the southernmost city in the world, but that proved to be a bit anticlimactic as there isn't a whole lot going on unless you want to go to a bar! That's why today I'm breaking down the pros and cons of visiting Ushuaia in each season, along with activities and events you may want to include in your plans! Best Time to Visit Ushuaia, Argentina Summer in Ushuaia (December to February) Pros of summer in Ushuaia Summer is the most popular time of year to visit Ushuaia with tourists descending on the city at the End of the World by the thousands. The pros of visiting Ushuaia in the summer are the long days where you can enjoy up to 18 hours of daylight! We found it a bit strange not experiencing darkness; we went to sleep before sunset and woke up long after sunrise. But on the bright side - quite literally! - it means you can maximize your days and squeeze in different tours and excursions. Weatherwise, the summer temperatures in Ushuaia range from 8–20°C (46–68°F), making it a really nice time to enjoy outdoor activities. We did quite a bit of hiking in Tierra del Fuego National Park during our summer visit. One of our highlights was hiking the Senda Costera or Coastal Trail, which starts next to the Post Office at the End of the World (where you can send a postcard!) and then follows the shores of the Beagle Channel. There are lots of different tours you can enjoy inside Tierra del Fuego National Park, so don't think you're just limited to hiking. There's also canoeing, birdwatching, and the famous End of the World train ride. Plus, there are numerous hikes to enjoy in and around Ushuaia, like Laguna Esmeralda and Vinciguerra Glacier, just to name a couple. Another activity we thoroughly enjoyed was going on a Beagle Channel boat tour where we got to see sea lions, sea birds and Magellanic penguins! We also cruised past Les Éclaireurs Lighthouse, which is another iconic photo op. If your schedule is flexible, summer is generally considered the best time to visit Ushuaia. Summer is the peak season for cruises to Antarctica, so if you're planning to combine your visit to Ushuaia with a cruise to the White Continent, then summer is the best time to do so. If that's the case and you only have a few days to enjoy the city, you may find this 3-day Ushuaia travel itinerary helpful. Cons of summer in Ushuaia The downside of visiting Ushuaia in the summertime is that it is peak tourist season. This means it's important you book your accommodations and tours in advance as certain experiences can sell out. If you want to stay at a particular property - Ushuaia has some beautiful luxury hotels! - you'll want to reserve that in advance. The same goes for the boat tours that visit Isla Martillo to walk with penguins, as only a small number of visitors are permitted per day. The higher demand for tours and accommodations can also result in slightly higher prices than in the shoulder season, however, we still found it to be reasonably priced for such a remote corner of the world. Lastly, I think it's worth noting that even during the summer months, the weather in Ushuaia can be quite temperamental, as it is across Patagonia. We visited during December and January and experienced everything from sunshine to intense winds and freezing rain. You still need to pack for a sub-Antarctic climate! Recommended Summer Activity in Ushuaia:🐧 Hop aboard a Beagle Channel cruise with mini trekking. You'll see penguins and sea lions and cruise past the famous Les Éclaireurs Lighthouse. You'll then disembark at Bridges Islands for a walk and talk about local wildlife and the Yámana people. Autumn in Ushuaia (March to May) Pros of Autumn in Ushuaia Autumn in Ushuaia brings vibrant colours as the forests turn all shades of crimson, pumpkin and gold. This is the time of year that draws photographers looking to capture the changing Fuegian landscapes. The weather starts to cool down ranging from 5–10°C (41–50°F), however, it's still a very comfortable temperature for hiking and enjoying the outdoors. Some hikes to consider for peeping autumn colours include Laguna Esmeralda, Martial Glacier, and many of the trails in Tierra del Fuego National Park, which remain accessible through mid-autumn until the snow arrives. Alternatively, you can admire the autumn foliage on a helicopter flight over Ushuaia, or you can also take in the landscapes while cruising the waters of the Beagle Channel. Another pro of visiting Ushuaia in autumn is that it's the shoulder season. This means it is quieter with fewer tourists and you can expect to see prices drop for accommodations and tours. Cons of Autumn in Ushuaia There aren't too many downsides to visiting Ushuaia in autumn. Sudden rain and cooler spells can occur, but you can always save these days for indoor activities like visiting the Old Ushuaia Prison, going on a double-decker bus tour, or enjoying a taste of Fuegian cuisine. Recommended autumn activity in Ushuaia:🍂 Join a 4x4 tour of Paso Garibaldi, a mountain pass across the Fuegian Andes where you'll enjoy the autumn foliage. You'll see Lake Escondido, Lake Fagnano, and finish the excursion with a traditional Argentine barbecue. Winter in Ushuaia (June to August) Pros of Winter in Ushuaia Winter in Ushuaia is something straight out of a postcard. This is when the City at the End of the World transforms into a wintry wonderland with snow-covered mountains and forests. During this time of year, you can enjoy an abundance of outdoor sports like snowshoeing, dog sledding, snowmobiling, and ice trekking. This is the best time to go to Ushuaia for all things related to outdoor winter fun! Ushuaia is home to Cerro Castor, Argentina's southernmost ski resort, offering downhill skiing, cross-country skiing, snowboarding, and even an ice skating rink. There are two fun winter events at Cerro Castor: the Snow Pool where skiers and snowboarders slide down a slope and then attempt to glide over a pool of water, and the Torch Descent where skiers and snowboarders descend the mountain with torches putting on a show for spectators. Finally, we can't forget about Fiesta Nacional de La Noche Más Larga, or The Longest Night Festival, which celebrates the winter solstice with live music, dancing, and a variety of activities that take place across the city. Cons of Winter in Ushuaia The downside of winter in Ushuaia is that it will be cold. However, if you're visiting from Canada or the Nordic countries, you won't actually find it that cold! You might even say it's a mild winter. The temperatures hover around -2 to 5°C (28–41°F), though it can feel colder with the wind chill and Ushuaia does experience strong winds. Another downside of winter travel in Ushuaia is that certain hiking trails in Tierra del Fuego National Park and the surrounding area will be closed due to ice and snow. However, you can enjoy some of the landscapes in the park by riding the Train at the End of the World, also known as the Southern Fuegian Railway. The days will be a lot shorter with around 6-8 daylight hours, depending on the month you visit. Recommended Winter Activity in Ushuaia: 🚂 Ride the End of the World Train and enjoy the snowy landscape while you learn about Ushuaia's origins as a penal colony. Spring in Ushuaia (September to November) Pros of Spring in Ushuaia The springtime weather is still relatively cool with daytime temperatures ranging from 5–12°C (41–54°F). If you visit in early spring, you might still be able to enjoy a bit of skiing or snowboarding on Cerro Castor! As springtime arrives in Ushuaia, the snow melts, the trails in Tierra del Fuego National Park become more accessible and wildlife becomes more active. That means plenty of opportunities to spot sea birds, penguins, and seals! Because spring is shoulder season, that means there are fewer tourists around, which also translates to better prices on both accommodations and tours. Cons of spring in Ushuaia One of the cons of spring travel in Ushuaia is that the weather can be a bit unpredictable bringing a mixture of sudden rain, strong winds and even lingering snow. This means you have to be flexible with your plans and you should save a few indoor activities for inclement weather days. One of the lessons we learned during our trip to Ushuaia was that not every day will be a hiking day! Another thing to consider is that during the early spring season, some trails may still be muddy or partially closed. Recommended Spring Activity in Ushuaia:🌷Go on a small group guided hike to Laguna Esmeralda known for its green-turquoise colour. This tour includes a complimentary boxed lunch. So, when should you visit Ushuaia? As you can see, the best time to visit Ushuaia greatly depends on the types of activities you want to enjoy and each season brings its own pros and cons. Summer is for hiking, seeing penguins, and embarking on Antarctic expeditions. Winter is all about snow sports and some unique events. Meanwhile, spring and autumn bring fewer tourists, lower prices and stunning landscapes. One thing is for certain, there is no shortage of options whatever season you choose! So, if you're ready to start planning your trip, here's some information on different ways to get to Ushuaia, and here's a complete travel guide to the southernmost city so you can get some ideas of things to do once you get here. #### Where to Stay in Cordoba: The Best Places to Stay in Cordoba, Argentina So you're in the midst of planning your trip to Argentina and you're wondering where to stay in Cordoba. Well, you've come to the right place! Argentina's second-largest city may still be relatively undiscovered by international tourists, but it's a destination with a lot to offer. In Cordoba, you can explore the Jesuit Quarter which is sprinkled with cathedrals, churches, crypts and other historic buildings from the city's early days. You can browse the artisanal fair at Paseo de las Artes or shop at the ornate mall known as Patio Olmos. Mornings can be spent wandering through museums and art galleries and afternoons strolling the gardens of Parque Sarmiento. The options really are endless! But let's get back to where to stay in Cordoba because each neighbourhood has its own distinct flair. In this guide, we're going to highlight 3 different neighbourhoods in Cordoba that are ideal for travellers - that means walking distance to the main attractions and plenty of options for dining and shopping. Plus, we'll also share some of our top picks for boutique hotels, mid-range hotels, and hostels in the city. Where to Stay in Cordoba Being centrally located and able to reach the city's main attractions on foot is an important thing to consider when booking your accommodations. If you only have a few days in the city, you don't want to be in a quiet residential area that doesn't have much to offer tourists or have to put up with a long commute into the city centre. That's why we're going to highlight three neighbourhoods that are ideal for travellers, and each of these offers something a little different ranging from historic areas with colonial architecture, lively boroughs with plenty of nightlife, and neighbourhoods that offer art and culture but are also close to green spaces. Centro Best neighbourhood for history and culture If you want to live and breathe Cordoba's colonial history, stay in Centro which is the Old Town. This part of the city is home to the Jesuit Quarter or Jesuit Block, which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. This is where the city saw its early beginnings and walking through these streets will transport you back through time. In Centro, you'll find attractions like Cordoba Cathedral, the Jesuit Crypt, the Society of Jesus Church, and the National University of Cordoba (the oldest university in Argentina and the third oldest in the Americas). Nueva Córdoba Best neighbourhood for art, culture and greenery Nueva Córdoba is considered a student neighbourhood so it has a very youthful atmosphere. It is home to a couple of universities and its numerous faculties. Here you'll find bars, cafés, and cultural venues. Some of the top attractions in Nueva Cordoba include Paseo del Buen Pastor, the Church of the Capuchins, the Fine Art Museum, the Latin American Craft Museum, and the Anthropology Museum. The neighbourhood is also right next to Parque Sarmiento offering a nearby green escape. Güemes Best neighbourhood for nightlife and dining Güemes is another neighbourhood to consider if you prefer a lively atmosphere. This is Cordoba's trendiest neighbourhood known for its bohemian vibe, walls covered in street art, and pulsating nightlife. Here you'll find restaurants, bars and nightclubs that stay open late. There are plenty of boutique shops to browse during the daytime, plus you can walk along the tree-lined stream known as La Cañada and browse the handicrafts in Paseo de las Artes. Güemes is a nice place to explore, but if sleep is your priority, keep in mind that you may hear music and conversation until the early hours of the morning, especially if you end up in a street-facing hotel room. Remember that Córdoba is a relatively compact city, so you can easily explore multiple neighbourhoods during your visit. Each neighbourhood has its own unique charm and attractions, so be sure to choose the one that aligns with your interests and preferences. Boutique Hotels in Cordoba View this post on Instagram A post shared by Azur Real Hotel Boutique & Spa (@azurhotel) Azur Real Hotel Boutique Azur Real is a family-run boutique hotel set in the heart of Cordoba's Centro neighbourhood. The building dates back to 1915 and is steeped in history; over the years, it has been a leather workshop, a pharmacy, a school, a Chinese restaurant and a dance club, just to name a few of its roles. By the time this building was acquired by its current owners, it sat in ruins and was painstakingly renovated over the course of four years. The result is a warm and homey atmosphere that showcases Cordoba's architectural history. The hotel's key selling feature is its spa called Baños de Azur, where you can enjoy their Ancient Baths Circuit. This is a 2-hour tour by candlelight through 12 different areas where water in its different states and temperatures promotes a state of relaxation. The rooms have a contemporary-meets-rustic feel and range from standard to more luxurious suites with a private patio, large dressing room and jacuzzi. Azur Real Hotel Boutique has an onsite restaurant called Bruma, which uses fresh, organic and locally sourced ingredients. Itacú is their tea house featuring artisan teas, native mountain herbs and yerba mate. Read reviews for Azur Real Hotel Boutique. Address: San Jerónimo 257 View this post on Instagram A post shared by Virreinato Hotel Boutique (@virreinatohotelboutique) Hotel Virreinato Hotel Virreinato is a boutique hotel set in a historic building that dates back to 1670 in the Jesuit Quarter. It stands in what used to be the courtyard of a tile-making workshop during the city's colonial days. Today, the interior of this hotel is exquisitely decorated with antique wood furniture and lots of art, chandeliers, tapestries, figurines and treasures from the past few centuries. Walking through the halls is like wandering through a museum and the surrounding pieces really do take you back in time. If you stay here, be sure to join their private guided tour of the property. During this tour, you'll learn all about the building’s Jesuit history and the couple who made this place what it is today, filling it with an impressive art collection from across the globe. Enjoying breakfast in the living room surrounded by pieces of history is one of the highlights of staying at Hotel Virreinato. Read reviews for Hotel Virreinato. Address: Avenida Duarte Quirós 167 View this post on Instagram A post shared by 🏨Sacha Mistol __ (@sachamistol) Sacha Mistol Art Hotel Sacha Mistol Art Hotel is Cordoba's first themed boutique hotel, where art invades every corner of the old mansion which dates back to 1927. The boutique hotel is situated in Centro in a house that belonged to Emilio F. Olmos, who was Mayor of the City and Governor of the Province of Córdoba. The construction showcases the styles that were prevalent at the time of its construction. The result is a colonial horizontal house with a dash of Neoclassicism and a central inner patio as the protagonist. Sacha Mistol Art Hotel has 9 unique rooms, each featuring murals, installations, and works by different artists. The hotel also offers a spa and wellness centre where guests can enjoy hot or cold stone massages and body scrubs. Read reviews for Sacha Mistol Art Hotel. Address: Rivera Indarte 237 Mid-range Hotels in Cordoba View this post on Instagram A post shared by Yrigoyen 111 Hotel (@y111hotel) Yrigoyen 111 Hotel Yrigoyen 111 Hotel is located in Nueva Cordoba and offers bright, modern and spacious rooms. This Cordoba hotel has 109 rooms spread out across 2 towers and 14 floors. Guests can choose between twin, double and triple rooms. Some of the hotel's highlights include the spa, sauna and swimming pool, which are located on the hotel's rooftop, offering city views. An American-style buffet breakfast is served daily, and guests can also make use of the 1906 Lounge Bar. Read reviews for Yrigoyen 111 Hotel. Address: Avenida Hipólito Yrigoyen 111 View this post on Instagram A post shared by MyBeds.com (@mybedsoficial) NH Córdoba Urbano NH Córdoba Urbano is located in Centro overlooking La Cañada and is just a couple of blocks away from the Jesuit Quarter. Its central location makes it a great base for exploring Cordoba on foot. The hotel has 72 guestrooms ranging from standard to suites decorated in a classic-meets-contemporary style. Suites on the 14th and 15th floors have their own private balcony with city views. One of NH Córdoba Urbano's key selling features is its rooftop swimming pool with a wooden sun deck and lounge chairs - the perfect way to cool off in the city on a summer's day. Read reviews for NH Córdoba Urbano. Address: Avenida Marcelo T. de Alvear 363 View this post on Instagram A post shared by Vilaut Temporario (@departamentovilautcba) Vilaut Smartflat Vilaut Smartflat is the first coliving space in Cordoba and it is situated in Centro. This former hotel was completely renovated and transformed into a new type of accommodation geared at students, digital nomads, and visitors balancing work and travel. Vilaut Smartflat has shared coworking spaces, a gym, a rooftop swimming pool and 24-hour security. Guests can choose between studios and apartments, making it an ideal option for anyone planning a longer stay in Cordoba. Read reviews for Vilaut Smartflat. Address: Corrientes 207 Hostels in Cordoba View this post on Instagram A post shared by Socialtel Global (@socialtelglobal) Socialtel Nueva Cordoba Socialtel (formerly Selina) is a new hostel chain with numerous locations across the globe, and they've most recently added a new hostel in Nueva Cordoba. Socialtel Nueva Cordoba offers private rooms (suite, standard or micro) as well as 8-person dorms. Some rooms have a private bathroom while others have shared bathrooms, depending on your selection. Some of the hostel's highlights include an outdoor pool (much needed during Cordoba's summer months!), yoga classes, a cafe and a bookstore. In the evenings, they have a bar that serves up cocktails, live music and an outdoor cinema using a projector. This hostel caters to travellers as well as digital nomads working abroad for extended periods of time. Read reviews of Socialtel Nueva Cordoba. Address: San Lorenzo 163 View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hostel Alvear | Córdoba (@hostel.alvearr) Hostel Alvear Hostel Alvear is located in Centro in a large historic home that's just two blocks away from Plaza San Martin and Cordoba Cathedral. The hostel has lots of large communal spaces including a rooftop terrace, a billiards room, table tennis, a games room and BBQ facilities - all great opportunities to connect with fellow adventurers! Rooms at Hostel Alvear are simply furnished yet comfortable. They offer 4-bed and 6-bed dorms with private bathrooms or shared bathrooms. Read reviews for Hostel Alvear here. Address: Gral. Alvear 158 View this post on Instagram A post shared by Aldea Hostel Hostel (@aldeahostelcordoba) Aldea Hostel Aldea Hostel is located in Centro just one block from La Cañada and within walking distance to a lot of the city's main attractions. The hostel's name 'Aldea' means 'village' and they've leaned into that creating cool rooftop space for guests to meet and socialize. They offer a variety of private rooms (single, double, triple and quadruple) with private or shared baths, as well as dorm rooms for those looking for a more budget-friendly option. Read reviews for Aldea Hostel here. Address: Santa Rosa 447 If you're planning to venture beyond Cordoba City and you want to enjoy a taste of the Sierras, check out this list of dreamy estancias where you can enjoy some horseback riding, learn about gaucho culture, and get a taste of rural living in this corner of Argentina. #### Where to Stay in El Calafate, Argentina Wondering where to stay in El Calafate, Argentina? We've got you covered with this list of hotels to suit every traveller's budget! El Calafate is a bucket list destination in Patagonia. This town is the gateway to the southern end of Los Glaciares National Park and more importantly, the famed Perito Moreno Glacier, which is one of the few advancing glaciers in the world. It's also a destination where you can enjoy all sorts of day tours and outdoor adventures like going on boat tours to see glaciers, kayaking the milky waters of La Leona River, spending the day at an estancia, going on 4x4 adventures across the Patagonian steppe, and so much more! Because there are so many fun things to do in El Calafate and your itinerary is likely to be action-packed, you'll want to make sure you have a relaxing place to return to at the end of the day. In this El Calafate hotel guide, we're going to highlight the best luxury hotels, high-end hotels, mid-range hotels, budget-friendly hotels and hostels. That means you can choose the best accommodations to suit your budget and travel style. And if you're looking for estancias near El Calafate, we have those too! Luxury Hotels in El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by Imago Hotel & Spa (@imagohotel) Imago Hotel & Spa Imago Hotel & Spa is a luxurious 5-star hotel in El Calafate. Guests can choose between master suites and junior suites, or double, twin and triple rooms. The room's key features are the large windows overlooking Lago Argentino. Imago Hotel & Spa has its own on-site restaurant, Cicero Bistro, which offers international cuisine and gourmet Argentinian specialties. The hotel also boasts a spa and wellness centre where guests can indulge in massages, hydrotherapy, and other relaxation treatments. Perfect for unwinding after a busy day exploring Los Glaciares National Park and the Perito Moreno Glacier! The hotel also has a gym for those who want to keep up with their fitness routine, though there's plenty of trekking to enjoy around these parts. "We had a very relaxing stay in a great room with a fabulous bathroom that included a jacuzzi bath , walk in power shower an adjoining living room and fantastic views. I had an amazing massage - back and neck and the swimming pool was lovely after a day visiting the glacier and national park . The staff were all very professional and helpful." - Gerry from Ireland Review via Booking Address: Calle 669 N°40, El Calafate  View this post on Instagram A post shared by Xelena Hotel & Suites (@xelena_hotel) Xelena Hotel & Suites Xelena Hotel & Suites is a luxury property set on the shores of Lago Argentino in the outskirts of El Calafate. The hotel offers a variety of suites and standard rooms with either lake or garden views. Guests can enjoy a heated indoor-outdoor pool, jacuzzi, and dry sauna, as well as massages and spa treatments. Xelena Hotel & Suites offers 4 different gastronomic options for guests: Mora Restaurant for Patagonian cuisine and an exclusive selection of wines, Pierrot Bistró Lobby Bar for cocktails and tapas-style dishes, Coral Coffee Shop for breakfast, and Huerta & Fuegos which is the hotel orchard and is open during the summer months for evening drinks. "The staff were brilliant . The reception staff on more than one occasion when out of their way to help us ,they were friendly and efficient and a credit to the hotel . Same with the bar staff and restaurant staff . And a Special mention to shuttle bus driver who waited for us after we got back from a 3 hour coach trip from el chalten . The pool is fantastic with great views of lago argentino , the man who runs the pool is also very friendly and efficient. The Rooms are spacious and comfortable and Kept very clean . Everything about this hotel exceeded my expectations, it was like a holiday from an holiday after 4 nights in Buenos Aires . But the staff made the biggest difference , they were brilliant . The guide on the coach tour to el chalten who was unconnected with the hotel told us this was “the best hotel in El Calafate “ I can’t argue with that." - John from United Kingdom Review via Booking Address: Rene Favaloro 3500, El Calafate High-end Hotels in El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by Kosten Aike - El Calafate - Patagonia (@hotelkostenaike) Hotel Kosten Aike Hotel Kosten Aike is set in an Alpine-style boutique hotel situated right in the centre of town, just two blocks from the main street making it a convenient location for travellers who want to be in the heart of it all. The hotel's name comes from the native Tehuelche language - kosten meaning wind and aike meaning place, and 'windy place' is quite fitting for El Calafate! Rooms are bright, spacious and incorporate Tehuelche design elements. Hotel Kosten Aike also boasts numerous gastronomic options including Restaurant Ariskaiken for fine dining, Asador Kampen for traditional Argentine BBQ and Patagonian lamb, and Bar Aura for afternoon tea (locally known as merienda) and evening cocktails. The hotel has spa facilities which include a hot tub, a sauna, a Scottish shower and a massage room. "This is an outstanding hotel. It’s just off the main strip so quiet. The hotel is very luxurious with games room, gym, spa etc. The staff are outstanding, very accommodating, extremely helpful and speak Spanish and English which was a great help. The rooms are big and luxurious and the breakfast was outstanding with a huge choice of cooked, breads, cakes, cereal etc. I would very much recommend this hotel. It was a delight staying here." - Ann from United Kingdom Review via Booking Address: Gobernador Moyano 1243, El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hotel 4 Estrellas ⭐⭐⭐⭐ (@posadalosalamos) Hotel Posada Los Alamos Hotel Posada Los Alamos is one of the top-rated 4-star hotels in El Calafate. The hotel is centrally located and offers double rooms either twin or standard. Rooms have views over the organic garden and the mountains on the horizon. Hotel Posada Los Alamos provides a full range of modern spa facilities and an indoor pool with floor-to-ceiling windows. It also has its own small 18-hole par 3 golf course. The hotel has several on-site dining options; La Posta for a la carte regional and international cuisine, Humus Resto Bar for cocktails, El Águila for snacks or drinks in the lobby bar, plus they also have a wine cellar where you can arrange a wine tasting. "The hotel has fantastic facilities, the spa is wonderful. The staff were very friendly and helpful. The rooms themselves were spacious with a large bathroom and comfy beds. Breakfast was delicious with lots of choice. The location is within easy access of the lake and the town centre." - Roisin from United Kingdom Review via Booking Address: Ingeniero Hector M. Guatti 1350, El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hotel Mirador Del Lago (@miradordellagohotel) Mirador del Lago Mirador del Lago is a hotel that overlooks the shores of Lago Argentino. It is a beautifully designed property with lots of stone and wood accents giving it a warm, rustic feel. Guests can choose between 3 different types of rooms including standard rooms, superior rooms with either garden or lake views, and suites with balconies that overlook the lake. Mirador de Lago also has its own in-house restaurant called La Bahía where guests can enjoy dishes like Patagonian lamb, trout and homemade pasta. They also have their own snack bar where you can order light meals and drinks. “The location was excellent. Just on the edge of town where it was a bit quieter and with a great view of the lake. The breakfast was the best on our trip. Great selection of pastries!” - Andrew from Australia Review from Booking Address: Avenida del Libertador 2047, El Calafate Mid-range Hotels in El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hosteria Cauquenes de Nimez (@cauquenesdenimez) Hostería Cauquenes de Nimez Hostería Cauquenes de Nimez is located in the north end of El Calafate just 50 metres from Laguna Nimez, a nature reserve where you can see all sorts of birds including flamingoes. Part of the charm of this guesthouse is the fact that it's decorated using antique furniture, plus the oak wood floors and stone walls add some rustic charm to the place. All the rooms at Hostería Cauquenes de Nimez come with their own ensuite bathroom. The front desk can also help organize various activities such as horseback riding, kayaking, mountain biking, hiking and birdwatching. "The team were very welcoming and helped with organising trips and advising on the local area. The rooms were really warm and cosy, ideal after day trips to ice glaciers! The location is ideal for walking into the centre of El Calafate but also having the nature reserve on the doorstep. Overall, great value for money." - Laura from United Kingdom Review via Booking Address: Calle 303 Nº 79, El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by Quijote Hotel (@quijotehotel) Hotel Quijote Hotel Quijote is centrally located just 1 block from Avenida del Libertador, which is the main thoroughfare in town. The hotel offers 3 different types of rooms to suit all travellers: economy, comfort and duplex. An American-style buffet breakfast is served daily, and they also have a cafe and bar service throughout the day. Staff are bilingual and speak Spanish and English. Luggage storage can be arranged if needed. “The staff were very helpful and spoke English. The breakfast was quite nice and in a pretty room. The entrance and lobby of the hotel was attractive. Location was great, two blocks from downtown shops and restaurants.” - Nadine from USA Review via Booking Address: Gobernador Gregores 1191, El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hotel Picos del Sur (@hotelpicosdelsur) Hotel Picos del Sur Hotel Picos del Sur is located in the east end of El Calafate just a short stroll from the centre of town. This is a spacious property with a big lawn, an outdoor terrace and lounge chairs where visitors can enjoy the outdoors. Guests can choose between twin rooms, double rooms and triple rooms, all with their own en suite bathroom. "Rooms were large and clean, and the view from our room was great. There's good WiFi and large communal areas. Location is only a 10min walk from the bus terminal and you can easily walk to restaurants in the centre of town." - Sarah from United Kingdom Review via Booking Address: Puerto San Julian 271, El Calafate Budget-friendly Hotels in El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by Posada Larsen (@posadalarsen) Posada Larsen Posada Larsen is a small 6-room guesthouse on a quiet side street a short walk from the centre of town. The guesthouse features twin, double and triple rooms with views of Lake Argentino and the Andes Mountains The guesthouse has heated floors, free Wi-Fi, and private parking. They serve a traditional Patagonian breakfast with lots of home-baked goodies. “Lovely Posada only 10min walk from the centre. Beautiful views of the lake from bedroom and breakfast room. Irina, the manager was very welcoming and helpful before check-in and throughout our stay. Delicious breakfast. Highly recommended.” - Francesca from Italy Review via Booking Address: Puerto Deseado 223, El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by HOSTERIA KAU KALESHEN (@hostkauka) Kau Kaleshen Kau Kaleshen is a little oasis tucked away just one block from the main street surrounded by greenery. It's as central a location as you can get, while still offering tranquillity. The guesthouse has 12 rooms with access to a central garden. You can choose from single, double, triple and quadruple rooms. Buffet breakfast is served daily including coffee, tea, juices, pastries, homemade bread, cheeses and more. They have their own on-site restaurant and their specialty is fondue! They also serve traditional Patagonian dishes featuring trout and lamb. "The front desk staff were knowledgeable, patient and friendly. The location in the center of town but one block away from the noise makes this place an oasis like it’s name implies…house of the rising sun. Make sure to have dinner at the restaurant! The food, waitstaff and ambience are amazing and unforgettable." - Ellen from USA Address: Gobernador Gregores 1256, El Calafate Hostels in El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by América del Sur Hostel (@americahostel) America del Sur Calafate Hostel America del Sur is a small hostel chain with locations in both El Calafate and the neighbourhood of San Telmo in Buenos Aires. Their hostel in El Calafate is located in the northeast end of town, making it a short and pleasant 7-minute walk into the centre of town. The hostel is built in that classic Patagonian design with lots of wood elements, large windows that offer sweeping views of Lago Argentino, and a large communal area where travellers can hang out and plan the upcoming day's adventure. America del Sur Calafate Hostel offers different types of rooms. You can choose from a private room with an ensuite bathroom, a private room with a shared bathroom, a triple room, a quadruple room or a 6-bed dorm. This hostel also features floor heating, free Wi-Fi, a communal kitchen and a laundrette. “It was the best hostel I ever stayed at - the social area is super cozy and with the most amazing view. People staying there are super social. The rooms are good, the breakfast too and the reception is also a travel agency. Will 100% come back.” - Annika from Spain Review via Booking Address: Puerto Deseado 153, El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by Lago Argentino - Hostel en El Calafate (@hostellagoargentino) Lago Argentino Hostel Lago Argentino Hostel is a family-run business by people who are passionate about tourism. The hostel is centrally located just 2 blocks from the main avenue. This hostel has a beautiful garden which is especially beautiful when the lupins bloom. A continental breakfast is served daily and guests can also make use of the communal kitchen to cook their own meals. In terms of accommodations, this hotel offers double and triple rooms with private bathrooms, or double rooms and dorms with shared bathrooms. They offer free parking with your reservation and luggage storage is available upon request. "The garden was so beautiful and had so many great smelling flowers! There was a cute little cat that wandered around and was so friendly! The room was so comfortable and the location of the hostel was very convenient to walking into town." - Emily from USA Review via Booking Address: Campaña del Desierto 1050, El Calafate View this post on Instagram A post shared by FOLK hostel (@folkhostelll) FOLK Hostel FOLK Hostel is located in the east end of town, just 200 metres from the El Calafate Bus Terminal. The hostel has a garden, a shared lounge, a communal kitchen and luggage storage. They have a variety of different room types to suit all sorts of travellers. You can choose from double rooms with a private bathroom, double rooms with a shared bathroom, 4-person dorms and 8-person dorms. They serve a very simple buffet-style breakfast with bread, cereals, yogurt, fruit and hot and cold beverages. You can also order a pre-packed lunch if you're planning a full-day excursion around El Calafate. "Lovely hostel with great kitchen and good location. Love the common area and friendly staff. Really great showers as well! Breakfast was okay, nothing special. Would definitely recommend staying at Folk" - Alberto from Denmark Review via Booking Address: José R. Haro 424, El Calafate Read More: How to Visit Perito Moreno Glacier with a Tour Visiting Perito Moreno Glacier from El Calafate 2 Days in El Calafate Itinerary El Calafate Day Trip to a Working Ranch Getting from El Calafate to El Chaltén Patagonia with Gadventures: Which Tour Should You Choose? Glamping in Patagonia: Here are 10+ Beautiful and Remote Domes! #### Where to Stay in San Antonio de Areco, Argentina Wondering where to stay in San Antonio de Areco, Argentina? This gaucho town boasts lots of estancias, guesthouses and unique stays! San Antonio de Areco is a sleepy town in the pampas and it's a popular weekend destination from Buenos Aires. A big part of the experience is immersing yourself in gaucho culture and rural living and that involves visiting or staying at an estancia! Estancias are traditional ranches or farms primarily used for rearing cattle and growing crops and you can find them all over Argentina. The estancias in San Antonio de Areco range from high-end properties that offer full room and board plus numerous activities to smaller estancias closer to town at a more accessible price range. Accommodations are quite varied; aside from estancias, you can also find cute guesthouses set in colonial homes and unique stays featuring converted train wagons. We've compiled a list of some of the best places to stay in San Antonio de Areco. You'll find something for all tastes and all budgets, and one thing is for sure, all of these properties capture the country spirit of the pampas! Where to Stay in San Antonio de Areco Estancias in San Antonio de Areco There are so many estancias across Buenos Aires Province and many of them are located in and around the town of San Antonio de Areco! These range from luxury estancias to smaller family-run establishments with a more rugged feel. Here's a selection of places for you to consider: 1. Estancia La Cinacina We were pretty set on staying at an estancia since that is part of the experience of coming to the self-proclaimed gaucho capital. During my search, I stumbled upon Estancia La Cinacina which dates back to 1870. The beauty of this estancia is that it is located in the west end of town, yet it's only 6 blocks away from the main square, Plaza Ruiz De Arellano. Almost all of the other estancias in San Antonio de Areco are located on the outskirts of town and require a car, however, this property allowed us to explore on foot for the length of our stay. Breakfast at the estancia was abundant and we really enjoyed it. It featured two baskets of baked goods (one filled with medialunas or sweet croissants), jams, cereal, yogurt, freshly squeezed orange juice, tea, coffee, and an abundance of fresh fruit like watermelon, plums, grapes and apples. The estancia has a huge pool which is open during the summer months, and they also offer horseback riding and massages for an additional fee. If you're looking for an estancia experience close to town that won't break the bank, this is a nice mid-range option. We found the staff to be friendly and attentive, and we thoroughly enjoyed our stay! Book your stay at Estancia La Cinacina. Address: Bartolomé Mitre 9, San Antonio de Areco View this post on Instagram A post shared by Estancia La Madrugada Areco (@estancialamadrugada_areco) 2. Estancia La Madrugada Estancia La Madrugada offers a rural experience with a touch of luxury. This is an exclusive property featuring only 3 suites. The farmhouse has been renovated, however, it still manages to retain its traditional charm. The rooms lead out to a tranquil garden and an aguaribay grove. The estancia offers a three-course menu and outdoor barbecues with ingredients sourced from the organic garden for a farm-to-table dining experience. Activities at Estancia La Madrugada include horseback rides through the countryside, guitar sessions by the campfire, or exploring the gaucho town of San Antonio de Areco. While this property is located on the outskirts of town, the estancia does offer free bikes for guests to ride into town. It's a 5-kilometre ride or about 15 minutes - alternatively, you can ask them to book you a taxi into town. Book your stay at Estancia La Madrugada. Address: Camino del Yameo, San Antonio de Areco 3. Estancia El Ombú de Areco El Ombú de Areco is a historic estancia set in the outskirts of San Antonio de Areco. It dates back to 1880 and it’s been in the hands of its current owners, the Boelcke Family, since 1934. The estancia has 11 guest rooms, all of them refurbished, each with a private bathroom and vintage decor. Guests can choose from double, triple and quadruple rooms, and they also offer interconnecting rooms in case you're visiting with a large family. Estancia El Ombú de Areco offers full board; which means breakfast, lunch, afternoon snack and dinner. There's no reason to leave the estancia during your stay, unless of course, you want to explore the area. As far as activities, guests can enjoy 2 horseback rides per day, plus they have swimming pools, bike rides and leisurely walks through the property. This estancia also welcomes day visitors. You can read more about our experience visiting El Ombú de Areco for their estancia day and gaucho tour. Book directly via Estancia El Ombú de Areco. Address: Ruta 31 Cuartel VI, Villa Lía, San Antorio de Areco 4. Estancia La Bamba de Areco La Bamba de Areco is an estancia hotel set in the pampas on the outskirts of San Antonio de Areco, and it is one of the oldest Argentinian colonial-style estancias in the area. It is also a Relais & Chateaux property. The estancia dates back to 1830 when one of its post houses formed part of the Camino Real or Royal Road that connected Buenos Aires to the northern part of the country. The estancia's name La Bamba derives from the Celtic word Bahamba meaning 'place of rest and hospitality'. This was one of the first estancias to open its doors to visitors back in the 1980s and it was renovated in 2009 while still retaining its colonial essence. This estancia hotel has 11 rooms and suites featuring dark wooden floors and antique furnishings, and offers views of the pampas, gardens and polo fields. It's one of those exclusive places, where again, there's no need to leave the estancia during your stay because everything is provided. Book directly via Estancia La Bamba de Areco. Address: Ruta 31 Km 7.5, San Antonio de Areco Guesthouses in San Antonio de Areco 5. Hotel Draghi Hotel Draghi is a small centrally-located hotel just one block north of the central square, Plaza Ruiz de Arellano. The hotel is run by the Draghi family, a respected name in town when it comes to the silversmithing tradition - you can read more about the Draghi Museum and Silversmith Workshop in our travel guide to San Antonio de Areco. Hotel Draghi features 9 rooms with access to an internal garden with a swimming pool. They serve a continental breakfast featuring bread, medialunas, deli meats, cheese, eggs, granola, jam, yogurt, juice and more. The hotel connects to the Draghi Museum and Silversmith Workshop via a garden. It has a great location in the heart of the old town which means easy access to cafes, restaurants, shops and other attractions. Book your stay at Hotel Draghi. Address: Matheu 380, San Antonio de Areco View this post on Instagram A post shared by Antigua Casona (@antiguacasona) 6. Hotel Antigua Casona Hotel Antigua Casona is a bed and breakfast set in a traditional colonial-style home. It features a covered gallery, an inner courtyard, and an outdoor swimming pool. Guests can choose between double and triple rooms with private bathrooms, all decorated with antiques and vintage furnishings. The property stands in the heart of the old town making it a great choice for travellers who want to explore San Antonio de Areco on foot. It offers easy access to restaurants, bars and local attractions. Book your stay at Hotel Antigua Casona. Address: Segundo Sombra 495, San Antonio de Areco Unique Stays in San Antonio de Areco View this post on Instagram A post shared by Los Vagones de Areco (@losvagonesdeareco) 7. Los Vagones de Areco If you are looking for a unique stay in San Antonio de Areco, then you'll want to check out Los Vagones de Areco. This is one of several glamping sites near Buenos Aires. This property is located on the outskirts of town, so you will need a car to get there, but the reward is a one-of-a-kind hotel set in restored train wagons! They are located 7 kilometres from the old Vagues Train Station (now a museum), and 14 kilometres from the town of San Antonio de Areco. This train hotel is a place to disconnect from city life and enjoy rural living; it's a place where you can enjoy long walks through the plains, play croquet, take a dip in the swimming pool (during the summer months!), and come together for a communal campfire at night. Los Vagones de Areco has 7 rooms set in various antique trains each featuring en suite bathrooms, vintage furniture and decorations, and a small private deck. Book your stay at Los Vagones de Areco. Address: Vagues, San Antonio de Areco #### Where to Stay in Ushuaia: The Best Ushuaia Hotels for Every Budget! Today we're going to help you figure out where to stay in Ushuaia during your visit to the southernmost city in the world. The city of Ushuaia offers an abundance of accommodation options to fit every budget whether you're looking for luxury resorts, mid-range hotels or budget-friendly accommodations. Because this is a scenic Argentine city set between the Andes Mountains and the seaside, that means you can opt for hotels on the shores of the Beagle Channel, hotels on the mountainside surrounded by Fuegian forest, and hotels that are located right downtown within walking distance of many shops, restaurants and tourist attractions. There are hotels with spas and heated pools for those looking for a relaxing holiday, hotels with ski and snowboard storage for those who want to stay active and plan to hit the ski slopes, and hotels with their own in-house restaurants specializing in Patagonian and Fuegian dishes for those foodies wanting to enjoy Argentine cuisine. With all this in mind, we want to help you find the best hotel in Ushuaia for your budget so that in between cruising the Beagle Channel, riding the Train at the End of the World, sending a postcard from the End of the World Post Office, hiking Tierra del Fuego National Park, and going on a myriad of fun excursions at the End of the World, you can have a comfortable place to rest at the end of each day. We've already helped you figure out how to get to Ushuaia, so next up, let's tackle accommodations! Without further ado, here's our guide to where to stay in Ushuaia, Argentina. Luxury Hotels in Ushuaia Ushuaia has a wonderful selection of 5-star hotels sprinkled on the outskirts of the city, ideal for guests who are looking for a quiet escape surrounded by nature and impeccable views. If you're only spending a few days in Ushuaia and you're looking to splurge, here are the best luxury hotels in Ushuaia to consider. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Arakur Ushuaia Resort & Spa (@arakur_ushuaia) Arakur Ushuaia Resort and Spa Arakur Ushuaia Resort & Spa is considered to be the best hotel in Ushuaia. This luxury hotel is perched on a natural balcony 800 feet above sea level inside the Reserva Natural Cerro Alarkén. You have hiking trails just outside the hotel doors, plus an indoor and outdoor pool where to unwind after an active day of sightseeing. Their restaurant La Cravia serves up Argentine and international cuisine offering a la carte and buffet dining. It's a 10-minute drive from Arakur Ushuaia Resort & Spa into the centre of town, so if you're looking for a relaxing stay where you'll be surrounded by nature and have epic views of Ushuaia and the Beagle Channel, this is the place for you! Book your stay at Arakur Ushuaia Resort & Spa Address: Cerro Alarken N° 1 (Access vis Avenida Héroes de Malvinas 2617) View this post on Instagram A post shared by Los Cauquenes Resort & Spa (@loscauquenes) Los Cauquenes Resort and Spa Los Cauquenes Resort and Spa is a high-end resort located on the outskirts of Ushuaia. It sits on the shores of the Beagle Channel and offers seaside views to one side and a mountain backdrop to the other. It's a 15-minute drive from Los Cauquenes Resort and Spa into the centre of town, but well worth the short journey in exchange for the privacy and tranquillity this property offers. The resort also features a fully-equipped spa, swimming pool and hot tub perfect for unwinding at the end of a fun day. They also have their own on-site restaurant called Reinamora which serves up European gourmet cuisine and Patagonian dishes like lamb and king crab. Book your stay at Los Cauquenes Resort and Spa. Address: Barrio Bahía Cauquén, De la Ermita 3462 View this post on Instagram A post shared by Las Hayas Ushuaia Resort (@lashayasresort) Las Hayas Ushuaia Resort Las Hayas Ushuaia Resort is a luxury hotel in the outskirts of town on the way up to Martial Glacier. All rooms feature large windows with either sea views or mountain views. This Ushuaia resort features an indoor swimming pool and spa with sauna, jacuzzi and steam baths. The gastronomy options include Le Martial Restó for fine dining, Jauke Bistro & Cocktail for drinks and gourmet burgers or sandwiches, and Desayunador Drake for breakfast with a view. Book your stay at Las Hayas Ushuaia Resort. Address: Luis Fernando Martial 1650 High-end Hotels in Ushuaia Travellers looking for elegance and comfort will be pleased with the selection of 4-star hotels in Ushuaia. These accommodations are known for their style, hospitality and comfort. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Los Acebos Ushuaia Hotel (@losaceboshotel) Los Acebos Ushuaia Hotel Los Acebos Ushuaia Hotel is a high-end hotel in Ushuaia situated on the mountainside. Their spacious hotel rooms offer panoramic views of the Beagle Channel, plus they also have two junior suites and penthouses. Every morning at Los Acebos Ushuaia Hotel starts off with a superb buffet breakfast that satisfies both sweet and savoury palates. Their restaurant Orange features a mix of international and Argentine dishes and an extensive Argentine wine list. Book your stay at Los Acebos Ushuaia Hotel. Address: Luis Fernando Martial 1911 View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hotel Tierra del Fuego (@hoteltierradelfuego) Hotel Tierra del Fuego Hotel Tierra del Fuego is a centrally-located property making it a great option for visitors who want to be in the heart of Ushuaia close to shops, restaurants and attractions. This Ushuaia hotel has double and triple rooms as well as suites for those who prefer more space. Hotel Tierra del Fuego offers a 24-hour front desk as well as a ski storage service for travellers who are planning to hit the slopes during their visit. Book your stay at Hotel Tierra del Fuego. Address: Gobernador Deloqui 198 View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hotel Fueguino (@hotelfueguino) Fueguino Hotel Patagónico Fueguino Hotel Patagónico is located in the centre of Ushuaia making it easy to get around the city on foot. The hotel offers a warm and welcoming atmosphere and has double, triple and quadruple rooms. Travellers wanting more space can also opt for their suites which offer two living spaces. Fueguino Hotel Patagónico has a fitness centre featuring a gym, dry sauna, steam room and relaxation room. They also have their own restaurant, Komenk, which serves regional Patagonian dishes. The restaurant opens for breakfast, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner offering buffet and a la carte options. Book your stay at Fueguino Hotel Patagónico. Address: Gobernador Deloqui 1282 Mid-range Hotels in Ushuaia For the mid-range traveller wondering where to stay in Ushuaia, there are plenty of 3-star hotels offering the perfect intersection of style and comfort at a fair price. Here's our list of mid-range properties to consider. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Alto Andino Hotel (@altoandinohotel) Alto Andino Hotel Alto Andino Hotel is situated in downtown Ushuaia making it a great choice for visitors who want to be in the heart of it all. This property offers single, double, triple and quadruple rooms as well as apartments for those who prefer a self-catered holiday. Alto Andino Hotel offers a complimentary breakfast that is served in Bar Lookout, which has spectacular views of Ushuaia. The hotel also offers storage of ski and snowboard equipment. Book your stay at Alto Andino Hotel. Address: Gobernador Paz 868 View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hosteria y Restaurante America (@restaurante.america) Hostería & Restaurante America Hostería & Restaurante America is a guesthouse that sits directly across from Ushuaia's Centennial Monument just a couple of blocks from the centre of town. The guesthouse offers standard rooms, superior suites and master suites, as well as apartments that can fit up to 6 guests. Hostería & Restaurante America serves a buffet breakfast, stores ski and snowboard equipment, and has a 24-hour reception. They also have their own in-house restaurant, Restaurante America, which focuses on traditional Patagonian and Argentine dishes like Patagonian toothfish in black butter, King crab casserole, and steak. Book your stay at Hostería & Restaurante America. Address: Gobernador Paz 1665 View this post on Instagram A post shared by Altos Ushuaia Hotel & Restó (@altosushuaia) Altos Ushuaia Hotel Altos Ushuaia Hotel sits on the edge of town surrounded by Fuegian Forest on the same road that leads up to Martial Glacier. The hotel has 46 rooms spread out across 3 floors offering either views of the Beagle Channel or the mountains. The room configurations include double rooms, triple rooms and junior suites. Guests can also enjoy the outdoor jacuzzi which is available year round. Another key feature is that it offers emergency medical services available to clients at all times. Altos Ushuaia Hotel has its own restaurant, Bartolomé Restó, which serves traditional Patagonian dishes with views of the Beagle Channel. Book your stay at Altos Ushuaia Hotel. Address: Luis Fernando Martial 1441 Budget-friendly Hotels in Ushuaia If you're looking for simple and affordable rooms where to rest your head after a busy day of exploring, then this list of budget-friendly 2-star hotels might be just right for you. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hotel de Los Andes, Ushuaia 🇦🇷 (@delosandeshotelushuaia) Hotel De Los Andes Hotel de Los Andes is an affordable hotel option right in the centre of Ushuaia just two blocks from the waterfront. Rooms are simple but bright, and they offer free high-speed internet in all rooms as well as common areas. Their restaurant Bar D Pizzas serves up stone-baked pizzas and beer and is a good option for a meal in. Address: Avenida San Martín 753 Book your stay at Hotel de Los Andes. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hosteria Kupanaka (@hosteria.kupanaka) Hosteria Kupanaka Hosteria Kupanaka sits in a bright yellow building just 3 blocks from Plaza Islas Malvinas and the Ushuaia city sign. This guesthouse offers simple no-frills accommodations where guests can choose from double, triple and quadruple rooms with private bathrooms. The guesthouse offers free WiFi, TV with cable in rooms, and breakfast is included. Address: Gobernador Paz 1410 Book your stay at Hosteria Kupanaka. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hoteles del Fin del Mundo (@hotelesdelfindelmundo) Hotel Monaco Hotel Mónaco (part of Hoteles del Fin del Mundo) is a basic hotel option in Ushuaia for travellers looking for budget-friendly accommodations. The rooms are minimalist and well-illuminated with double, triple and quadruple room options. There is free WiFi access in the communal areas and breakfast is served daily for all guests. Read reviews for Hoteles del Fin del Mundo. Address: Avenida San Martín 1355 Hostels in Ushuaia Accommodations in the city at the end of the world can be pricier than elsewhere in Argentina, so hostels are a good option to keep travel costs down. Another benefit of staying in a hostel in Ushuaia is the opportunity to meet fellow travellers, which is great for those travelling solo. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Hostel Antarctica (@hostelantarctica) Antarctica Hostel Antarctica Hostel is centrally located just one block away from the Museum of the Prison of Ushuaia. The hostel offers both mixed dorms and female-only dorms, and room sizes range between 6-8 beds with a shared bathroom. They also have double rooms with private bathrooms for those who prefer a bit more privacy but still want to enjoy the hostel ambience. Read reviews for Antarctica Hostel. Address: Antártida Argentina 270 View this post on Instagram A post shared by Oshovia Hostel - Ushuaia (@oshoviahostel) Oshovia Hostel Oshovia Hostel sits in Ushuaia's west end in a more residential neighbourhood. It's a 20-30 minute walk into the centre of town, but it's a very scenic walk that takes you along the shores of Bahía Encerrada Nature Reserve and the Beagle Channel. The hostel offers mixed dorms and female-only dorms that range from 4-6 beds per room. Additionally, they have double, triple and quadruple rooms. Oshovia Hostel's feel is very rustic and cosy with lots of wood elements. The hostel also has communal areas where guests can meet other travellers. A continental breakfast is included. Read reviews for Oshovia Hostel. Address: Primer Argentino 127 View this post on Instagram A post shared by El Refugio Lodge Hostel (@elrefugiolodgehostel) El Refugio Lodge Hostel El Refugio Lodge Hostel is another centrally-located Ushuaia hostel that's only 3 blocks away from the port where all the Beagle Channel cruises depart from. This hostel offers a variety of room options. Dorm rooms have anywhere between 4-16 beds - the more beds the cheaper the room. Alternatively, guests can opt for a mix of twin rooms, double rooms, or triple rooms some with the option of private bathrooms. Select rooms also include a kitchen with a fridge, ideal for travellers looking to self-cater during their visit. Read reviews for El Refugio Lodge Hostel. Address: 25 de Mayo 231  #### Which G Adventures Patagonia Tour is Right for You? Looking to book a G Adventures Patagonia tour and you're not sure where to start? We've got you covered! So you're planning a trip to Patagonia, you know you want to join a group excursion, and now you're trying to decide which G Adventures Patagonia tour is right for you. G Adventures offers numerous trips across Patagonia, some of which strictly focus on travel in Argentine Patagonia and others that also include Chilean Patagonia. Today, we're going to be comparing 3 different G Adventures tours to Patagonia that vary in length, destinations covered, and level of difficulty. What do I know about Patagonia? Well, I've travelled extensively across both Argentine Patagonia and Chilean Patagonia, and I have visited all of the destinations covered in these G Adventures Patagonia tours. I know these destinations very well, how much time you need in each place, and what activities and attractions you shouldn't miss in each spot. I would go as far as saying I'm a bit travel-obsessed with Patagonia. I got hooked on my first visit back in 2019 and I've been going back every chance I get. Basically, whenever I'm in Argentina (which is often!), I always make sure to plan a trip back to Patagonia! But enough about me, because this article is about helping you figure out your trip to Patagonia. So with all of this in mind, we're going to do a deep dive into 3 different Patagonia tours offered by G Adventures, so hopefully, by the end of this article, you'll know which one is right for you! End of the Earth - Argentina & Chile Hike Patagonia in Depth - Argentina & Chile Patagonia Hiking - Argentina TOUR 1 End of the Earth 14 Days ✅ Argentine and Chilean Patagonia. 📍 Destinations: Buenos Aires, El Calafate, El Chaltén, Puerto Natales, Torres del Paine and Ushuaia. TOUR 2 Hike Patagonia in Depth 14 Days ✅ Argentine and Chilean Patagonia 📍 Destinations: Buenos Aires, El Calafate, El Chaltén, Puerto Natales and Torres del Paine. TOUR 3 Patagonia Hiking 9 Days ✅ Argentine Patagonia 📍 Destinations: Buenos Aires, El Calafate and El Chaltén Choosing a G Adventures Patagonia Tour 1. End of the Earth Tour - Argentina and Chile This G Adventures Patagonia tour has a little bit of everything so it's likely to appeal to a wide audience. Out of all the tours we're looking at today, this one covers the most destinations across both Argentina and Chile, hitting up some of the most loved destinations in Patagonia. On the Argentine side, you get to visit Los Glaciares National Park which you access from two different points: El Calafate to see glaciers and El Chaltén to experience the trekking capital of South America. Then, on the Chilean side, you visit Torres del Paine National Park which brings more breathtaking mountainous landscapes. The nice thing about this tour is that it includes some hiking (including a couple of longer full-day hikes), however, you're not hiking every single day of your trip. There is a bit of downtime to explore the towns or just let your legs recover. This is also the only one of the 3 G Adventures Patagonia tours that makes it all the way down to Ushuaia, the southernmost city in the world! If that's a destination you've been dreaming of visiting your whole life, then this Patagonia tour might be the right one for you. QUICK FACTS: Duration: 14 days Start/Finish City: Buenos Aires to Buenos Aires Destinations: Buenos Aires, El Calafate, El Chaltén, Puerto Natales, Torres del Paine and Ushuaia. Service Level: Standard. Comfortable tourist-class accommodations with character; mix of public and private transport. Physical Grading: 4 - Demanding. Some high-altitude hikes or more strenuous activities, but accessible to most healthy travellers. Trip Type: Small Group with a maximum of 16 travellers PROS: ✅ This tour covers the top destinations in Patagonia across Argentina and Chile ✅ You make it as far south as Ushuaia, the city at the End of the World! ✅ It includes some hikes as well as less active days CONS: ❌ 14 days might be too long for travellers short on vacation time ❌ Fast pace with 1 or 2 nights per destination ❌ Includes 2 nights of camping which may not appeal to everyone End of the Earth Itinerary (14 Days) Day 1 - Buenos Aires, Argentina Arrive at any time. There are no planned activities until an evening welcome meeting, so you can check into the hotel and enjoy the city. With any extra time, you can visit the districts of Recoleta, La Boca, San Telmo or watch a tango show. Optional activities: Teatro Colón Tour La Boca Neighbourhood Visit Buenos Aires Bike Tour Buenos Aires Guided City Tour Day 2 - Buenos Aires to El Chaltén, Argentina Early transfer to the airport to fly to El Calafate and continue by private transportation to El Chaltén and Los Glaciares National Park. En route, marvel at the towering Andes Mountains. You can Enjoy some free time in the town or head out on some short hikes. Day 3 - El Chaltén, Argentina Enjoy a full-day guided hike to Laguna de los Tres in Los Glaciares National Park, and if the weather cooperates, you'll get a clear view of Mount Fitz Roy! During this hike, the terrain will change gradually from tree-covered trails to exposed alpine landscapes. Laguna de los Tres is one of the most epic viewpoints in the park. It's a 24-kilometre or 15-mile hike that takes about 10 hours to complete and has an elevation gain of 1040 metres. The most challenging part of the hike is the last kilometres before reaching the lagoon as it's a steep ascent through loose rocks and boulders, but the view at the end is worth it! Day 4 - El Chaltén to El Calafate, Argentina Free morning where you can opt to wake up early and conquer another hike before heading to El Calafate. Day 5 - El Calafate, Argentina Visit Perito Moreno Glacier, one of the world’s few advancing glaciers, where you'll have a guided tour. Opt to take a boat ride on the lake to see it from a different vantage point. You'll see Perito Moreno's 60-metre or 197-foot wall of ice that sporadically chokes off the narrow “Canal de los Tempanos” (Iceberg Channel) creating a natural ice dam. Optional activities: Perito Moreno Glacier Boat Tour Day 6 - El Calafate, Argentina to Puerto Natales, Chile Travel by bus to Puerto Natales to prepare for the upcoming days of hiking in Patagonia. Spend a relaxing evening in the town of Puerto Natales before heading into Torres del Paine National Park. Day 7 - Puerto Natales and Torres del Paine, Chile Hop on a private transfer and enjoy the two-and-a-half-hour drive to the entrance of Torres del Paine National Park. Stop at the Welcome Center and get ready to begin the hike. You'll trek to the base of Las Torres to see the dramatic three towers and turquoise lagoon below. A local guide will lead the way during the hike and the CEO will act as sweep, keeping everyone together. The hike is about 4 hours in and 4 hours back. It's 22 kilometres or 14 miles roundtrip with an elevation gain of 750 metres but oh-so-worth-it! Day 8 - Torres del Paine, Chile Wake up surrounded by breathtaking landscapes. Enjoy breakfast with a view, pack your bag, and jump in the van to Lake Pehoe. Cross the lake by boat and trek to the French Valley. Enjoy another full day of spectacular scenery and physical exertion. Return to Paine Grande Camp at the end of the day. The hike from Paine Grande Camp through the French Valley and back to Paine Grande Camp is 20 kilometres or 13 miles and takes 8-10 hours with an elevation gain of 550 metres or 1,800 feet. Day 9 - Torres del Paine and Puerto Natales, Chile Enjoy the last day in Torres del Paine National Park on a fast-paced hike to Grey Lake and the first lookout point for Grey Glacier. Gaze off into the distance admiring the scale of this immense glacier. In the afternoon return to Puerto Natales. The hike from Paine Grande Camp to Grey Lookout is 11 kilometres or 7 miles and takes 4 hours with an elevation gain of 400 metres or 1315 feet. Day 10 - Puerto Natales, Chile to Ushuaia, Argentina Get your snacks ready and take a bus south to Ushuaia at the End of the Earth. During the journey, you'll hop on a ferry to cross the Magellan Strait and then continue by bus to Ushuaia. Day 11 - Ushuaia, Argentina Enjoy a free day to explore Ushuaia. Opt to hike to Laguna Esmeralda, or rest your legs and visit some museums such as the Prison at the End of the World Museum, or do some horseback riding. You can also chill and enjoy the spa or the heated swimming pool at the hotel. Optional activities: Beagle Channel Cruise to Isla Martillo The Maritime Museum and Prison at the End of the World Museum Horseback Riding in Ushuaia Day 12 - Ushuaia, Argentina Enjoy another free day to explore the area. Opt to take a boat cruise on the Beagle Channel to see penguins on Isla Martillo or enjoy a hike in Tierra del Fuego National Park. Optional activities: Tierra del Fuego National Park Visit Beagle Channel Cruise to Isla Martillo Horseback Riding Ushuaia The Maritime Museum and Prison at the End of the World Museum Day 13 - Ushuaia to Buenos Aires, Argentina Fly to Buenos Aires. Day 14 - Buenos Aires, Argentina Depart at any time. 2. Hike Patagonia in Depth Tour - Argentina and Chile This is considered one of the best Patagonia hiking tours out there. You are basically hiking every single day of the trip! And you are hiking in some of the most iconic locations in both Argentina and Chile. This G Adventures Patagonia tour includes a mix of light hikes to warm up and ease into the destination as well as more challenging full-day hikes that offer big rewards. Namely, the most epic mountains and alpine lagoons you've ever seen! You also get to hike the famous W Trek in Chile's Torres del Paine. Hiking this loop means staying at campsites along the way, so the tour is geared towards active and outdoorsy travellers who don't mind swapping a bit of comfort for epic views! If you dream of hiking Patagonia this tour might be the right one for you. QUICK FACTS: Duration: 14 days Start/Finish City: Buenos Aires to Buenos Aires Destinations: Buenos Aires, El Calafate, El Chaltén, Puerto Natales and Torres del Paine. Travel Style: Active with trekking, biking and kayaking. Service Level: Standard. Comfortable tourist-class accommodations with character; mix of public and private transport. Physical Rating: 4 - Demanding. Some high-altitude hikes or more strenuous activities, but accessible to most healthy travellers. Trip Type: Small group with a maximum of 16 travellers PROS: ✅ Strong focus on hiking with daily hikes in Patagonia's most beautiful parks ✅ This trip goes in-depth and focuses on the most iconic destinations ✅ You are not switching hotels every night (except for the camping loop) CONS: ❌ Includes 4 nights camping in national parks which may not appeal to everyone ❌ Daily hikes might be too much for certain travellers ❌ Because this trip goes in-depth, you visit fewer destinations Hike Patagonia in Depth Itinerary (14 Days) Day 1 - Buenos Aires, Argentina Arrive at any time. Day 2 - Buenos Aires to El Chaltén, Argentina Enjoy an early transfer to the airport to fly to El Calafate and continue by private transportation to El Chaltén and Los Glaciares National Park. Enjoy some free time in the town or head out on a short hike. Day 3 - El Chaltén, Argentina Climb into a double kayak for a gentle paddle along the Río de las Vueltas, inside Los Glaciares National Park. Get ready for breathtaking views of Fitz Roy if the skies are clear. Day 4 - El Chaltén, Argentina Enjoy a full-day guided hike to Laguna de los Tres for a view of Mount Fitz Roy. Day 5 - El Chaltén to El Calafate, Argentina Explore El Chaltén's many trekking routes. Opt to explore the Laguna Torre trail to spot the dramatic Cerro Torre, hike to Laguna Capri or head up to the Mirador de Los Condores to enjoy great views of the town. Afterwards, travel to the town of El Calafate and opt for a hearty dinner to refuel. Day 6 - El Calafate, Argentina Travel to Perito Moreno Glacier for an included guided tour. Explore the different walkways that will bring you face-to-face with the glacier. Opt to take a boat ride on the lake to get a different view of the stunning landscapes and marvel at how large the glacier is up close. Day 7 - El Calafate, Argentina Enjoy free time, take a leisurely hike to Laguna Nimez, explore the souvenir shops and restaurants in town, choose to experience an estancia for the day, or opt to go on an adventure activity in the Patagonian steppe. Day 8 - El Calafate, Argentina to Puerto Natales, Chile Continue on to Puerto Natales, the gateway to Torres del Paine National Park. Explore the town, eat a hearty meal, and rest well for the 4-day hike ahead. Day 9 - Puerto Natales to Laguna Azul Camp, Chile Embark on a 4-day excursion in Torres del Paine National Park, hiking the famous W Trek. Start the 62km (38.5 mi) route by trekking to the base of Las Torres to see the dramatic three towers and turquoise lagoon below. Day 10 - Laguna Azul Camp to Cuernos Camp, Chile Wake up surrounded by breathtaking landscapes. Enjoy breakfast with a view, pack your bag and jump in the van. Once at the welcome centre, meet the porters and continue hiking along the W route towards Cuernos Campsite. Stop at Nordenskjöld Lake and enjoy the view before reaching Cuernos Camp. Day 11 - Cuernos Camp to Paine Grande Camp, Chile Today hike to the French Valley lookout to see the imposing French glacier hanging over Paine Grande mountain. Take in the dramatic, contrasting greens and greys on the landscape and enjoy a 360 view from above. Head to Paine Grande Campsite after crossing an eerie and beautiful forest of dead trees. Day 12 - Paine Grande Camp to Puerto Natales, Chile The final day of the W Trek leads to Grey Lake and the lookout point for Grey Glacier. Gaze off into the distance admiring the scale of this immense glacier. Hike back to Lake Pehoé and finish by taking a picturesque ferry ride across the lake enjoying the sense of accomplishment before returning to Puerto Natales for the night. Day 13 - Puerto Natales, Chile to Buenos Aires, Argentina Travel back into Argentina to El Calafate and catch an evening flight from Patagonia to Buenos Aires. Day 14 - Buenos Aires, Argentina Depart at any time. 3. Patagonia Hiking Tour - Argentina This is the shortest G Adventures Patagonia tour that we're looking at, but it's packed with so much good stuff! This Patagonia hiking tour only covers Argentina, but one of the nice things is that it goes in depth in the two destinations it visits: El Calafate and El Chaltén. This means you're not changing hotels every few nights, and you really get to explore both towns, visit the glaciers, and tackle multiple hikes ranging in length and level of difficulty. It also means that when you arrive back home, you won't feel like you've been run to the ground. Basically, it's an ideal tour for travellers who are short on time, but want to experience some Patagonian highlights at a nice pace. QUICK FACTS: Duration: 9 days Start/Finish City: Buenos Aires to Buenos Aires Destinations: Buenos Aires, El Calafate and El Chaltén Travel Style: Active with trekking, biking and kayaking adventures made for outdoor types. Service Level: Standard. Comfortable tourist-class accommodations with character; a mix of public and private transport. Physical Rating: 4 - Demanding. Some high-altitude hikes or more strenuous activities, but accessible to most healthy travellers. Trip Type: Small group with a maximum of 16 travellers. PROS: ✅ Shorter tour ideal for travellers with less vacation time ✅ Visit the two most iconic destinations in Argentine Patagonia ✅ Explore El Chaltén and El Calafate in depth CONS: ❌ This tour might feel too short once you get to Patagonia ❌ Doesn't visit Chilean Patagonia ❌ Doesn't go to Ushuaia, the city at the End of the World Patagonia Hiking Itinerary (9 days) Day 1 - Buenos Aires, Argentina Arrive at any time. As there are no planned activities until an evening welcome meeting, you can check into the hotel and enjoy the city. Opt to visit the districts of La Boca, Recoleta, San Telmo or catch a tango show. Optional activities: Teatro Colón Tour La Boca Neighbourhood Visit Buenos Aires Bike Tour Buenos Aires Guided City Tour Day 2 - Buenos Aires to El Chaltén, Argentina Enjoy an early transfer to the airport to fly to El Calafate and continue by private transportation to El Chaltén and Los Glaciares National Park. Enjoy some free time in the town or head out on a short hike. Fly south to the province of Santa Cruz and the town of El Calafate before transferring overland to El Chaltén. Often referred to as the trekking capital of Argentina, El Chaltén is the gateway to Cerro Fitz Roy and Cerro Torre, two of the most beautiful peaks in Patagonia. Enjoy free time to warm up for the upcoming trek, opt to take a short hike to a nearby lookout or explore around town. Day 3 - El Chaltén, Argentina Climb into a double kayak for a gentle paddle along the Río de las Vueltas in Los Glaciares National Park. Get ready for breathtaking views of Mount Fitz Roy if the skies are clear. Day 4 - El Chaltén, Argentina Enjoy a full-day guided hike to Laguna de los Tres. This is the most popular trek in El Chaltén and for good reason. On a clear day, the view of Cerro Fitz Roy and the sparking teal lake below are spectacular. The gradual start to the trek provides time to appreciate the stunning landscape and ease into the challenging trek ahead. Although the 400 metres or 1,312 feet incline to reach the lake is taxing, it's well worth the effort for the views! Day 5 - El Chaltén to El Calafate, Argentina Explore one of El Chaltén's many trekking routes. Opt to explore the Laguna Torre trail to spot the dramatic Cerro Torre, hike to Laguna Capri or head up to the Mirador de Los Condores to enjoy great views of the town. Afterwards, head to El Calafate and opt for a hearty dinner to refuel. Optional activities: Cerro Torre Hike Chorrillo del Salto Hike Condor and Eagle Lookout Day 6 - El Calafate, Argentina Travel to Perito Moreno Glacier for an included guided tour. You can then opt to take a boat ride on the lake for a different view of the stunning landscape. Argentino Lake is the southernmost of the four water sheets produced by the Pleistocene Glaciation. Its fjords cover 1,505km² or 935 mi² and it is considered one of the most breathtaking lakes in the world. The Perito Moreno Glacier is an imposing river of ice, 2.7 kilometres or 1.7 miles wide by 55 metres or 180 feet high, which descends from the continental ice field to the Canal de los Tempanos. Optional activities: Perito Moreno Glacier Boat Day 7 - El Calafate Enjoy free time, take a leisurely hike to Laguna Nimez, explore the souvenir shops and restaurants in town, choose to experience a full-day at an estancia, or opt to go on an adventure activity in the Patagonian landscape. The main strip of this tiny town is lined with small wooden shops, browse for souvenirs and chocolates, or stop in one of the restaurants for a bite. Optional activities: Laguna Nimez Day 8 - El Calafate to Buenos Aires, Argentina Fly back to the vibrant city of Buenos Aires. Enjoy a drink in one of the many sidewalk cafes and restaurants, or pre-book an evening Tango experience. Get together for one last meal and a final bottle of wine. This will be your last chance to try Argentina's succulent parrilladas so dig in and enjoy! Optional activities: Tango Dinner Show Day 9 - Buenos Aires, Argentina Depart at any time. Which G Adventures Patagonia tour is right for YOU? Now that we've looked at all of these G Adventures Patagonia tours, it's time to figure out which one is right for you, so let's quickly review each one: The End of the Earth Tour is the classic Patagonia trip that hits all the highlights. It does move at a quicker pace averaging 1-2 nights per destination, but you cover a lot of ground and even make it to Ushuaia. You get to enjoy multiple hikes (even some challenging ones!), but you're not hiking every single day of the trip. You also get 2 nights of camping in a national park. If you're an active traveller who wants to cover a lot of ground fast, this might be the tour for you! The Hike Patagonia in Depth Tour is all about hiking. You spend lots of time in Los Glaciares National Park and Torres del Paine National Park and you get to hike every single day! You even get to camp for 4 nights while hiking the famous W Trek. This is probably the most physically demanding tour, but you are going to spend every single day in the mountains amazed at the views. If you're an avid hiker who enjoys fitness, this could be your tour! The Patagonia Hiking Tour is short but sweet. You only visit Argentina but you get ample time in El Calafate and El Chaltén. You're not switching hotels every night of the trip, which means you get to explore each town in depth at a more relaxed pace. If you're short on time but want to see the best of Argentine Patagonia, this is the tour for you! Hopefully, after an in-depth look at each of these 3 G Adventures Patagonia tours, you've been able to narrow it down. There's nothing left to do now but pack your bags and head on down to Patagonia. Wishing you a great trip and happy trails! What is G Adventures all about? G Adventures is a global adventure travel company renowned for its commitment to providing authentic and sustainable travel experiences. It was founded in 1990 by Bruce Poon Tip, and since then the company has grown from a one-man operation to a leading innovator in the adventure travel industry. G Adventures offers a wide range of travel styles, from active adventures to cultural explorations, catering to various interests and fitness levels. Their tours, which span the globe, emphasize small-group experiences, typically with a maximum of 16 travellers, allowing for more intimate and immersive experiences. A standout feature of G Adventures is the focus on responsible tourism. They are dedicated to ensuring that their tours positively impact both the environment and the local communities visited. This approach includes partnering with local guides and businesses, promoting sustainable travel practices, and supporting social enterprise projects worldwide. For travellers seeking to explore off-the-beaten-path destinations, G Adventures offers a wide array of options including the G Adventures Patagonia tours we've highlighted above. #### Tren Patagónico: Riding the Train Across Patagonia from Bariloche to Viedma! The Tren Patagónico is an epic, overnight, cross-country train journey that crosses Argentina from west to east. This passenger train travels over 800 kilometres from the city of Bariloche at the foot of the Andes Mountains to the city of Viedma which sits near the Atlantic Ocean. It takes 18+ hours to complete the full journey which coincidentally also crosses the Province of Río Negro. Travelling aboard the Tren Patagónico is a great way to experience the magic of the Patagonian steppe and see a side of northern Patagonia beyond lakes and snowcapped mountains. Plus, it's an opportunity to see local wildlife; namely, hares, guanacos and lots of sheep! In this blog post, we're going to share how you too can travel aboard the Tren Patagónico and what to expect from the train journey. FAQ's about the Tren Patagónico Is there a train through Patagonia? The Tren Patagónico crosses northern Patagonia from east to west, connecting the Atlantic Ocean with the Andes Mountains. There is currently no train that travels the length of Patagonia from north to south, though there are short tourist train segments for sightseeing purposes. How much does the Tren Patagónico cost? At the time of publication, the cost to travel from Bariloche to Viedma is $4,800 ARS. (So $23 USD at the official rate or $12 USD at the Blue Rate). Where does the Tren Patagónico go? The Tren Patagónico is a passenger train that travels from the city of Bariloche at the foot of the Andes to the city of Viedma on the Atlantic Ocean. The Tren Patagónico makes stops in Bariloche, Pilcaniyeu, Comallo, Clemente Onelli, Ingeniero Jacobacci, Maquinchao, Los Menucos, Sierra Colorada, Ministro Ramos Mexia, Nahuel Niyeu, Valcheta, San Antonio Oeste, Winter, Palacios, and Viedma. How long is the Tren Patagónico train journey? The Tren Patagónico is an 18+ hour overnight train journey. You board the train in the late afternoon/early evening and arrive the following day around noon. If you're looking for a fun way to get to Bariloche or Viedma (depending on the direction you're travelling), this train is it! What days does the Tren Patagónico travel? The Tren Patagónico typically travels from Viedma to Bariloche on Fridays, departing Viedma at 18:00 and arriving in Bariloche at 12:28 the following day. It then runs from Bariloche to Viedma on Sundays, departing Bariloche at 17:00 and arriving in Viedma at 11:34 the following day. That being said, it is always best to check the official website for an updated schedule before you plan your trip, and know that train delays are quite possible. Is the Tren Patagónico the same as the Old Patagonian Express?  No, the Tren Patagónico and the Old Patagonian Express, also known as La Trochita, are not the same train. The name Tren Patagónico translates to 'Patagonian Train' but is not to be confused with the Old Patagonian Express - these are two very different journeys in different provinces! The Old Patagonian Express is a tourist train in the Province of Chubut that you can ride as a half-day excursion. Meanwhile, the Tren Patagónico is an overnight journey that crosses the whole Province of Río Negro from the mountains to the sea. How to book the Tren Patagónico There are a few different ways to book a journey aboard this train. Online The first option is to try booking your train tickets online on the Tren Patagonico official website. The only thing is that the website is entirely in Spanish, so you'll need some language skills. The other issue is that sometimes the website doesn't show availability even though there are tickets available! It's not the most straightforward option, but if you want to try it, click the 'Venta de Pasajes Online' button on their website and go from there. At the train station The other option is to go in person to the train station. The Tren Patagónico website shows you can book tickets at the train stations in Viedma, San Antonio Oeste, Ingeniero Jacobacci, and San Carlos de Bariloche. The hours of operation for the train stations differ and some only open on certain days or for a few hours a day, so check the schedule on the official website before you make the trek over. Via a tour operator The best option, I would say, is to book your tickets via a tour operator. You can do so in a few select cities: In Bariloche: Bioceánica Turismo, Mooving Travel, Gerardo de los Cerros, Surface Travel, Huiliches Turismo, Natural Travel, and Vivir Viajes In El Bolsón: Grado 42 In Las Grutas: Ocasión Turismo In Viedma: Monatour, Araucarias, Kosten, and Free Time This is probably the easiest and most stress-free option. Let someone else take care of the details and just hand you tickets! Travelling Aboard the Tren Patagónico Since we travelled from Bariloche to Viedma, our train departed at 17:00 and we were asked to be at the station one hour prior at 16:00. There were 3 classes to choose from when booking our train tickets: First, Pullman and Camarote. First is actually the cheapest class, Pullman is the in between option, and Camarote is the one with private cabins. We travelled in the Pullman carriage which featured reclining seats, a fair bit of legroom, and heat or AC (depending on the time of year). Another thing to note about this train is that it has a movie carriage that’s available to passengers in Pullman and Camarote, and it also has a disco carriage for those who want to dance the night away as the train chugs across the Patagonian steppe. I have to say, I loved the scenery on this train journey! We got to witness a magical sunset over the Patagonian steppe paired with ever-changing views. The fields were washed in gold with the last rays of day, and it was spectacular. Shortly after departing the station in Bariloche, an attendant went across the carriage asking each passenger their final destination - that way they know where to stop and potentially wake you up if you’re getting off in the middle of the night. Then another attendant came by selling snacks, so we got some milanesa sandwiches, and we also confirmed our reservation in the dining carriage. The earliest time they had available was 21:00, which is a typical dinner time in Argentina. We ended up sharing a table with an Argentine couple and stayed up until 02:00! We snoozed for four hours and then it was time to get off at our stop. We sleepily disembarked in San Antonio Oeste so that we could continue onwards to the seaside resort of Las Grutas. And that was our experience travelling aboard the Tren Patagónico from the mountains to the sea! I'll leave you with a video below to give you a better idea of what to expect from this train journey. #### Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Tour: Is it Worth it? Visiting Ushuaia and wondering if the Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Tour is worth it? We'll help you decide! The Ushuaia Double Decker bus tour is a 1 hour and 10-minute city sightseeing bus tour across the southernmost city in the world. The loop runs 15 kilometres in length and during the journey, you get to see a variety of sights and attractions that are on the less touristy side. This tour is a good way to get a lay of the land, but it's not the only way to see the city. So in this article, we're going to do a deep dive into this Ushuaia bus tour, look at the bus route, the attractions it goes past, the places where you get to disembark, see how the tour varies from summer to winter, and consider alternatives. We're going to share everything you need to know so you can decide whether this bus tour is right for you. #1 Pick Ushuaia City Tour Aboard a Double Decker Bus ⭐️ RATING: 4.5/5 Stars ⏳ TOUR LENGTH: 1 hour 10 minutes The Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Tour is a 1-hour sightseeing tour aboard a blue vintage bus. It provides a brief introduction to the southernmost city in the world and takes passengers to various attractions beyond the tourist trail. What is the Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Tour? Before we dive in, let's be very clear about what this bus tour is not. The Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Tour is NOT a hop-on hop-off bus tour where you can get off at your chosen attraction, spend some time exploring, and then wait for the next bus to come by a few minutes later to pick you up. This bus tour is a city sightseeing tour where you drive around the city and see a lot of places in passing. During the tour, you get to listen to a narrated audio guide which offers commentary on Ushuaia's history and the attractions you're seeing along the way. You only disembark at two points throughout the tour for brief photo ops. Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Tour All aboard the Ushuaia City Tour Bus The Ushuaia city bus tour departs from Civic Plaza Ushuaia on the corner of Avenida Maipú and Comodoro Augusto Laserre Sur. This is right downtown just one block north of the port, so it's super easy to find. Look for the old-fashioned London-style double-decker bus painted bright blue, and then get ready to be transported back through time once you step aboard. During this bus tour, you’ll get to learn about Ushuaia’s history and hear fun anecdotes, with a bit of tango music in between. The entire trip is narrated by an audio guide. You'll get a set of headphones and be able to choose from 8 different languages: English, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, French, German, Russian and Chinese. Attractions on Ushuaia Double Decker Tour So what will you see during the tour? Well, as I mentioned earlier, most of the attractions you will visit (or mainly drive by since this tour is just over an hour!), are not super touristy. Here's the official bus route so you know what to expect: Old Government House: Originally constructed in 1893, the building underwent a transformation after a devastating fire in 1920, resulting in its current design. The Old Government House is now also an annex of the End of the World Museum. First School: The first school in Ushuaia was established in 1890, called Escuela Nº 1 Domingo Faustino Sarmiento. First Church: In 1898, Ushuaia's first church was built, a catholic church called La Iglesia Parroquial de Ushuaia, which is now a National Historic Monument. Otero House: This is the historic home of Lucinda Otero, a renowned writer who depicted life in Ushuaia through her poetry. Malvinas Monument: This is a war memorial with a wall of remembrance that contains the names of the 649 Argentine servicemen who were killed in the war for Islas Malvinas (Falkland Islands) in 1982. First Graveyard: Ushuaia's first cemetery takes up half a block just north of Plaza San Martin and it's where many of the early settlers are buried. CADIC: This stands for Centro Austral de Investigaciones Científicas or Austral Center for Scientific Research. It's the southernmost interdisciplinary research centre, not counting the bases in Antarctica. University: Tierra del Fuego National University or Universidad Nacional de Tierra Del Fuego is the university at the end of the world. It offers multiple careers in environmental science, political science, economy and education. Monte Gallinero: This area is home to a battery with Bofors M45 DP 105mm cannons. Monte Vigia: Another historic hill near Monte Gallinero. Pipo River: This is where the Pipo River crosses through the city of Ushuaia. New Neighbourhood: As the name suggests, these are the new neighbourhoods under development where you'll see a lot of new constructions. Prisoners' Path: This is a historic hiking trail in the city's west end where you can still see the remains of the train track sleepers that took the prisoners from the prison to the forest. Devil's Lagoon: This is a small green lagoon that's part of a nature reserve. It's named so because back in the day animals used to disappear during the winter months (unfortunately falling through the ice!) and local lore was that the devil was taking these animals. Buena Esperanza: Not super exciting but this is the local water treatment plant. Italian Neighbourhood: A historic neighbourhood where a lot of Italian families initially lived. Hospital: Another exciting attraction, I know, but you'll get to go by the local hospital. Saint Christopher: Formerly known as the HMS Justice where she served as a rescue tug in the Royal Navy, the Saint Christopher is a vessel that was later chartered for salvage operations in the Beagle Channel. After suffering engine trouble and rudder damage, she was beached and abandoned in the harbour, where she's now a tourist attraction. End of the World Museum: This museum focuses on local history and natural history, and has exhibits dedicated to sailing, whaling and seabirds. Navy Harbour: With some luck you might get to see part of the naval fleet docked in the port. Fournier Monument: Monument to remember the ARA Fournier, a minesweeper of the Argentine Navy that was in service from 1940 until her sinking in 1949. After reading this list, you probably have a better understanding of what I meant by less touristy attractions in Ushuaia. I mean, schools, hospitals, local neighbourhoods and the local water treatment plant probably aren't on your list of places you plan to visit in the southernmost city, but it gives you an overview of the city from a more local angle. You also go past the Old Government House, the Malvinas Monument, the Saint Christopher beached on the city shores, so there are some spots geared more towards tourists. There are two stops along this tour where you actually get off the bus. The first one is the Devil's Lagoon where you can snap some photos and enjoy the greenery. The next stop is in front of Aeroclub Ushuaia. This isn't even listed as an official stop on the itinerary, but it offers great panoramic views of Ushuaia. So if you're looking for those postcard shots of the city, this is where you get them. Pros of Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Tour ✅ Provides a great overview of the city ✅ Takes you to places you wouldn't be able to reach on foot ✅ Goes beyond the main tourist sights Cons of Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Tour ❌ Not a hop-on-hop-off bus (there isn't such a tour in Ushuaia!) ❌ Limited time at each scheduled stop ❌ Short 1 hour and 10-minute tour of the city Who is the Ushuaia Bus Tour for? 👍 Travellers who want an overview of the whole city 👍 Travellers who have limited time in Ushuaia 👍 Travellers who want to enjoy a short condensed city tour My Experience on the Ushuaia Bus Tour Let me say, I had very few expectations from this bus tour because I kind of booked it on a whim. I figured it would be a good tour to do early on in my trip to Ushuaia so I could get a lay of the land and perhaps revisit some places if something caught my eye during this brief bus tour. This sightseeing bus allowed me to see places in Ushuaia I otherwise never would have made it to, not only because they were too far for a tourist to get around on foot, but also because we visited less touristy places that weren't exactly on my travel radar. With so many of Ushuaia's main attractions concentrated along the port or in the historic centre, it was nice to see where the locals live and what the city outskirts look like. I also enjoyed the audio guide since it provided context to what we were seeing. Otherwise, the attractions wouldn't have made a lot of sense since we were only seeing them in passing. As for my initial idea of retracing my steps to places of interest, I have to say, nothing I saw during the bus tour really warranted a longer visit. We had enough time at the two scenic stops of the trip, the Devil's Lagoon and the Ushuaia Aeroclub, that I didn't feel the need to go back anywhere with more time. There's so much to see and do in Ushuaia - go on a Beagle Channel cruise, ride the Train at the End of the World, visit the Ushuaia Prison Museum - that I'm glad I only spent an hour touring the city and therefore had plenty of time to enjoy other activities. Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Schedule HIGH SEASON (October to May) Travel aboard the double decker bus Departure times are 10:30, 12:30, 15:30 and 17:30 1 hour and 10-minute tour LOW SEASON (July to September) Travel aboard a 4x4 Bondi (you need a vehicle that can handle the snow!) Departure times are 12:00 and 15:00. 1 hour and 20-minute tour Hot chocolate included Alternatives to the Ushuaia Bus Tour If the Ushuaia Double Decker bus tour doesn't sound like your cup of tea, you may be interested in checking out the Ushuaia City Train. This train is NOT the End of the World Train, but rather a city sightseeing train that does a similar loop through Ushuaia. The Ushuaia City Train is a 1-hour journey (slightly shorter than the bus by just 10 minutes) and it covers 13 kilometres (2 kilometres less than the bus). You also get 2 photo stops along the way, though at different locations. You can check out the Ushuaia City Train Tour here. Is the Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Tour worth it? I would say it depends on the type of traveller you are and what you want out of your trip. If you enjoy visiting quirky spots and you want an off-the-beaten-path look at Ushuaia, then this bus tour delivers. Also, it runs just over an hour, so it's a good way to see the city quickly especially if you're on a short trip to Ushuaia. You'll get to see the city beyond the historic centre, you'll drive through local neighbourhoods, and you'll get to learn about the city's history via the audio guide. It's also an activity to consider during the cooler months in Ushuaia when you may not feel like spending a lot of time exploring the city on foot. On the other hand, if you're super pressed for time and you have a long list of activities in Ushuaia that you really want to get through, then you should probably focus on those. Perhaps your time would be better spent hiking in Tierra del Fuego National Park, cruising the Beagle Channel, enjoying a helicopter flight over Ushuaia, or so many other things! I'm glad I did the tour because I got a good overview of the city and I feel like I know Ushuaia beyond its tourist sights, however, I don't think it's a must. But ultimately, the choice is yours! How to buy your Ushuaia Double Decker Bus Ticket You can book your ticket through Viator. In-person at the bus stop right before departure. By phone at +54 9 2901 582400 On the Ushuaia City Tour website (Spanish only). Read More about Ushuaia: Epic Ushuaia Tours at the End of the World Post Office at the End of the World How to Get to Ushuaia Where to Stay in Ushuaia Travel Tips for Your Trip to Ushuaia Tolhuin: The Lakeside Town Near Ushuaia Choosing a G Adventures Patagonia Tour #### When is the Best Time to Visit Bariloche? Wondering when is the best time to visit Bariloche? We're highlighting the pros and cons of each season as well as the activities you can enjoy depending on the time of year. Bariloche is a year-round destination and depending on the season you visit, there are a myriad of activities to enjoy. I've had the opportunity to travel to Bariloche in spring, summer and autumn (winter is next!) and it's always a completely different experience. Personally, autumn is my favourite time of year in Bariloche. I love hiking through the fall foliage, enjoying the crisp autumn days, and tucking into some hearty Patagonian dishes at a local restaurant. That being said, there are pros and cons to visiting in each season, meaning the best time to go to Bariloche depends entirely on the activities you're looking to enjoy. Best Time to Visit Bariloche, Argentina Autumn in Bariloche March, April and May Pros of Autumn in Bariloche Autumn in Bariloche is my favourite time of year! I love it when the forest turns into a spectacle of reds, oranges, and yellows. It's the most picturesque time of the year and there are so many ways to soak in the scenery. You can drive the Road of the Seven Lakes, go on a lakeside horse trek, or tackle some of the surrounding mountain peaks in Nahuel Huapi National Park. One of my favourite autumn experiences in Bariloche is the hike to Laguna Verde via Refugio Neumeyer. The contrast between the red foliage and the green lagoon is pretty spectacular! This isn't a super popular trek, so I only discovered it thanks to joining a guided hiking tour. Another pro of visiting Bariloche in autumn is that the weather is milder. Temperatures can range between 5–15°C (41–59°F), which I think is perfect for spending an active day outdoors. This is also a good time of year to sample hearty Patagonian dishes like deer stew, lamb barbecue and lentil casserole. Another pro of autumn in Bariloche is that it's a quieter time of year. Kids have gone back to school, adults have gone back to work, and you get more affordable rates with fewer tourists. Cons of Autumn in Bariloche One of the cons of autumn in Bariloche is that once the peak summer season winds down, there are fewer tours and activities. It's not like the whole city shuts down because this is very much a year-round destination. However, tours are a bit more limited and run on a more restricted schedule since there is less demand. 🍂 Trekking in the Andes Mountains - This private full-day hiking trip from Bariloche can be tailored to your interests and fitness level. It includes lunch and all necessary equipment. Winter in Bariloche June, July and August Pros of Winter in Bariloche If you're looking for a dreamy winter wonderland with snow-covered mountains, winter is the time to visit Bariloche! Winter is the peak season for skiing, snowboarding, snowshoeing and a whole myriad of winter sports. The place to be is Cerro Catedral; this is the largest ski resort in the southern hemisphere with 32 lifts and 120 kilometres of slopes! You may be surprised to hear you can enjoy winter treks in Bariloche. Some alpine refuges and trails close during the winter months, so if you're not too experienced in this region, it's best to trek with a local guide. They'll be able to navigate the terrain, keep a close eye on the weather, and provide you with snowshoes for sections of the trek where these are needed. If all of this is sounding a little too active, fret not! Winter in Bariloche can be a very relaxing experience if you choose to pamper yourself. If this sounds like you, I'd recommend booking a couple of nights at a luxury hotel with a spa and an indoor pool. Alternatively, you can opt for a cozy cabin with a wood-burning fireplace. Stay cozy indoors as you watch the snow come down! Winter is also the perfect time of year to indulge in Bariloche's artisanal chocolate scene. There's something about the cooler weather that just makes you crave chocolate! The good news is that most chocolaterías have on-site cafes where you can indulge in hot chocolate, pastries and assorted chocolate boxes. If you need another reason to visit Bariloche in winter, consider attending Fiesta Nacional de la Nieve. The National Snow Festival features live music, wood-chopping competitions and ski races. Cons of Winter in Bariloche So, winter in Bariloche sounds pretty dreamy. What are the cons? The cold weather may deter some visitors. Temperatures range from -2–8°C (28–46°F), but if you wear thermal underwear and dress in warm layers, you'll be fine. I'm a firm believe that there is no bad weather, only inadequate clothing. Spoken like a true Canadian! Another downside of winter in Bariloche is that ski resorts can become crowded, especially in July during the school holidays. This can drive up the cost of accommodations, so it's best to book well in advance. ☃️ Private Winter Trek in Bariloche - This winter hike takes you through a snow-covered landscape and once the snow gets deep enough, it's time to put on some snowshoes! Spring in Bariloche September, October and November Pros of Spring in Bariloche There are many reasons to visit Bariloche in spring. For starters, the scenery is gorgeous! The surrounding forests and valleys come alive with vibrant greens and you also have wildflowers in bloom. Plus, temperatures are pleasant averaging 10–20°C (50–68°F), making it ideal for outdoor adventures. Springtime is shoulder season, so you can enjoy the natural beauty and popular attractions without the heavy tourist influx. This is a good time of year to visit Isla Victoria, which will be in bloom with retamas - the flowering yellow bushes you see in the photos. Another pro is that accommodation and tour costs are generally lower compared to peak seasons. Cons of Spring in Bariloche The cons of visiting Bariloche in springtime are that the weather can be a little bit erratic with sudden rain or even occasional late snow. This can also be a windy time of year, especially in the months of October and November. You'll want to look at the weather forecast and plan your activities accordingly. Museums, coffee shops and breweries are fun activities for inclement weather days, and you can save your hiking for milder days. 🌿 Navigation to the Arrayanes Forest and Victoria Island - This boat trip will take you to the largest island on Lake Nahuel Huapi and you'll also visit a historic 300-year-old forest. Summer in Bariloche December, January and February Pros of Summer in Bariloche In many ways, summer is the ideal time to visit Bariloche. You have great weather and the days are long, which means you can make the most of your time outdoors. Daytime temperatures range from 20–30°C (68–86°F), which is great for exploring nature and even going for a dip in the chilly waters of Lake Nahuel Huapi, if you dare. FYI, this is Patagonia so the waters are frigid year-round, but summer is your best bet for a swim! There are also loads of outdoor activities to enjoy like hiking, kayaking, horse trekking, mountain biking, zip-lining and fly fishing. If you want to avoid the summer crowds, I would recommend activities that take you out of the city like a kayaking tour of Lago Moreno, a biking tour to Colonia Suiza via the back roads, or a horse trek through the Andes foothills. These experiences will bring you close to nature so you can soak in the essence of Patagonia. Bariloche is well known for its craft beer, so summer is a fun time of year to visit the different breweries and hang out on their patios. Lots of places serve beer flights so you can sample a few different brews. Raspberry beer is really popular in Patagonia and super refreshing on a hot summer's day! Cons of Summer in Bariloche Now let's talk about the cons. The main downfall of visiting Bariloche in summer is the crowds! This is one of the more accessible destinations in Patagonia (given the short flight time and flight frequency) and that makes it a popular spot. Our main struggle during our summer visit to Bariloche was traffic. We were staying at a cabin on the city outskirts and the lakeside road that leads to Circuito Chico and Llao Llao was often backed up. Whether you rent a car, use public transport or take taxis, getting places will take longer than usual. Because summer in Bariloche is the peak tourist season, that also leads to busy trails, crowded attractions and higher accommodation costs. You may want to consider swapping the main attractions for lesser-known sites. ☀️ Kayaking on Lake Moreno - This half-day kayaking excursion allows you to soak in the scenery, and it includes lakeside snacks. And we've now covered the pros and cons of each season! As you can see, the best time to visit Bariloche greatly depends on the activities you want to do and whether you mind crowds. But like I said at the beginning, Bariloche is a destination that can be enjoyed year-round. Whether you're looking for an action-packed itinerary or a few days of lakeside relaxation, you can find that here. So book that flight and come on down! Read more Bariloche Travel Guide: What to See and Do How to Spend 2 Amazing Days in Bariloche Bariloche on Foot: 5 Walking Tours to See the City How to Get to Bariloche A Travel Itinerary for Northern Patagonia Tren Patagonico: Bariloche to Viedma by Train Where to Glamp in Patagonia #### When is the Best Time to Visit Mendoza, Argentina? So you’re dreaming of sipping Malbec beneath the snow‑capped Andes peaks, but you’re not quite sure when is the best time to visit Mendoza? Welcome to the eternal dilemma! Each season here rewrites the script: spring wakes the vineyards with pastel blossoms and shoulder‑season bargains, summer turns the valley into a sun‑drenched playground of asados and outdoor sports, autumn steals the show with Vendimia harvest parades and vibrant foliage, while winter swaps pool days for ski runs and cozy barrel tastings by a crackling fire. Think of Mendoza as a year‑round destination where you can choose your own adventure; the trick is matching your vibe and wardrobe to the calendar. So grab a glass and let’s break down the pros, cons, and must‑see events for every season so you can time your trip like a local. Spring in Mendoza September, October and November Pros of Spring in Mendoza If you like the idea of vineyards waking up after their winter nap, spring in Mendoza is pure magic. The Andes Mountains are still sprinkled with snow, but down in the valley, the vines start pushing out bright green leaves and the orchards pop with blossoms. Daytime temperatures hover around 20 °C (68 °F), making it perfect for patio lunches paired with a crisp Torrontés. Meanwhile, the evenings cool off just enough to justify a light jacket. Vineyards and tasting rooms aren’t overcrowded and it's easier to book a tasting or a table for lunch at some of the more popular bodegas that tend to get fully booked during high season. Spring is ideal for outdoor activities like rafting, horseback riding, and trekking in the foothills of the Andes - you’ll have miles of trails practically to yourself! Another added benefit is that because tourism is moderate, shoulder‑season prices are still in play and you can often find better rates on hotels. You may even want to consider staying at a local estancia at the foot of the Andes. Cons of Spring in Mendoza The downside of spring in Mendoza is that the weather is a touch unpredictable! Occasionally, the infamous Zonda winds sweep down from the Andes bringing sudden heat and dust. Plus, there’s always a small chance of late frosts higher up in the Uco Valley. That being said, pack layers and you’ll be fine. Summer in Mendoza December, January and February Pros of Summer in Mendoza Summer turns Mendoza into a sun‑soaked playground. Daytime highs sit in the low 30s °C (mid‑80s °F), grapes are ripening fast, and the vibe is festive. Long summer evenings mean more opportunities for al fresco dining. The long, warm nights beg for an asado under fairy lights, and rooftop bars in the city centre buzz until late. Outdoor adventures reach peak adrenaline: think white‑water rafting on the Río Mendoza, sunset paddleboard sessions on Potrerillos Lake, and high‑altitude hiking at the foot of Mount Aconcagua. One Mendoza summer event not to be missed is Fiesta de la Cosecha, which rolls out a symphonic concert right in the middle of the 3 hectares of vineyards at El Plumerillo Airport. Picture violins, cellos, and Malbec under the stars! Cons of Summer in Mendoza The summer heat in Mendoza is both a friend and a foe. Expect plenty of sunny days and hot temperatures in January and February. While this is great for poolside relaxation and sampling crisp white wines, the mercury occasionally leaps toward 38 °C (100 °F), which can make midday winery tours feel like a sauna! Bring sunscreen, a hat, and try to schedule your tastings for the morning or late afternoon. Tourism peaks during the summer holidays, leading to higher accommodation costs and busy wineries. Hotel rates and rental cars climb because local families are on vacation and travellers arrive en masse. So, if you can handle the heat, the higher prices, and the crowds, summer rewards you with full‑throttle energy and late‑night fun. Autumn in Mendoza March, April and May Pros of Autumn in Mendoza Ask any wine aficionado and they’ll tell you that autumn is the best time to visit Mendoza! Harvest season, locally known as the Vendimia, kicks off with a bang in March. The National Grape Harvest Festival, known as Fiesta Nacional de la Vendimia, is celebrated with beauty pageants, traditional dances, folkloric musicians, elaborately decorated floats, a spectacular final show at the Frank Romero Day Amphitheatre, and the crowning of the Harvest Queen. You’ll be clapping along with 20,000 other people as fireworks light up the Andes backdrop - truly bucket‑list stuff. An autumn visit to Mendoza also brings the possibility of taking part in special harvest tours where you can actually stomp grapes with your feet (this is known as vino patero) and taste juice straight from the press! Weather‑wise, afternoons hover in the mid‑20s °C (low‑70s °F). Warm days and cooler nights are ideal for exploring the vineyards, hiking without intense summer heat, or going on an Andes excursion to the High Mountains. Meanwhile, the hillsides morph into a patchwork of reds, oranges, and golds making the vineyard landscapes especially picturesque. Autumn is my favourite time of year to visit Mendoza - I love the milder weather and changing foliage, but there's still enough on the schedule! Cons of Autumn in Mendoza What's the downside of autumn in Mendoza? With Vendimia in full swing, accommodation sells out months in advance, and traffic around the event venues can snarl. Because this is a popular time to visit Mendoza, you'll want to book your hotel and arrange your tours well in advance. By late April, the temperature dips and some wineries shorten opening hours meaning fewer options if you visit later in autumn. Winter in Mendoza June, July and August Pros of Winter in Mendoza Winter in Mendoza is more about cozy malbec‑by‑the‑fireplace vibes than sun‑kissed vineyards, but don’t write it off! One of the pros of visiting Mendoza in winter is that there are fewer tourists and you can often get discounted hotel rates. This means you can take your hotel budget and upgrade to a fancy wine hotel. There are deals to be had, so have a look at properties you normally wouldn't consider! Snow blankets the high Andes turning it into a playground for winter sport enthusiasts. Las Leñas is a high-mountain ski resort located in the heart of the Andes Mountains. Its base sits at 2,240 metres above sea level while its summit is 3,430 metres high. It has 30 ski runs and a season that runs from June to September. That means you can carve fresh powder in the morning and sip barrel samples back in the valley by mid‑afternoon. Perks include gloriously clear mountain views - winter brings the least haze! Several wineries host intimate locro‑and‑Malbec lunches for Argentina’s Independence Day on July 9th - great if you’re keen on traditional comfort food. Cons of Winter in Mendoza The downside is that the vineyards won't be looking their most beautiful as all the vines will be bare. A handful of boutique producers also shut their doors for annual maintenance, and shorter daylight hours can limit your daily mileage if you’re road‑tripping. Crisp daytime temps of 12–15 °C (mid‑50s °F) give way to chilly nights that hover around freezing. While Mendoza’s winters are relatively mild compared to other parts of the country (I'm looking at you Patagonia!), it can still get chilly, especially at night and in the mountains. Dress warm, rent a car with good heating, and enjoy getting the region almost to yourself. So, when is the Best Time to Visit Mendoza? Ultimately, Mendoza’s wineries and the scenic Andes backdrop ensure an unforgettable visit any time of year, but knowing what each season offers will help you plan the perfect escape. If vibrant festivals, harvest activities, and lively crowds excite you, aim for late summer or early autumn. If you prefer a tranquil getaway with mild weather and fewer tourists, consider spring or winter. If warm weather, green vineyards, and outdoor adventure top your list, summer is your season. That means the best time to visit Mendoza is entirely up to your wants and what you're hoping to experience during your trip! Just pick your vibe and don’t forget to raise a glass to the Andes while you’re there. #### Things to do in Trevelin, Argentina: Tulips, Wineries and Welsh Culture in Patagonia If you're looking for things to do in Trevelin during your visit, you've come to the right place! This rugged mountain town sits on the shores of the Percy River, is surrounded by epic mountains, boasts multiple vineyards, is within driving distance to a beautiful national park, and transforms into a fairy tale when the tulip fields bloom in the springtime. Despite all it has to offer, Trevelin is still quite undiscovered by international tourists. However, if you enjoy venturing off the beaten path and exploring lesser-known destinations, Trevelin is one of those places in Patagonia worth adding to your list. The following is our Trevelin travel guide, so get ready to take some notes for your visit. History of Trevelin In 1865, a group of Welsh immigrants embarked on a journey from Wales to Patagonia, seeking religious freedom and better economic opportunities. Led by Michael D. Jones, a Welsh nationalist and preacher, they arrived in the Chubut River Valley in Argentina, where they established several settlements, including the town of Trevelin, which translates to ‘mill town’ in Welsh. The Welsh settlers faced numerous challenges upon their arrival, including the harsh and unfamiliar Patagonian landscape and climate, and they only made it through those early years thanks to help of the Tehuelche people who taught them how to hunt and survive in this new climate. Over the years, the Welsh settlers in Trevelin managed to cultivate the fertile lands, engage in sheep farming, and build a thriving community. They also constructed traditional Welsh-style houses and chapels, which can still be seen in the town today, adding to its unique charm and cultural heritage. The descendants of the Welsh settlers in Trevelin are proud of their heritage and continue to honor their roots through various cultural events and festivals. The town’s legacy stands as a testament to the resilience and determination of the Welsh immigrants who ventured across the Atlantic Ocean to build a new life in the remote Patagonian wilderness. Things to do in Trevelin There are plenty of things to do in Trevelin, both within the town and in its vicinity. Here are some ideas to get you started: Los Alerces National Park Los Alerces National Park has various access points that allow you to explore different areas of the park. You can access from El Bolson in the north, Esquel in the east, while Trevelin gives you access to the southern sector, which is home to the Futaleufú Hydroelectric Complex. We decided to visit the park on a half-day trip and these are the places we were able to cover: Cascada de los Tambores: short trail that leads to a waterfall. Mirador de los Pozones: lookout point where you have turquoise pools along the river - this is a popular swimming spot in the summer. Presa Futaleufú: a snaking road leads up to the dam where you can drive across and enjoy spectacular views of the surrounding mountains. Bahía de Troncos: this is the 'bay of the logs' referring to the trees from the forest that was flooded during the creation of the dam. Chimenea de Equilibrio: this chimney stands 62 meters high, has a 30-metre diameter, and its job is to regulate the water pressure. This stop also offers views of the abandoned hotel that once housed the foreign workers who helped build the hydroelectric complex. Tip: If you're renting a car you can do this trip independently. Alternatively, you can hire a remís (private car and driver) to take you on a tour of the park, which is what we did. This is not a guided tour, but the driver will stop at all the scenic points and give you time to go on little hikes and take photos. If you speak some basic Spanish, you can approach one of the remís booths in town and inquire about this half-day outing. Winery Visit Patagonia has an emerging wine region, and Trevelin alone has 3 different vineyards you can visit: Casa Yagüe Viñas del Nant y Fall Contra Corriente We only had time to visit one vineyard and we went to Casa Yagüe, so we'll share that experience. For starters, this vineyard is in a beautiful setting surrounded by snow-capped mountains, thick forests, and rows upon rows of vines. Casa Yagüe is the second southernmost vineyard in the world - it's quite impressive that they can produce wine at these latitudes! - and it's just 12 kilometres from the border with Chile, meaning it's closer to Chile than it is to the town of Trevelin. We signed up to have lunch and do the guided vineyard tour, and we loved the order of things - food and drink first, then tour the property! For lunch, we enjoyed a delicious cheese plater with fruits and nuts. That was followed by a delicious fresh salad with local, seasonal veggies grown right in their garden. The main course was a homemade gnocchi with a beetroot sauce. All of this was paired with complimentary wines! And lastly, we had pancakes with dulce de leche for dessert. Tip: It's best to make a reservation if you want to dine at the winery, especially if you're visiting during high season as seating is limited. You can either call or send a message through Whatsapp and they're good about messaging back the same day.  View this post on Instagram A post shared by Museo Molino Nant Fach (@museo_molino_nant_fach) Nant Fach Mill Another popular attraction in Trevelin, or rather its outskirts, is Molino Nant Fach. This mill is an exact replica of the flour mills that existed in Trevelin from the late 19th century up until the mid-20th century. In fact, this mill was built by Mervyn Evans, one of the direct descendants of Trevelin's early Welsh settlers. The mill itself looks like something out of a fairy tale. It's a picturesque log construction complete with a waterwheel and a sparkling stream that can be crossed via a cute footbridge. Guided tours are offered and it's a great opportunity to learn about Patagonia's Welsh heritage. Tip: It's best to check the mill's hours of operation at the Visitor Centre in Trevelin's town square since this changes month to month.  Nant y Fall Waterfalls The Nant y Fall Waterfalls are located just south of Trevelin off of Route 259. It's then a 4-kilometre drive from the turn-off until you reach the trailhead, where you pay a small admission fee. The whole circuit is about a 500-metre walk along a well-marked trail that leads to a couple of different lookout points where you can view the different waterfalls including La Petisa meaning 'the short one', Las Mellizas meaning 'the twins', and El Salto Grande or 'the big jump'. There's also a small shop at the entrance just as soon as you cross the bridge where you can buy cold drinks, sandwiches, cookies, scones, and other snacks. This place is located quite close to the Nant Fach Mill, so you can hit up both attractions if you’re in the area.  Andean Mill Museum If you want to dive into Patagonia's Welsh history, I would recommend visiting the Museo Regional Trevelin Molino Andes. They have the list of passengers who arrived from Wales aboard the Mimosa in 1865, photos of the early settlers, and all sorts of farming equipment and homeware goods that would have been used by the newly arrived in their new home. Tip: This is a great attraction for a rainy day and you can combine it with Welsh afternoon tea on the same day. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Tulipanes Patagonia (@tulipanespatagonia) Tulipanes Patagonia This next attraction is a seasonal one, but if you happen to be travelling in Patagonia in the springtime, then you can't miss visiting the tulip fields! Tulipanes Patagonia is located in the outskirts of town just south of Trevelin and during peak bloom, it draws visitors from all over the country. They organize all sorts of cool events during this brief month-long window; you can enjoy the views of the tulip fields from a hot air balloon, you can fly over in a small plane, or you can even attend a moonlit dinner in the fields. If your trip happens to coincide with these dates, it's a sight you cannot miss! Tip: MerakiSur runs an excursion to see the tulip fields from Esquel during the month of October. If you miss that, they also run an excursion to see the peonies in bloom at a neighbouring plantation starting in mid-November. The fresh blooms last about a month. Welsh Fire-breathing Dragon One of the unique things to do in Trevelin is to wait for the fire-breathing dragon to wake up! That's right! Seated atop the town's tourism office on the north end of the plaza is a red dragon that comes to life twice a day and breathes three fiery puffs. It's a bit of a blink-and-you-miss-it experience, so have your camera ready to go. The schedule is posted to the left of the tourism office just under the dragon, so check the times because they change throughout the year. Shop at El Caballo There's a shop located on the northwest end of the central plaza called El Caballo, and it's a great place to pick up some typical Argentine souvenirs. They have all sorts of leather goods ranging from belts to boots, sombreros to boinas, ponchos to wool sweaters, and knives to mates. It's a really cool store and the staff are really helpful, speak English, and can help you find what you need. Where to Stay in Trevelin Casa de Piedra - here you'll find centrally-located alpine-style accommodations featuring a main guesthouse and cottages, plus a buffet breakfast. La Estancia - they offer log and stone cabins in a quiet neighbourhood just a few blocks from the centre of town. Ladera de Nant y Fall - this is a holiday home on the outskirts of town, right across from the tulip fields and a vineyard, and just down the road from the hike to the Nant y Fall waterfalls. Keep in mind you would need a rental car since it's not within walking distance of town. Nomade Glamping y Domos - a glamping site overlooking the shores of the Futaleufú River in Los Cipreses, about 25 kilometres from Trevelin. You can find more glamping spots in Trevelin and across Patagonia here. Where to Eat in Trevelin Los Troncos Los Troncos is a traditional parrilla restaurant, so the focus here is grilled meats. If you order the parrillada para uno or 'BBQ for one', you'll get an assortment of classic cuts of meats, including chorizo (sausage), morcilla (blood sausage), bife (steak), asado de tira (short ribs), chinchulín (small intestine), and more. They'll bring a small grill to your table with the meat still sizzling, that way the meat stays warm while you dine. Pair that with a salad and a bottle of Malbec, and you've got yourself a traditional Argentine barbecue! Address: Avenida San Martín 214 El Refugio If you're craving pizza, you need to eat at El Regufio. This pizzeria is located on the northwest corner of the central plaza in a cozy log cabin-style building, complete with a fireplace. We tried a really interesting pizza with blue cheese, walnuts and celery, which sounds really odd, but we quite enjoyed the mix of flavours and textures. For something a bit more classic, you can't go wrong ordering their Napolitana with mozzarella, tomato slice, garlic and oregano. Address: Avenida Fortin Refugio across from the plaza De la Cabaña This place does take out food, so it's a nice option if you want to get an Argentine homecooked meal to enjoy at your cottage. It's buffet style, so you just grab a box, fill it up with what you want, have it weighed and pay. They usually have a mix of chicken, beef, pizza, pasta, salads, and a couple of vegetarian options like stuffed pumpkin, roasted squash, eggplant and more. They also have a couple of tables outdoors on the sidewalk, so you can eat there if the weather is nice. Address: Perito Moreno 215 Nain Maggie Nain Maggie translates to 'Grandma Margaret' in Welsh and it's named after the matriarch who first opened the teahouse in 1975 in order to share the Welsh flavours of her ancestors. The specialize in Welsh cake or bara brith, which is served in the tea house but can also be purchased to take away. Their afternoon tea is copious with homemade bread, butter, jams, cheeses, scones, and an assortment of freshly baked cakes. Definitely skip lunch and make this your main meal. Address: Perito Moreno 179 Casa de Té La Mutisia This is another alternative for a Welsh afternoon tea in Trevelin. You can expect a similar menu featuring scones, Welsh cake, and a few other baked items, with the addition of grilled sandwiches. This place feels slightly fancier than the previous tea house, and it also has a mini museum on site with displays of items that belonged to the early Welsh settlers. Address: Avenida San Martín 170 Day Trips from Trevelin There are a variety of day trips from Trevelin ranging from half an hour to two hours away, and one is even across the border in neighbouring Chile! Esquel Driving time: 28 minutes There are plenty of things to do in Esquel and you could easily spend a few days there, but if one day is all you have, you can visit on a day trip from Trevelin. Some activities not to miss include riding the Old Patagonian Express, kayaking on Laguna La Zeta, biking to Laguna Willmanco, and hiking up Cerro La Cruz for panoramic views of the town. Los Alerces National Park Driving time: 1 hour 15 minutes I've already mentioned you can visit the southern sector of Los Alerces National Park from Trevelin, however, the area around Pasarela Río Arrayanes (accessed via Esquel) is really nice. You can book a guided tour that departs from Puerto Chucao, cruises up Lake Menendez, and then disembarks in Puerto Sagrario where you can hike through Valdivian forest and see a 2,700 year old tree! Cholila Driving time: 2 hours The main draw to Cholila is to visit the famous ranch once inhabited by Butch Cassidy, Etta Place and the Sundance Kid. This wild gang of former bank and train robbers ended up hiding out in Patagonia, and their former ranch still stands today. There's an interesting museum of sorts showcasing all thing Butch Cassidy and the Wild Gang, and it's a quirky stop in this remote corner of Patagonia. Futaleufú, Chile Driving time: 1 hour (may take longer with border crossing) If you're up to visit another country, you can cross the border into neighbouring Chile! This small frontier town is located just 10 kilometres from the international border and it has a slowly burgeoning tourism scene where travellers can enjoy hiking, fishing, mountain biking, trekking and canyoning. Just don't forget to bring your passport if you decide to go on this day trip! If Trevelin sounds like your kind of place, you might also enjoy our El Bolson travel guide and Villa La Angostura travel guide. These are two charming mountain towns worth adding to your northern Patagonia travel plans. #### Things to do in Ushuaia | Ultimate Ushuaia Travel Guide If you're looking for the best things to do in Ushuaia, Argentina, you've come to the right place! This ultimate Ushuaia travel guide has everything you need to know. Ushuaia is one of those destinations that feels like a major accomplishment as a traveller. After all, it takes a lot of effort and planning to reach the southernmost city in the world, so when you get there, you want to make sure you're making the most of your trip! During my very first trip to Ushuaia, I spent an action-packed 2 weeks there. I visited all the main attractions as well as some lesser-known sites, I did a lot of hiking, went on day tours, stayed at a few different accommodations and restaurant-hopped my way across the city. As a result, I feel like I have a really good understanding of everything there is to do in Ushuaia! Today, I want to share everything I know about this destination to help you have the most amazing time there. In this massive Ushuaia travel guide, I'm going to tell you the best things to do in Ushuaia, how to get there, fun day trips and hikes you can go on, where to stay in the city, and the best time to visit. It's a lot of information, but as it turns out, there's a lot to do at the End of the World. Now let's dive in! How to get to Ushuaia Getting to Ushuaia can be quite an adventure, depending on the mode of transportation you choose. The quickest and most straightforward option is to fly into Aeropuerto Internacional Malvinas Argentinas. There are multiple daily flights from Buenos Aires, though you can also get flights from some other major Argentine cities during high season. The flight from Buenos Aires to Ushuaia is 3 hours and 40 minutes. The next option is bus travel, which makes more sense if you're already travelling in southern Patagonia (around El Calafate or El Chaltén). The bus journey does involve going through Chile (a good excuse to stop over in Torres del Paine National Park!) and it also includes a ferry crossing. You can read our detailed guide on how to get to Ushuaia here. Things to do in Ushuaia, Argentina First up, let's dive into the top attractions in Ushuaia you won't want to miss during your visit! Cruise the Beagle Channel One of the top things to do in Ushuaia is to go on a boat cruise of the Beagle Channel and enjoy the wildlife at the bottom tip of South America! The Beagle Channel is the strait that separates Isla Grande, the main island of Tierra del Fuego, from various smaller islands. Plus, the channel also acts as a border between Chile and Argentina. This is one of three navigable bodies of water that act as a passage from the Atlantic Ocean to the Pacific Ocean at the bottom of South America; the two others are the Straits of Magellan to the north and the open-ocean Drake Passage to the south. There are numerous Beagle Channel tours to choose from, ranging from catamarans to sailboats, but all afford the opportunity to view seabirds, sea lions and penguins! One tour even lets you walk amongst penguins on Martillo Island, though keep in mind this one needs to be booked in advance as only a very small number of visitors are allowed on Isla Martillo each day. You also get to cruise past the famous Les Eclaireurs Lighthouse, an iconic red and white-striped lighthouse that stands 11 metres high on a rocky outcrop some 5 nautical miles east of Ushuaia. It is locally known as 'the Lighthouse at the End of the World', but that title officially belongs to the San Juan de Salvamento lighthouse, which was made famous by Jules Verne in the novel The Lighthouse at the End of the World, and is located on Isla de los Estados much further east. Unfortunately, it is not possible to go inside Les Eclaireurs Lighthouse, however, a Beagle Channel tour is a great opportunity to see it up close, and the captain does linger in the area so tourists can take their photos. Tip: Make sure you bring your passport on the boat cruise because staff will come around and offer you a stamp of the Beagle Channel.  Pose at the Fin del Mundo sign Every traveller in Ushuaia has to pose next to the Fin del Mundo sign, literally the 'End of the World' sign. This is kind of like a right of passage to prove you made it to the southernmost city in the world. The sign is on the waterfront right next to the tourist pier where all the Beagle Channel cruises depart from. Tour Ushuaia by Double-Decker Bus One fun way to experience Ushuaia is by going on a double-decker bus tour of the city. This is a great activity to do at the very start of your trip so you can get an idea of the lay of the land. The bus tour is 1 hour and 10 minutes in length and it's an opportunity to enjoy views of the Beagle Channel, soak in the beauty of the surrounding mountain peaks, and cruise the city streets. This is done as an audio tour where guests receive a headset and can learn about Ushuaia's history in 8 different languages. This hour-long Ushuaia double-decker bus tour provides a good overview of the city beyond the top tourist sites. Visit the Old Ushuaia Prison One of Ushuaia’s main attractions is the Prison at the End of the World, also known as the Ushuaia Prison. This is because the city of Ushuaia was founded as a penal colony, with the first prisoners arriving in 1884. The prison was in operation between 1902 and 1947 and was known for its harsh conditions, meaning it was damp, humid and cold. Not the kind of place you’d want to end up. Today, the prison has been turned into a tourist site, and it houses multiple museums. The prison’s five wings converge in a central hall and each wing holds a different museum. These include the Prison Museum, which focuses on the stories of the prisoners; the Maritime Museum, where you can see scale models of vessels that would have sailed the waters in this part of the world; the Antarctic Museum, which highlights the age of exploration and scientific expeditions; the Art Museum, showcasing a collection of maritime-inspired art; and the Art Gallery, where local artists can showcase and sell their artwork. There's a lot to see here, so give yourself at least a couple of hours to visit the various wings and exhibits. Hike Tierra del Fuego National Park No trip to Ushuaia would be complete without visiting Tierra del Fuego National Park, the southernmost national park in Argentina. The park is located just 11 kilometres west of Ushuaia, so it's fairly easy to get there either by shuttle or joining a guided tour. The park is renowned for its hiking trails, which range from easy walks to more challenging treks, with the most famous being the Pampa Alta Trail and the Coastal Path. You can also expect to see beavers in Tierra del Fuego National Park. These are not native to Argentina but they were introduced to the region in 1946 in an attempt by the Argentine government to generate a fur trade; that was an environmental disaster! Send mail from the Southernmost Post Office One place you cannot miss when you visit Tierra del Fuego National Park is the post office at the end of the world. Made of corrugated metal and wood, this tiny post office sits atop a pier on the shores of the Beagle Channel, and it’s the last chance to send mail before reaching Antarctica. The exterior is plastered with stickers from travellers who’ve reached this place from all corners of the world, and inside the walls are covered in postcards, maps, magnets and currencies from faraway lands. Aside from sending mail, this is one of several places in Ushuaia where you can get your passport stamped, so don't forget to bring your passport. It does cost a few dollars ($2.50 USD when we were there), but it's a full page with several stamps, and it's a special souvenir from your time visiting the city at the end of the world. In my experience, it can take about 3 weeks for international mail to reach its final destination, so be patient if you send mail.  Ride the Train at the End of the World One of the best things to do in Ushuaia for train enthusiasts is to ride the Southern Fuegian Railway, also known as the Train at the End of the World! Once upon a time, this was known as the train of prisoners. As we mentioned earlier, Ushuaia started out as a penal colony and prisoners were put to work building their own prison. This meant transporting rock and timber from the nearby forests to the town, first using oxen-pulled wagons, and eventually, this narrow-gauge railway. Today, the train has been developed into a heritage train, and it’s considered the southernmost functioning railway in the world. The journey begins at the Train Station at the End of the World and then crosses the Cañadón del Toro (Bull's Canyon) and the Pipo River over the Puente Quemado (Burnt Bridge). The train then makes a stop at La Macarena Waterfall Station, where visitors can climb out to a viewpoint and see the waterfall. The journey continues to the boundary with Tierra del Fuego National Park where you can witness peat bogs and the tree cemetery, a collection of stumps left from nearly half a century of cutting down forest to supply the town with firewood - a job that was done by the prisoners. Lastly, the train reaches Tierra del Fuego National Park where visitors have the option of remaining in the park or completing the journey back. This guided tour includes a ride aboard the End of the World Train and a visit to Tierra del Fuego National Park. It also includes transportation there and back. Reach the End of the Road in Lapataia Bay I've included a lot of signs to pose next to in Ushuaia, and I'm about to share one more: Lapataia Bay. So what's the significance of Lapataia Bay? Well, this is officially where the road ends. It is the southernmost point you can drive in the Western Hemisphere, and there is a sign marking the end of National Route 3, which is the last leg of the Pan-American Highway. From this point, you'd have to drive 17,848 kilometres to reach the opposite end of the road in Alaska. I think that's worth a photo op! Take a Helicopter tour over Ushuaia One unforgettable way to experience Ushuaia is by taking a helicopter tour to soak in the views of the southernmost city in the world, perfectly framed by the Andes Mountains. This activity may sound like a bit of a splurge, and it can be if you opt for a landing in the mountains followed by a champagne toast, however, you can also take a short scenic flight over the city and not break your budget. HeliUshuaia is the local helicopter tour operator and offers three different flight options: a 7-minute flight over Ushuaia and the Beagle Channel, a 15-minute flight that goes as far as Laguna Esmeralda, or a 30-minute flight that takes you even further into the Andes Mountains with a landing and bubbly to celebrate. Tip: Book your helicopter tour early on in your visit in case it case to be rescheduled due to weather. Visit Galeria Tematica de Historia Fueguina Note: This attraction recently closed, but we will update you if it re-opens in a different location. Another unique museum we visited was the Galería Temática Historia Fueguina. This is a museum featuring dioramas and lifelike figures that showcase the history of the province of Tierra del Fuego. The visit is done as a self-guided tour with an audio guide, so you can go at your own pace. The tour starts out by sharing the history of the indigenous people who lived in this area, which included: the Yamanas, who were coastal hunter-gatherers and fishers, known for their canoe-building skills; the Shelknam, who were nomads, guanaco hunters, and renowned for their use of the bow and arrow; and the Haush, who are the least known of the three groups and lived in the southernmost part of the island which has a lot of peat bogs. The tour then moves on to the early exploration and colonization of Tierra del Fuego. It also has sections focusing on the HMS Beagle, Ushuaia’s early beginnings as a penal colony, and Ernest Shackleton’s Endurance. We found the museum to be very educational, and it’s especially worth the visit if you can take the time to listen to the audio guide. Check out some lesser-known museums If you get some bad weather days and are looking for some rainy day activities, consider visiting some smaller and lesser-known museums in town. First, you have Museo del Fin del Mundo, or End of the World Museum, which is located inside the old Government House. The museum is focused on a variety of topics, including local history and natural history, with exhibits on sailing, whaling, seabirds & more. There's also a small botanical garden right next to the museum, which can be really nice in the summertime when the flowers are in bloom. Sample traditional Fuegian cuisine If you're a foodie, one of the best things to do in Ushuaia is to try Fuegian food, showcasing dishes native to Tierra del Fuego. Given the proximity to the sea, seafood is a fundamental part of the Fuegian diet. This included fish such as sea bass, hake, and mackerel. Plus, shellfish like mussels, clams, and sea urchins. And we cannot forget King crab, which is locally known as centolla. Patagonian lamb is another food staple of the region, given the number of estancias in the area. You'll find lamb served at numerous parilla restaurants specializing in grilled meats. As for desserts, you'll notice lots of calafate berries on the menu. These are small berries that grow on bushes and they're used in ice creams, cakes, smoothies, you name it! You can check out our list of where to eat in Ushuaia for some restaurant recommendations. View the Saint Christopher shipwreck There are quite a few landmarks you can visit while walking along the waterfront in Ushuaia, and one of the more famous vessels here is the San Cristóbal, or Saint Christopher, which sits on the shores of the Beagle Channel. Once known as the HMS Justice, this was a Royal Navy ship classified as a rescue tug and it served at the Normandy landings during World War 2. When the war ended, the ship was sold and renamed Saint Christopher, where it was chartered for salvage operations in Beagle Channel. After suffering engine trouble and rudder damage, it was eventually beached and abandoned on the shores of Ushuaia. Now Saint Christopher can be admired from shore, though no one is permitted aboard. Pose at the Ushuaia city sign So many signs and so many photo ops, but that's Ushuaia for you. Another spot you cannot miss is the Ushuaia city sign located on the waterfront right across from Plaza Islas Malvinas. This is the classic city sign you'll encounter in numerous cities across Argentina. It does change up a little bit during the year, mainly during the Christmas holidays when the giant U sports a Santa Claus hat. Typically, a line of tourists will form. You will take a photo for the person ahead of you and the next person in line will do the favour of taking your picture for you. Hikes in Ushuaia There are plenty of hiking opportunities in and around Ushuaia, both in Tierra del Fuego National Park and in the city outskirts. We're going to highlight some of the best hikes in Ushuaia, ranging in length and level of difficulty. Senda Costera The Senda Costera or Coastal Path is a hike known for its breathtaking coastal views. The trail is approximately 8 kilometres long and is considered a moderately easy hike. It typically takes around 3 to 4 hours to complete the hike, making it suitable for hikers of various skill levels. Hikers can expect to see stunning vistas of the Beagle Channel, come across beautiful pebbly coves, and hike through Southern Fuegian forest. This coastal trail runs from Zaratiegui Bay to Alakush, so you can get dropped off at either starting point and hike in either direction. I would recommend hiking from Zaratiegui Bay to Alakush since there's a cafe at the end where you can enjoy a hot meal at the end of the trek. That's how we did this particular hike. The trail is flat most of the way, though you do gain some elevation as you approach Alakush. Laguna Esmeralda This is a popular day hike that leads to a lagoon with emerald waters surrounded by mountains. The hike is 8.7-km out-and-back but the hiking time greatly varies depending on the time of year and the ground conditions. During the summer, this hike can be done in 2.5-3 hours, but once the trail is covered in snow and ice, the same hike could take 4-5 hours. The trail can get quite muddy as you need to cross a fairly large swamp, followed by a steep hike with rocks, but the reward is an impressive emerald lagoon at the end. Trekking poles and crampons are recommended if you're attempting this hike outside the summer months. If you feel safer doing this with a guide, you can join a guided trek to Laguna Esmeralda. Martial Glacier The glacier atop the Martial Mountains is named after Captain Ferdinand Martial of the Cap Horn Scientific Mission, a French expedition that arrived in Tierra del Fuego in September 1882. This hike is 6.3 km out-and-back and is considered a moderate hike. The only thing that tends to disappoint some visitors is that you won't find an impressive glacier! Much of what you see is a moraine, the rocks and sediment carried down and deposited by a glacier that once existed. You can start this hike from Refugio de Montaña Glaciar Martial. Right across, you'll see La Cabaña de Té, a cute tea house where you can enjoy some sandwiches, cookies, pastries and a hot beverage either before or after your hike. Vinciguerra Glacier and Laguna de los Témpanos The Vinciguerra Glacier is one of the largest glaciers in Tierra del Fuego, situated in the Andes Mountains about 20 kilometres northwest of Ushuaia. The trail to Vinciguerra Glacier is quite varied, going through dense forests, peat bogs, and stretches of rocky terrains. It's considered a moderately challenging hike that takes anywhere between 4 to 6 hours round trip, depending on the weather conditions and the group's hiking pace. At the base of the Vinciguerra Glacier, you'll find Laguna de los Témpanos. This is a glacial lagoon with floating icebergs that break off from the glacier above. While the Vinciguerra Glacier can be accessed year-round, the best hiking window is in the summertime from December to March when the weather is milder and the paths are less treacherous. You can visit the Vinciguerra Glacier with a small group guided tour. Laguna del Caminante For a more challenging hike in Ushuaia, you have Laguna del Caminante. This is a 24 km point-to-point trail through Tierra del Fuego National Park that can take anywhere between 8 to 13 hours to complete, depending on the conditions and the time of year. Some people opt to hike Laguna del Caminante as a 2-day trek, renting a tent and sleeping bag in town and then camping next to the lagoon. If you're not a very experienced hiker, you'll want to book a guide for this hike. It's fairly remote and you're not likely to encounter other hikers along the way. For more ideas of hikes you can do around Ushuaia, check out this list by All Trails. Day trips from Ushuaia Tolhuin One of the most popular side trips from Ushuaia is the lakeside town of Tolhuin. Located 1 hour and 10 minutes away from Ushuaia, this is a destination that can either be visited as a day trip, or if you want to linger in a quiet town, you can easily spend 2-3 days here. The main attraction is Lago Fagnano, a lake of glacial origin that stretches across both Argentina and Chile. When the waters are calm, this is a nice place to go kayaking. There are also lakeside trails to explore in Laguna Negra Provincial Reserve. Essentially, this is a place to completely disconnect, enjoy the remoteness of it all, and unwind after a few days in Ushuaia. You can get some ideas of things to do in Tolhuin here. Estancia Harberton Estancia Harberton is the most famous estancia in Tierra del Fuego province. It is located about 1 hour and 25 minutes east of Ushuaia, with most of the journey being on a gravel road. The estancia dates back to 1886, when it was founded by Reverend Thomas Bridges, an English missionary who worked with the indigenous Yámana people and who was also the author of the dictionary of the Yámana language. The Argentine government granted him this land in appreciation of his services. The estancia or ranch covers some 50,000 acres of predominantly sheep-grazing land, interspersed with patches of native forests, and it is bordered by the Beagle Channel. Within the estancia grounds, you'll also find the Acatushún Museum, which is focused on marine mammals and birds; it’s especially famous for its collection of marine mammal skeletons. The best way to visit Estancia Haberton is by joining a guided tour, which includes transportation to and from the ranch. Paso Garibaldi The Garibaldi Pass is the only paved route across the Fuegian Andes and also the highest point on Argentina’s Ruta Nacional 3. It's a beautiful winding journey over the mountains with a breathtaking lookout along the way, where you can spot Lago Escondido, which translates to ‘hidden lake’. You can rent a car and drive this route, however, for an even better experience, I would recommend doing the 4x4 overland tour that goes along the lake’s edge and through the forest, eventually reaching Lago Fagnano. Because this is Argentina, you shouldn't be too surprised that the tour concludes with a traditional Argentine BBQ featuring choripán, bife de chorizo, salad, Malbec wine, and cheese. If you need more ideas, check out this list of 10 Ushuaia tours you won't want to miss. Where to stay in Ushuaia Ushuaia offers a range of accommodations to suit different budgets and preferences ranging from luxury to mid-range to budget-friendly options. Here are some places to consider: Arakur Ushuaia Resort & Spa For those looking for a taste of luxury, you cannot go wrong with Arakur Ushuaia Resort & Spa. This is considered the best hotel in Ushuaia and because it's perched on a mountain, it offers great views of the Beagle Channel and the city below. The indoor and outdoor infinity pool is one of the key selling points of this high-end property. Alto Andino Hotel Situated in downtown Ushuaia, this mid-range hotel is a great choice for travellers who want to be in the heart of it all and mainly get around on foot. They have single, double, triple and quadruple rooms as well as apartments for those who prefer a self-catered holiday. This hotel also offers a complimentary breakfast that is served in their rooftop Bar Lookout, which offers spectacular views of Ushuaia. Hotel de Los Andes Hotel de Los Andes is a budget-friendly option right in the centre of Ushuaia, only two blocks from the waterfront. Rooms are simple but bright, and they offer free high-speed internet in all rooms as well as common areas. Their on-site restaurant Bar D Pizzas serves up stone-baked pizzas and beer. For more accommodation options, read our complete guide on where to stay in Ushuaia for all budgets. Keep in mind that Ushuaia is a popular tourist destination, so it's a good idea to book your accommodations in advance, especially if you're visiting during the peak summer season. Antarctica Cruises from Ushuaia There are two types of travellers in Ushuaia: those who are here to experience the city at the end of the world and those who have a cruise to catch because they're going all the way to Antarctica! If you're in the second category, you are one lucky traveller. There are all sorts of cruises departing for Ushuaia, some which detour over to the Falkland Islands and South Georgia, and others that cruise the Antarctic Peninsula. Here are 4 different Antarctica cruises to consider: Antarctica Classic (11 days) Antarctica Classic in Depth (13 days) Quest for the Antarctic Circle (14 days) Spirit of Shackleton (21 days) You can find last-minute Antarctica cruises in Ushuaia. You'll typically see these advertised in the windows of tour agencies or on posters on the street. The prices are low, but the issue is that you may need to be ready to get on a cruise the next day, or you may have to wait around for a couple of weeks. If you can, it's better to book in advance and to book during a sale. Best time to visit Ushuaia Ushuaia is a destination that can be visited year-round, but the best time to visit depends on your personal interests and what you're hoping to do during your tip. Here's a breakdown of what each season in Ushuaia has to offer: Summer in Ushuaia (December to February) This is the peak tourist season in Ushuaia. The weather is relatively mild with temperatures ranging from 41°F / 5°C to 59°F / 15°C. Days are long with plenty of daylight for outdoor activities. It's the best time for hiking, wildlife watching, and boat tours to nearby islands. This is also the time of year when cruise ships depart for Antarctica (a very short window). Fall in Ushuaia (March to May) Fall is a quieter time to visit Ushuaia, with fewer tourists. The weather begins to cool down and you can experience the beautiful fall foliage. Wildlife is still active, and it's a good time for birdwatching. Prices for accommodations and tours are lower compared to the summer months. Winter in Ushuaia (June to August) Winter in Ushuaia is cold and snowy. This is the best time for winter sports enthusiasts, as you can go skiing, snowboarding, snowshoeing and snowmobiling in the nearby mountains - Cerro Castor is the it destination for winter sports. The city itself has a cosy atmosphere during this time, with many indoor activities and restaurants to enjoy. Keep in mind that some attractions and tours may be limited during the winter season. Many of the hiking trails close during the winter months. Spring in Ushuaia (September to November): Spring is a transitional season, with temperatures gradually warming up. This is a good time for hiking and enjoying the changing landscapes as plants and flowers begin to bloom. Wildlife becomes more active as well, making it a great time for nature enthusiasts. Similar to fall, spring is less crowded than the summer months. Ultimately, the best time to visit Ushuaia depends on your interests and the activities you want to pursue. If you want to experience milder weather and long daylight hours for outdoor adventures, consider visiting during the summer. If you prefer a quieter and more budget-friendly trip, fall and spring can be excellent choices. And if you're a winter sports enthusiast, the snowy months of June to August are ideal. Travel tips for visiting Ushuaia Pack for winter, no matter what time of year you're visiting. This may sound a bit extreme, but you are travelling to the city at the end of the world, and that means you can experience rain, snow, sleet and sunshine all in one day. Plan for a few bad weather days. There will be days when the weather will be too unpleasant to spend long periods of time outside. Save your museum visits and restaurant hopping for these days. Splurge on a few activities. There are certain tours and activities in Ushuaia that can be on the pricier side and you may be tempted to skip them, but ask yourself, when are you planning to come back to Ushuaia again? It takes quite a bit of effort to get here, so don't miss out on the things you really want to do during your visit. Reserve popular excursions in advance. This is especially important if you're visiting Ushuaia during the summer months when the majority of tourists descend on the southernmost city. If there's a tour you really want to do, don't wait until the very last minute because it could be sold out. Bring hiking boots and trekking poles. That is if you plan to go hiking, of course. This isn't a running shoes type of destination. Trails can get muddy and there are also lots of peat bogs, so bring adequate hiking gear. Collapsible trekking poles can be really helpful if you're planning some longer and more challenging hikes. Give yourself at least 3 days in Ushuaia. This is the minimum amount of time you should spend in the city, as there really is so much to see and do! Also, keep in mind that the weather can affect flights, and you don't want to be cutting it close, especially if you have a cruise to catch.